eet

|

=
|

(lil

JANUARY 1958

YU
fa
S
O
wd
Oo
[=
aS
(72)
>

Se
— ©
id
Zs
uu =
n=
fe)
s
¢
~ 6
iE
A &
a ¢
3 0
ee 7)
ae
oO
any)
= 3
=
Li

UNITED STATES BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
DEPARTMENT OF THE INTERIOR DONALD L. MCKERNAN, DIRECTOR

GREDIAC SEATON BOECRETARY DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESFARCH

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE AND SERVICES
ARNIE J. SUOMELA, GOMMISS|ONER HAROLD E. CROWTHER, CHIEF

fn)

COMMERCIAL F

A review of developments and news of the fishery industries
prepared in the BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES.

cet

Joseph Pileggi, Editor
H. M. Bearse, Assistant Editor

Mailed free to members of the fishery and allied industries. Address correspondence and requests
to the: Chief, Branch of Market News, Bureau of Commercial Fisheries, U. S. Department of the Interior,
Washington 25, D. C.

Publication of material from sources outside the Bureau is not an endorsement. The Bureau is not

responsible for the accuracy of facts, views, or opinions contained in material from outside sources.
.

Although the contents of the publication have not been copyrighted and may be reprinted freely,
reference to the source is appreciated.

The printing of this publication has been approved by the Director of the Bureau of the Budget,
May 21, 1957.

5/31/60
COVER: Dumping the scallop dredge after a tow has been completed
by the Service's research vessel Albatross II]. New Bedford, Mass.,
is the principal United States scallop port. Sea scallops landed on
the United States east coast are valued at $11 million ex-vessel.
Page
Sodium and Potassium in the Edible Portions of 34 Species of Fish, byClaude E. Thurston....................... 1
Comparative Keeping Quality, Cooling Rates, and Storage Temperatures of Haddock Held in Fresh-Water
Iceland'in Salt-Water Ice, /by\John’A. Peters and’ Joseph W. Slavin) 26 os. eee = = 0 wie ew wel ww wel ol se os . 6
Page Page
RESEARCH IN SERVICE LABORATORIES: ............ 14 TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd. )
Progress on Studies in Utilization of Fish-Oil Derivatives North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear
in Ore Flotation, by S| R. B. Cooke............4-. 14 Research:
Development of Objective Tests for Quality of Fresh, Exploratory Tuna Fishing with Long-Lines in
Frozen, and Processed Fish (Nontechnical Summary), Western North Atlantic (M/V Delaware Cruise 57-8) 38
Pyne SANE) A SOU OA dae ook Am none anc 20 North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations:
Technical Note No. 42 - Keeping Quality and Rate of Freezing Haddock and Cod Tagged and O-Group Haddock
of Cooked Deep-Sea Lobster Meat Frozen in Cans, by John A. Collected (M/V Albatross III Cruise 105). ..... 39
Peters and Joseph we SLAVinley eieile) =\eierienone aiterelee ciara 22 Red Hake Samples Collected and Gear Tested in
Tests on Storage of Frozen Shrimp Show that Proper Pack- Block Island Area (M/V T-79 Cruise 17)...... 40
aging ''Pays Off,''by J. A. Peters, and D. T. McLane... . 27 Yellowtail Flounders and Industrial Species Sam-
TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS: .-...-.-.2......-.,-. 29 ples off Nauset Beach (T-79 Cruise 18)--.----- 40
American Samoa: North Atlantic Herring Research:
Tuna Fishing Industry Improves Finances........... 29 Driving Herring Schools with Compressed Air
California: (Olli a tet Weer ais Coram aicis A aS do ome 42
Inshore Area From Santa Cruze to Carmel Surveyed for North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program:
Schools of Young Anchovies and Sardines (Airplane Spotting Third Midwater Trawling Cruise Completed (M/V
TOUS are PENN) Sao mv Ooo do Ocha be AG aa 29 Jonni Ne Cobb) Crise) 34))) ps cura een eaten 42
Pelagic Fish Distribution, Abundance, and Behavior Between Oregon:
Santa Barbara and San Diego Studied (Airplane Spotting Fisheries Research Laboratory Established. ... . 43
Bit ghty Noss: 1) toy sen ielotialre/tolsveriel mike ier heen acme nae 30 Review of 1957 Salmon Fisheries............ 43
New Catfish Packaging Regulation................ 31 Salmon Counts at Willamette Falls........... 44
Selling Tuna Catches by Auction Started in August 1957. . 31 Oysters:
Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January-Septem- New Method for Control of Enemies with Common
[else SIEGAL ere co ees Boo cin ano Mee pe mecunin merce o 32 BoA gne ce ome go oof cote teed oom oe 45
Chesapeake Bay: Pacific Coast Fishing Ports: .
Survey of Resident and Migratory Fishes of Chesapeake Garibaldi, Ore., by F. Bruce Sanford ......... 48
IER Ag oe eID oO Oni Ca ub th Sarno D Dace Cnn one o 32 Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations:
Federal Purchases of Fishery Products: Returns of Tagged Skipjack Tuna Exceed 8 Percent 57
Department of Defense Purchases, January-October 1957 33 Salmon:
Department of Defense: Alaska's Bristol Bay Fishery to Receive Special
Freeze-Dried Rations for Armed Forces ........... 34 BEE ONTO roster celeie ketal tet eke ett te te ee 57
Fish and Wildlife Service: South Atlantic Exploratory Fishery Program:
Fish and Wildlife Advisory Committee Holds Second Exploratory Fishing for Rock Shrimp off Georgia
Meetings co%b.h. (0 lo ten atere cde eles cocoa wacuudoichcoas ene: setters 3% and South Carolina (M/V Combat Cruise 13)... . 57
Frozen Foods: Sport Fishing:
Handling Practices to be Studied’. ...............-. 35 Government Opposed to Federal Fishing License - 58
Hawaii: Tuna: :
Commercial Fisheries Landings, July 1956-June1957.. . 35 Biologists Probe Mysteries of Albacore Spawning . 59
Maine Sardines: United States:
Canned Stocks, November 1, 1957 ...............-. 36 Fisheries Rank Second in World.......--.---- 60
Maryland: United States Fishing Fleet Additions ..........- 60
Law Prohibiting Purse-Seining Upheld by Supreme United States Fishery Landings:
(Qo yTh a tecny 4 eirher co ceo. Creole Sao Gan a ee tereo tect’ 2hy eco 36 Down 11 Percent First Nine Months of 1957..... 60
Red Discoloration of Shucked Oysters and Soft Clams Under U. S. Foreign Trade:
SLUG Yi eotetep en tat et seen oh eftel tc istemercu ee tcleisceleM mse ncnn tie 37 Edible Fishery Products, September U7 So Bideeeeeg 62
Groundfish Fillet Imports, October 1957 ..... 4 62

Contents Continued Page 127

January 1958 Washington 25, D.C. Vol. 20, No. !

SODIUM AND POTASSIUM IN THE EDIBLE PORTIONS
OF 34 SPECIES OF FISH

By Claude E. Thurston*
ABSTRACT

THE 34 SPECIES OF FRESH-WATER AND SALT-WATER © 1SYH ANALYZED IN THE
PRESENT STUDY ARE EXCELLENT FOODS FOR INCLJSION IN DIETS THAT REQUIRE
A LOW CONTENT OF SODIUM, IN NONE OF THE SPECIES~-NOT EVEN IN THE SALT -
WATER FISH--DID THE CONTENT OF SODIUM EXCEED THE MAXIMUM AMOUNT (100
MILLIGRAMS PER 100 GRAMS OF MEAT ) SPECIFIED BY FOOD AUTHORITIES FOR LOW-
SODIUM DIETS.

THE RATIO OF THE CONTENT OF SODIUM 10 THAT CF POTASSIUM WAS QUITE
SIMILAR IN BOTH THE FRESH-WATER AND THE SALT-WATER FISH, BEING APPROXI -
MATELY ONE PART BY WEIGHT OF SODIUM TO FIVE PARTS BY WEIGHT OF POTASSIUM.

INTRODUCTION

Doctors, in treating such disorders as inadequate protein digestion and con-
gestive heart failure with its attendant edema, are placing increased emphasis on
rigid control of the sodium content of the patient's diet (Proudfit and Robinson
1955). Although the normal intake of salt averages several gramsa day, this amount
often must be reduced to as little as one-half gram during medical treatment. This
requirement can be met by using unsalted foods and by avoiding those that have a
high natural content of sodium.

As the function of sodium in the development of pathological condition becomes
better known, a more exact knowledge of the amounts present in the various foods
assumes increasing significance. The values for many animal and vegetable prod-
ucts have been determined (Bills, McDonald, Nedermeier, and Schwartz 1949), but
information available on fish is very limited (National Research Council 1954). Al-
though data definitely are needed on fresh-water fish, the lack of data on salt-wa-
ter fish is particularly unfortunate, for many persons undoubtedly have reasoned
that since the marine species live ina salty habitat, they must contain a large quan-
tity of salt and, hence, of sodium.

The objective of the work reported here was to determine the content of sodium
in as wide a variety as possible of the principal species of fresh-water and salt-wa-
ter fish. Potassium values were included for comparative purposes because con-
siderable attention now is being directed to the sodium-potassium balance.

COLLECTION AND PREPARATION OF SPECIMENS

The specimens used in this study included 26 salt-water species from the At-
lantic and the Pacific oceans, and 8 fresh-water species from lakes and rivers.
The specimens canbe listed conveniently under the following groupings:

CHEMIST, FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY , DIVISION OF INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH AND SERVICES, BUREAU
OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES, UNITED STAVES FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, SEATTLE, WASH.

2 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

(a) Ten species of fish from the Pacific Ocean were purchased in Seattle mar-
kets during January and February 1957. Six iced whole fish of each species were
obtained in fair condition. These fish
were out of the water not more than
1 week. One composite sample was
prepared from the light meat of the
six fish in each series. Each sample
of light meat was ground in a Hobart
grinder, vacuum packed in 3-pound
cans, and stored at 0° C. until analyzed.

(b) Prepared samples of eight spe-
cies of fish were received from the Bu-
reau's Fishery Technological Labora-
tory at College Park, Md., April 19,
1957. Each sample was composed of
one to six fish and was received com-
posited and frozen in a sealed $-pound
can. The composites were prepared
as in (a).

(c) Prepared samples of frozen
fillets from five species of fish were
received from the Bureau's Fishery
Technological Laboratory at East Bos-
ton, Mass., April 18, 1957. All of the
fillets, except those of ocean perch, had
been cut within 24 hours of capture.
Iced ocean perch fillets in good condi-

, tion were from fish obtained from a
FIG. 1 - ASHING A SAMPLE OF FISH BY MEANS trawler within 1 week of capture. None
OF ELECTRIC FURNACE. of the fillets had been brine-dipped.
The samples were prepared as in (a).

(d) Four species of fish were received from different sources. Sixteenfrozen
steaks taken from 10 different halibut were obtained from a Seattle fish dealer. A
composite sample was prepared as in (a). Six albacore tuna were received frozen
from the Bureau's.exploratory fishing vessel John N. Cobb. Composites of the light
and the dark meat were prepared as in (a). Six yellowtail rockfish also were obtain-
ed frozen from the John N. Cobb. Each rockfish was prepared individually by the
method used in (a) on the day they were received. Twelve pink salmon were ob-
tained from a Ketchikan, Alaska, cannery during July and August 1956. All of the
specimens came from Burroughs Bay. They were taken in gill nets and had not
been out of water more than 24 hours. The fish were dipped inboiling water, skinned,
and eviscerated. Seven different samples then were prepared from the various
parts of each fish by the method used in (a). The data in table 1 give only the value
on the pink meat, as data on the other parts of the salmon will be reported later.
The values shown here are averages obtained in individual analyses of the 12 fish.

(e) Six iced whole fish of four different species were received in good condi-
tion on April 29, 1957. They were taken from the Mississippi River below Clinton,
Iowa. Samples were prepared as in (a).

(f) Four other species of fish either frozen or iced whole were received in
good condition. Six whitefish from Red Lake, Minn., and three mullet (suckers)
from Lake Erie, Mich., were prepared as in (a). Sixteen lake herring from Lake
Superior, 16 sheepshead from the Mississippi River at Clinton, Iowa, and 48 sheeps-
head from Lake Winnebago, Wis., were prepared as individual samples as in (a).

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 3

EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURE

The analyses, both for sodium and potassium, were made with a direct-reading
flame photometer. The procedure employed was adapted from one used by the
National Canners Associa-
tion (1956). Details ofthe
analyses were as follows:

1. Partially thawacan
of frozen sample inluke-
warm water for 30 minutes,
and then open can.

2. Transfera1l0-gram
portion of the sample to a
porcelain evaporating dish.

3. Divide the sample
into fine particles by cutting
it with a shears; remove any
particles of bone, scale, or
skin that maybe present.

4. Tare two porcelain
crucibles, and weigha 4-
gram Sample into eachone,

po

5. Using anelectric
hot plate, carefully char
the samples,

- USING FLAME PHOTOMETER TO DETERMINE NATURAL CONTENT OF
IN FISH.

FIG. 2
SODIUM AND POTASSIUM

6. Transfer the crucibles to an electric furnace at 550° C.; heatfor 4 hours or
for as long as 24 hours if the ash remains dark.

Table 1 - Analyses of Salt-Water Fish
Series | No. of
ey Common Name Scientific Name Place of Capture Fish in| Ash Sodium Potassium
tion 1 Sample
% [pMge7100 g.] 4-02. Portion | Mg. /100 g| 4-oz. Portion|
d Albacore tuna Germo alalunga Washington coast 6 Tis Ki Sox TEERERY
ca Pollock Pollachius virens Fippines Ledge 1 1.15 48 55 350 399
b Spanish mackerel (Atlantic) Scomberomorus maculatus | Atlantic coast 3 0.92 48 55 236 269
d Halibut Hippoglossus stenolepis Alaska coast 10 1.50 53 60 379 432
b Shad Osa Sapidissima Chesapeake area 5 1.27 54 62 330 376
c Yellowtail flounder Cimanda re inea Fippines Ledge 6 1.21 56 64 366 417
b Sea trout Cynoscion regalis Atlantic coast 2 1.07 59 67 317 361
c Haddock Melans, Tammus aeglefinus | Fippines Ledge 1 1.09 61 70 304 347
a Ling cod ophiodan elongatus Washington coast 6 1.23 62 71 352 401
d (i) Yellowtail rockfish ebastodes flavidus Washington coast 6 1.20 50 57 358 408
b Porgy (or scup) Stenotomus chrysops Atlantic coast 4 1.17 63 72 287 327
c Whiting Merluccius inearis Fippines Ledge 6 1.01 65 74 274 312
b Whiting Merluccius earis Atlantic coast 3 1.11 82 93 302 344
a Red rockfish Sebastodes ruberrimus Washington coast 6 1.28 66 75 413 471
a Black rockfish Sebastodes melanops Washington coast 6 1.28 66 75 432 492
b Sea bass (Atlantic) Centropristes afin Atlantic coast 5 0.99 68 78 256 292
b Red snapper utianus blackfor Atlantic coast 1 1.21 70 80 323 368
a Orange rockfish Sebastodes pinniger Washington coast 6 1.26 71 81 347 396
d (i) Pink salmon Oncorhynchus gorbuscha Burroughs Bay, Alaska| 12 1.15 76 87 290 331
a True cod Gadus macrocephalus Washington coast 6 1.22 76 87 372 424
a Ocean perch (Pacific) Sebastodes Sau Washington coast 6 1.03 79 90 324 369
c Ocean perch (Atlantic) Sebastes marinus Atlantic coast 8 1.12 79 90 269 307
b Mullet pera cephalus Atlantic coast 5 1.13 81 93 292 333
a Starry flounder atic) stellatus Washington coast 6 1.14 85 97 285 325
a Spanish mackerel (Pacific) Scomberomorus maculatus | California coast 6 1.12 89 101 292 333
a English sole 0} s vetulus Vancouver Island 6 1.21 91 104 330 376
a Petrale sole ‘opsetta jordani Vancouver Island 6 1.12 96 109 268 306
1
Average 1.16 68 78 320 365
T/FOR INFORMATION ON THE COLLECTION ANO PREPARATION OF SAMPLES, SEE DESCRIPTION IN TEXT UNDER THE APPROPRIATE SERIES. SERIES DESIGNATED BY (1) SHOW AVERAGES OF |NDIVIOUAL SAMPLES. ALL OTHER VALUES
ARE FOR COMPOSITEO SAMPLES.

7. Weigh the ash.

8. Add 10 to 15 milliliters of nitric acid solution (1 volume of concentrated
nitric acid to 9 volumes of distilled water) to each crucible, and break up any par-
ticles with a stirring rod.

9. Using funnels and filter papers, filter the contents of the crucibles into
100-milliliter volumetric flasks.

4 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

10. Wash the residue on the filter papers three times with distilled water, di-
lute the contents of the flasks to volume, stopper, and shake thoroughly.

Table 2 - Analyses of Fresh-Water Fish a]
No. 03
Scientific Name Place of Capture Fish in | Ash Sodium Potassium

eries
Designa-

tion 1/

Common Name

f (i) Lake herring (Lake Huron) Leucichthys artedi Lake Huron, Mich.
f (i) |Lake herring (Lake Superior) | Ceucichthys artedi Lake Superior, Minn 1.26 56 64 358 408
Buffalofish ctlobus species cles Mississippi River, lowa 1.02 50 57 292 333
‘arp (of 2a SSE car, earns Mississippi River, lowa 1.01 51 58 285 325
Yellow pike Stieostedion vit vitreum Mississippi River, lowa 1.20 52 59 324 369

Catostomidae a Lake Huron, Mich
formis

eS clu SS r Red Lake, Minn
2 jens Clinton, Iowa

(i) |Sheepshead (river) P 8 E 1.06 58 67 301 343

(i) Sheepshead (lake) Se Lake Winnebago, Wis 1.05 a 96 278 317

Yellow perch Perca Se Mississippi River, lowa 0.92 67 76 238 271

Average 1.09 56 64 282 321

UFO) ows ATION ON THE COLLECTION ANO PREPARATION OF SAMPLES, SEE DESCRIPTION IN TEXT UNDER THE APPROPRIATE SERIES. SERIES DESIGNATED By (1) SHOW AVERAGES OF INDIVIDUAL SAMPLES. ALL OTHER
RE FOR COMPOS|TED SAMPLES

11. Analyze the solutions for sodium, using a direct-reading flame photometer
calibrated against a standard sodium-ion solution.

12. From each flask, pipette 5 milliliters of solution into a 200-milliliter flask,
dilute to volume with distilled water, stopper, and shake thoroughly.

13. Analyze the solutions in the 200-milliliter flasks for potassium by means
of a direct-reading flame photometer calibrated against a standard potassium-ion
solution.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

Tables 1 and 2 give data obtained with the 26 species of salt-water fish and the
8 species of fresh-water fish. The tables are arranged in order of increasing sodi-
um content, since that is the important constituent.

The percentage of ash in the samples rariged from 0.92 to 1.50, with most of the
values falling between 1.00 and 1.25. The high value of 1.50 was for a halibut sam-
ple, which gave a black ash even after prolonged heating.

The data show that, frequently, the content of sodium varied inversely with that
of potassium, but this inverse relationship was not general enough to be considered
a rule. As might be expected, the fresh-water fish were somewhat lower in both
sodium and potassium contents than were the salt-water varieties. The ratio of the
content of sodium to that of potassium, however, was quite similar in both kinds of
fish, being 0.213 for salt-water fish and 0.199 for fresh-water fish--or roughly one
part by weight of sodium to five parts by weight of potassium.

Large differences were noted in sodium values for similar species from various
geographical areas. The sodium content of whiting from the Atlantic Ocean, for
example, was much higher than was that of whiting from the Pacific Ocean (82 milli-
grams per 100 grams of fish versus 65 milligrams per 100 grams of fish). Similar
large differences were noted with Lake Superior and Lake Huron lake herring (56
versus 38), with lake and river sheepshead (84 versus 59), and with salt-water and
fresh-water mullet (81 versus 52).

Albacore tuna and Lake Huron lake herring had the lowest content of sodium,
with 34 and 38 milligrams per 100 grams of fish, respectively. The low value for
halibut (53) was surprising in view of its high percentage of ash (1.50).

The sodium contents of the individual species of salt-water fish ranged from 34
to 96 milligrams per 100 grams of fish and averaged 68 milligrams. That for the
individual species of fresh-water fish ranged from 38 to 84 milligrams per 100 grams
of fish and averaged 56 milligrams. Together, the salt-water and the fresh-water
varieties averaged 64 milligrams of sodium per 100 grams of fish.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 5

Although the salt-water fish averaged higher in sodium content than did the
fresh-water varieties, the higher values for even the salt-water ones were very fa-
vorable in respect to the values approved by dietetic experts, who have found that
a food to be acceptable in a low-sodium diet should contain less than 100 milligrams
of sodium per 100 grams of food and, preferably, less than 60 milligrams.

None of the individual species--either of salt-water or fresh-water fish--were
found to contain as much sodium as the permitted maximum. All of the species of
fish reported here can be included therefore in menus for those whose sodium in-
take must be reduced to a minimum. Since these fish markedly vary in flavor and
texture, they make possible a greater variety in diets restricted as to the content
of sodium.

SUMMARY

Much concern is being shown by doctors as to the amounts of sodium naturally
present in foods, since they now are placing increasing emphasis on low-sodium
diets in the alleviation of certain disorders. Inasmuch as little has been known a-
bout the sodium content of fish, the objective of the work reported here was to de-
termine the content of sodium in as wide a variety as possible of the principal spe-
cies. In addition, potassium values were included because attention now also is
being directed to the sodium-potassium balance.

The specimens used in this study included 26 salt-water species from the At-
lantic and Pacific oceans, and 8 fresh-water species from lakes and rivers. The
samples were homogenized by use of a grinder, were ashed, and the ash was ana-
lyzed quantitatively for sodium and potassium by means of a direct-reading flame
photometer.

The ratio of the content of sodium to that of potassium was 0.213 for salt-wa-
ter fish and 0.199 for fresh-water fish--or approximately one part by weight of
sodium to five parts by weight of potassium for both salt-water and fresh-water fish.

Large differences were noted in the sodium values for similar species from
various geographical areas.

Albacore tuna and Lake Huron lake herring had the lowest content of sodium of
the 34 species analyzed.

The sodium contents of the individual species of salt-water fish ranged from
34 to 96 milligrams per 100 grams of fish and averaged 68 milligrams. That for
the individual species of fresh-water fish ranged from 38 to 84 milligrams per 100
grams of fish and averaged 56 milligrams. Even the highest of the individual values
for the salt-water fish lie within the limit approved by the dietetic experts, who
have found that a low-sodium diet should contain less than 100 milligrams per 100
grams of food. The species of fish reported here, owing to their great diversity of
flavor and texture, thus may serve as an excellent food for those restricted to
monotonous low-salt diets.

LITERATURE CITED

BILLS, CHARLES E.; MCDONALD, FRANCIS G.; NIEDERMEIER, WM.; NATIONAL RESEARCH COUNCIL.
AND SCHWARTZ, MELVIN C. 1954, SODIUM RESTRICTED DIETS. FOOD AND NUTRITION
1949, SODIUM AND POTASSIUM IN FOODS AND WATERS DETER- BOARD, PUBLICATION NO. 325, JULY.
MINED BY THE FLAME PHOTOMETER. JOURNAL AMER] -
CAN DIETETICS ASSOCIATION, VOL, 25, NO. 4 PROUDFIT, Fe T., AND ROBINSON, C. He
(APRIL), PP. 304-314, 1955, NUTRITION AND DIET THERAPY. MACMILLAN AND
COMPANY, NEW YORK, PP, 462-463,
DAHL, L. Ke, AND LOVE, R. A.
1954, “ARCHIVES OF INTERNAL MEDICINE, VOL, 94, P. 525. WATT, BERNICE, AND MERRILL, ANNABEL
1950. Us S. Ds As HANDBOOK NO, 8 - COMPOSITION OF
NATIONAL CANNERS ASSOCIATION RESEARCH LABORATORY. FOODS, RAW, PROCESSED, AND PREPARED.

1956. ‘A LABORATORY MANUAL FOR THE CANNING OF FOOD,
CHAPTER 20, P. 50 (20.50), ©

NOTE: THE ASSISTANCE OF LYNNE G. McKEE, DAVE H. WIEG, CHARLES E. LEE, AND JOSEPH H. CARVER IN OB-
TAINING SAMPLES IS GRATEFULLY ACKNOWLEDGED.
—_se <—pe <a

6 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

COMPARATIVE KEEPING QUALITY, COOLING RATES,
AND STORAGE TEMPERATURES OF HADDOCK
HELD IN FRESH-WATER ICE AND IN SALT-WATER ICE

By John A. Peters* and Joseph W. Slavin**
ABSTRACT

IN AN EXPERIMENT ON ICING REPRESENTATIVE SAMPLES OF HADDOCK ABOARD
A FISHING VESSEL IN EQUAL QUANTITIES OF SALT-WATER AND FRESH-WATER ICE,
NO SIGNIFICANT DIFFERENCE WAS FOUND IN THE QUALITY OF THE FISH STORED IN
THESE ICES. ALL FISH WAS OF EXCELLENT TO GOOD QUALITY UNTIL THE 9TH DAY
OF ICED STORAGE, AND OF ACCEPTABLE QUALITY FROM THE 9TH UNTIL THE 13TH
DAY OF 1CED STORAGE, AFTER WHICH TIME THEY WERE OF UNMARKETABLE QUALITY.
THE HADDOCK STORED IN THE SALT-WATER !1CE WERE COOLED FASTER AND TO A LOW-
ER TEMPERATURE THAN WERE THOSE COOLED IN THE FRESH WATER ICE. THE SALT -
WATER ICE MELTED FASTER THAN DID THE FRESH-WATER ICE AND LEFT THE HAD-
DOCK WITH LESS PROTECTING ICE, AND HADDOCK LYING AGAINST THE PEN BOARDS
WERE COOLED AT A MUCH SLOWER RATE THAN THOSES THAT WERE |CED PROPERLY.

BACKGROUND

The preservation of fish in ice aboard a fishing vessel is a problem of continu-
ing concern to those engaged in the fishing industry. Fresh-water ice, whichis used
on the majority of fish-
ing vessels in this coun-
try, if properly applied,
will preserve fishon the
vessel for 1 to 2 weeks,
depending on the partic-
ular species of fish and
on the method of icing.
The use of an ice that
would be acceptable to
health and regulatory a-
gencies (Anonymous
1956) and that yet would
substantially increase
the keeping quality of
fish would be of great
value, since it would en-
able the fishing vessels
to stay out longer than
now is possible and still
return to port with fish
of marketable quality.

FIG. 1 - HADDOCK BEING ICED DOWN IN A PEN OF THE VESSEL WITH ‘ The storage of fish
FRESH-WATER ICE. in salt-water ice, which

has a lower melting tem-
perature than has fresh-water ice, would seem to have merit in providing faster
cooling and in reducing the storage temperature of the iced fish aboard the vessel.
A reduction (1) in the time required to cool the fish initially and (2) in the storage
temperature of the fish might well result in an extended storage life. Because of
the faster rate of melting of salt-water ice due to its lower latent heat of fusion, low-
er temperature, and the manyfactors that influence the icing and storing of fish a-
board a commercial fishing vessel, one can not say with certainty whether or not
salt-water ice, when used to ice the fish in the same proportions as fresh-water ice

CHEMIST FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY, BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,
eK REFRIGERATION ENGINEER UNITED STATES FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, EAST BOSTON, MASS.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 7

is now used, will be of sufficient value to warrant the adoption of it by the commer-
cial fishing industry, or whether larger quantities of salt-water ice must be used
to obtain proper fish preservation.

Table I - Results of Organoleptic Examination of Raw Haddock Stored in Fresh-Water and Salt-Water Ices

Storage Type Quality Factors
Time in Ice of Ice Clarity of Eyes _[___ Color of Gills _[Odor Behind Gill Covers [Odor of Gut Cavity Odor of Meat
Da;
= Fresh-water Clear Bright red Fresh Fresh Fresh
Salt-water Clear Bright red Fresh Fresh Fresh
7 |Fresh-water Clear to slightly cloudy Bright red to pink Slightly sour le ightly sour Slightly sour
Salt-water Clear to slightly cloudy Bright red to pink Slightly sour Slightly sour Slightly sour
9 resh-water Clear to slightly cloudy Red to pi Slightly sour Slightly sour Slightly sour
Salt-water Clear to slightly cloudy Red to pink Slightly sour Slightly sour Slightly sour
12 resh-water ightly cloudy Red to brown if Sour Sane jour
Salt-water Slightly cloud: Red to brown Sour Slightly sour
13 resh-water Slightly cloudy Red to brown Strongly sour Strongly sour ~ Slightly sour
Salt-water Slightly cloud Red to brown Strongly sour Strongly sour Sour
15 Fresh-water | Slightly cloudy and sunken Pink to dark brown Strongly sour to putrid Strongly sour to putrid Strongly sour
Salt-water Set yecTongys and sunken | Pink to dark brown Strongly sour to putrid strongly sour to putrid strongly sour
16 -|Fresh- water ightly cloudy and sunken Brown Strongly sour to putrid | Strong y sour to putrid Strongly sour
Salt-water Slightly cloudy and sunken Brown Strongly sour to putrid Strongly sour to putrid Strongly sour
19 Tesh-water | Slightly cloudy and sunken | Brown to dark brown Putrid Putrid Strongly sour to putrid
Salt-water Slightly cloudy and sunken | Brown to dark brown Putrid Putrid Strongly sour to putrid

With the foregoing considerations in view, the Bureau of Commercial Fisher-
ies Technological Laboratory in East Boston, Mass., conducted the following study
in which representative quantities of haddock were iced in equal amounts of (1)
fresh-water ice and (2) salt-water ice (3 percent salt by weight; melting tempera-
ture, 29.5 EF.) aboard the Bureau's exploratory fishing trawler Delaware.

OBJECTIVES
The specific objectives of the experiment were:

1. To determine the keeping quality of haddock iced and stored aboard a fish-
ing vessel (employing the manner traditionally used in the haddock fishery) in:

a. Crushed fresh-water ice

b. Crushed salt-water ice (3 percent salt by weight)

2. To determine the cooling rates and storage temperatures of haddock stored
in these ices.

EXPERIMENTAL PROCEDURES

Briefly, the experimental procedures were (1) obtain the haddock at sea, (2)
eviscerate and wash them, (3) divide them into two groups, (4) ice one group with
fresh-water ice and the other with salt-water ice, (5) measure the changes in tem-
perature of the two groups during storage, and (6) organoleptically determine the
change in quality of the two groups during storage. The details of the experiment
are given in the subsections immediately following.

PREPARATION OF THE ICES: The ices were made in 300-pound blocks ina
commercial ice plant.

Fresh-Water Ice: Ordinary crushed ice as used at present by New England
fishing vessels was obtained in 50-pound bags.

Salt-Water Ice: Forty pounds of 100-degree salinometer brine was added to
each ice-freezing pan, and water then was added to make 300 pounds of solution.
The pans were lowered into the freezing medium, and air tubes were used toagitate
the water. After the water had been well agitated, a dispersing agent consisting of
150 grams of carboxymethylcellulose (CMC high viscosity, type 70 1/) was added
to each freezing pan. Once the CMC was dispersed (this required agitation for 15
minutes), the air tubes were removed, and the mixture was allowed to freeze without

1/HERCULES POWDER CO., INC., WILMINGTON, DEL.

8 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

further agitation. The temperature of the brine (12° F.) used for freezing the solu-
tion of salt water was not low enough to freeze the ice sufficiently hard within the
period of time allotted
so as to permit crush-
ing. The blocks of
salt-water ice there-
fore were brought to
the pilot plant of the
laboratory where they
were cooled for sev-
eral hours in a blast
freezer and then
stored at 0° F.

Pieces of ice
chipped from the out-
side edges and cen-
ter of a block were
allowed to melt, and
the salt content was
determined with a
salinometer. Distri-
bution of the salt was
quite uniform through-
out the block. Pieces
of the finely crushed FIG. 2 - ICING DOWN THE TOP TIER OF HADDOCK WITH SALT-WATER ICE.
ice made from the
blocks of salt-water ice were melted; the salt content, which then was determined
with a salinometer, was 2.8 percent.

On the day of departure of the Delaware, these blocks of ice were easily crush-
ed by a portable ice crusher, which blew the flakes directly into the hold of the vessel.

HANDLING THE
FISH ABOARD THE VES-
SEL: The haddock used
in this experiment were
caught on the northeast
part of Georges Bank in
the spring of 1956. The
fish, after being landed
on the vessel, were e-
viscerated, washed, and
stowed in the respec-
tive ices, in two pens
located in the midsec-
tion hold. Each pen was
iced with only one type
of ice. Icing was done
by the fishermen, under
the supervision of the
writers, following the
procedures customarily
employed in the haddock

2
oe fishery (fig. 1).

FIG, 3 - HADDOCK ICED IN THE PENS OF THE VESSEL WITH FRESH-WATER

(CE. NOTE THE THERMOCOUPLE WIRES LEADING TO THE INDIVIDUAL FISH. The pens were filled

with fish, one tier ata

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 9

time, in rotation. One tier of fish (approximately 500 pounds) was iced with about
250 pounds of ice in the first pen, then a tier of fish was started in the second pen.
After one tier of fish had been
iced down in each of these two
pens, the next tier of fish was
started in the first pen. This
procedure was followed until
each pen had been filled with
four tiers or about 2,000 to
2,900 pounds of fish (fig. 2).

TEMPERATURE MEAS-
UREMENTS: As each tier of
fish was being iced, a copper
constantan thermocouple was
inserted as near as possible
into the center of the thickest
section of the meat just back
of the vent of at least one
medium-size fish--average
weight of 3 to 4 pounds (fig. 3).
The temperatures of these
fish were recorded ona
8-point recording potentio-
meter installed in a com-
partment adjacent to the FIG. 4 - POTENTIOMETER USED TO RECORD THE TEMPERATURES OF
engine room (fig. 4). The THE HADDOCK STORED IN THE \ARIOUS ICES.
power to operate the recorder was supplied through a direct current-alternating cur-
rent inverter. The accuracy of the potentiometer was checked periodically with a
mercury thermometer and was found to be ft 0.59 F. (fig. 5).

HANDLING THE
FISH ASHORE: To ob-
tain information repre-
sentative of the quality
deterioration that occurs
during prolonged stor-
age on ice, we left the
fish aboard the vessel
at the dock as long as
possible (10days). The
first fish caught were
held in ice inthe hold of
the vessel for 15 days;
and the last fish caught,
for 12 days.

Fifteen days after
the first catch was brought
aboard the vessel, 300
pounds of fish from the
bottom of each pen were
transferred to wooden
boxes in the laboratory
pilet plant in order to
free the vessel for duty
at sea. These boxes were constructed with ''pen' boards on one side to permit the
removal of samples of fish from the top and the bottom (fig. 6). The respective

FIG. S - CHECKING THE TEMPERATURE OF THE HADDOCK WITH A MERCURY
THERMOMETER.

10 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

positions of the top and the bottom fish in the pens were maintained as the fish were
transferred to the boxes and were iced with the appropriate type of ice.

EXAMINATION OF
THE RAW FISH: The
fish were examined at
regular intervals after
the return of the ves-
sel to port. The ini-
tial examination was
made when the first-
caught and last-caught
fish had beeninice for
5 and for 2 days, re-
spectively.

At each examina-
tion, two fish were
taken from the topand
from the bottom of
each pen in the ves-
sel and, after the
fish had beentrans-
ferred to boxes in
the pilot plant a-
shore, from the
top and bottom of each box. These raw eviscerated fish were examined for the fol-
lowing quality factors:

FIG. 6 - FISH BOX WITH SLIDING PEN’ BOARDS.

1. Clarity of eyes. 3. Odor behind gill covers.
2. Color of gills. 4. Odor of meat.

In these examinations the inspectors did not know the type of ice in which the
fish has been stored.

EXAMINATION OF THE COOKED FISH FILLETS: At each examination, fillets
prepared from four raw eviscerated fish stored in each of the ices were wrapped
tightly in aluminum foil to prevent the fillets from drying out and were baked in an
oven at 400° F. for 20 minutes. The aluminum-foil packages then were opened, and
the odor of the escaping vapors was noted.

Portions of the cooked fillets were tasted by a panel consisting of 6 to 8 mem-
bers of the laboratory staff accustomed to making such tests, and were rated for
appearance, odor, flavor, and texture.

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

KEEPING QUALITY: Raw Fish: The results obtained from the examinations
of haddock storedinfresh-water and in salt-water ices are shown in table l. These
results indicate that very little difference in the quality of the fish stored ineach of

the two ices was noted by the examiners.

Cooked Fish Fillets: Results obtained in examining the cooked fish fillets for
appearance, odor, flavor, and texture showed that the ratings of odor, flavor, and
texture were the most significant. The taste-panel scores for these quality factors
are shown in table 2.

The averages of the scores for all the quality factors presented in table 2 are
shown in figure 7. These curves show that the fish stored in the fresh-water and

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 11

salt-water ices decreased in quality at about the same rate. The fish stored in both
ices were of good to excellent quality until the 9th day of iced storage and of fair to
borderline quality from the 9th until the 13th day of iced storage after which they

were considered unmarketable. There-

fore no extension of the keeping quality LEGEND: |
G—— - Haddock in fresh-water ice (control),

(@-—— - Haddock in salt-water ice,

of the fish resulted from the storage 100
of the fish in salt-water ice.

COOLING RATES AND STORAGE
TEMPERATURES: The cooling rates
of eviscerated haddock stored infresh-
water ice andinsalt-water ice are giv-
en in figure 8. Examination of these
cooling curves shows that icing with
salt-water ice resulted in quicker
cooling and cooling to a lower tem-
perature than did icing with fresh-
water ice.

TASTE PANEL SCORES

The top curve (fig. 8) which shows
the cooling rate of a fish lying against
the penboard, demonstrates very strik-
ingly what occurs when the fish are not
completely surrounded by ice. Over
18 hours was required to cool this
fish to 32° F. as compared with a-
bout 4 hours for a well-iced fish.

10 ERATE aI ae ep Ieee fc fea
7 8 © iO i 1 Wwe 14 1S We
STORAGE TIME IN ICE (Days)

FIG. 7 - AVERAGES OF TASTE PANEL SCORES FOR
COOKED FILLETS.

The temperatures of the fish, 24
hours after they were iced initially and during storage aboard the vessel, are shown
in table 3. These temperatures show that (1) the fish in the bottom of a pen were as
cool as or cooler than those in the top of the same pen, (2) the rise in temperature
of the fish in the top of a pen was
LEGEND: greater than was the rise in temper-
ature of those fish stored in the bot-
Penn eee er tom of the same pen, and (3) the fish
==<- - Haddock in center of pen, iced stored in salt-water ice rose toa
with fresh-water ice, higher temperature than did the fish
sweese® ~ Haddock in center of pen iced stored in the fresh-water ice. This
Vipliel SEATS C2 higher temperature was due to the
faster melting rate of the salt-water
ice, which resulted in less ice to pro-
tect the fish. Therefore, in order to
keep the haddock stored in salt-water
ice at temperatures close to the freez-
ing point of the salt-water ice, suf-
ficient quantities of salt-water ice
must be used to make up for the fas-
01234 56 7 8 9 10111213141516171819 | ter melting of this ice; additional
TIME (HOURS) work on the quantities of salt-water
FIG. 8 - COOLING RATES OF EVISCERATED HADDOCK sTORED ice that must be used to maintain the
IN FRESH-WATER AND SALT-WATER ICES. (AVERAGE WEIGHT fish at the proper temperature level
3.79 4 FOUNIS.| will be conducted in the future.

- Haddock against the pen boards,

TEMPERATURE (OF .)

SUMMARY

Tests were conducted to determine (1) the keeping quality and (2) the cooling
rates and storage temperatures of representative lots of eviscerated haddock stored
aboard a fishing vesselin equal quantities of fresh-water and salt-water (3-percent
salt by weight) ice when iced in the manner traditionally used in the haddock fish-
ery.

12 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

aboard a fishing vessel in equal quantities of fresh-water and salt-water (3-percent
salt by weight) ice when iced in the manner traditionally used in the haddock fish-
ery.

Organoleptic examinations were made on raw eviscerated haddock stored inthe
two ices and on cooked fillets prepared from these fish. The results of these exam-

Panel Scores on Cooked Fillets Prepared fro
Fish Stored in Fresh-Water and Salt-Water Ice

ST
Quality Score a

Fresh-water
Salt-water
Fresh-water
Salt-water

13 Fresh-water
Salt-water

16 resh-water
Salt-water

1/FISH SCORING: 90 TO 100 WAS CONSIDERED EXCELLENT; 80 TO 89, VERY GOOD; 70

TO 79, GOOD; 60 TO 69, FAIR; 5O TO 59, BORDERLINE; 25 TO 49, POOR; AND BE-

LOW 25, INEDIBLE. SCORES OF 5O OR ABOVE INDICATE THAT THE FISH WERE MAR-

KETABLE;

SCORES BELOW 50 INDICATE THAT THE FISH WERE NOT MARKETABLE.

inations indicate that (1) the fish stored in fresh-water and salt-water ice were of
good to excellent quality until the 9th day of iced storage, after which time they
were of fair to borderline quality until the 13th day of storage when they were found
to be unmarketable, and (2) there was no significant difference between the quality
of the fish stored in the the fresh-water and in the salt-water ice.

Table 3 - Temperature of Haddock stored in Fresh-Water aed weer Tce Aboard the M/V “Delaware”

ee of the Haddock 1? af after Storage in Ice oie

Location of
the Iced Fish

I/AVERAGE WEIGHT OF HADDOCK WAS 3 TO 4 POUNDS.
2/TIER NO. 1 WAS THE BOTTOM TIER OF FISH, TIER NO. 2 THE SECOND FROM THE BOTTOM, AND SO ON,

4/OaY VESSEL HAD BEEN AT DOCK FOR 3 DAYS.
3/OAY OF ARRIVAL OF VESSEL AT DOCK. [3

5/OAY VESSEL HAD BEEN AT DOCK FOR 5 DAYS.
6/OaY VESSEL HAD BEEN AT DOCK FOR 10 DAYS.

The fish stored in salt-water ice were cooled faster and to a lower tempera-
ture than were the fish stored in fresh-water ice, and fish lying against the pen
boards were cooled at a slower rate than were fish properly iced. Owing to the
greater loss of ice, the fish stored in the top of a fish pen, in the hold of the vessel,
rose in temperature faster than did the fish stored in the bottom of the same pen.
Similarly, owing to the faster rate of melting and the resulting greater loss of ice,
fish stored in salt-water ice, after being initially cooled to a lower temperature
than the fish stored in the fresh-water ice, eventually rose to a higher temperature
than did the fish stored in the fresh-water ice. Therefore, in order to maintain the
fish in the salt-water ice at a temperature close to the melting point of this ice suf-
ficient quantities of ice must be used to make up for the faster melting.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 13

LITERATURE CITED

ANONYMOUS:
1952. |MPROVEMENT OF QUALITY OF CHILLED FISH. INFLUENCE AND CONTROL OF TEMPERATURE. REPORT
OF THE FOOD INVESTIGATION BOARD (GREAT BRITAIN) FOR THE YEAR 1950, PP. 20-22.

REFRIGERATED SEA WATER PRESERVES SHRIMP IN FLORIDA EXPERIMENTS. SEAFOOD BUSINESS,
VOL. 4, NO. 7 (FEBRUARY), PP. 34-35. =

1954, FRENCH TUNA VESSELS USING SALT-WATER ICE. FISHERIES INFORMATION BULLETIN, NATIONAL
CANNERS ASSOCIATION, OCTOBER 8.

1956. ANTIBIOTICS FOR FISHERY PRODUCTS PRESERVATION. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 18,
No. 12 (DECEMBER), PP. 27-28.
BRAMSNAES, F.
1957. HANDLING AND CHILLING OF FRESH FISH ON VESSELS AT SEA. FAO FISHERIES BULLETIN, FOOD
AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNITED NATIONS, ROME, ITALY, VOL. X, NO. 1(JaAN-
UARY -MARCH), PP. 1-17.

BUTLER, CHARLES; DASSOW, JOHN A.; CARLSON, C. J.; CARVER, JOSEPH; AND HEERDT, MARTIN
1056. THE REFRIGERATION OF FISH. PART 2 - HANDLING FRESH FISH. FISHERY LEAFLET 428, U. S.
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, WASHINGTON 25, D. C. (DECEMBER) .

CASTELL, C. H.
1949. SPOILAGE RATES AT 37° AND 320 F. FISHERIES RESEARCH BOARD OF CANADA. PROGRESS REPORTS
OF ATLANTIC COAST STATIONS, NO. 46, PP. 3-6

AND MacCALLUM, W. A.
1953. RELATIVE IMPORTANCE OF THE FACTORS CAUSING SPOILAGE OF FISH IN BOATS AT SEA. FISHER-
[ES RESEARCH BOARD OF CANADA. PROGRESS REPORTS OF ATLANTIC COAST STATIONS, NO. 55,
PP. 17-23.

= ; AND POWER, H. E.
1956. SPOILAGE OF FISH IN VESSELS AT SEA: 2. TREATMENT ON DECK AND IN THE HOLD. JOURNAL OF
THE FISHERIES RESEARCH BOARD OF CANADA, VOL. 13, NO. 1 (JANUARY), PP. 21-39.
CUTTING, C. L.
1949, THE COOLING OF TRAWLER'S FISH IN ICE. REPORT OF THE FOOD INVESTIGATION BOARD (GREAT
BRITAIN) FOR THE YEAR 1939, PP. 41-42.

FIELD, CROSBY
1953. RECENT EXPERIMENTS SHOW VALUE OF FLAKED ICE FROZEN FROM SALT-WATER. FISHING GAZETTE,
VOL. 70, NO. 8 (aucusT), PP. 54-55.

KNAKE, B. O.
fo46. ICING OF FISH AT SEA. FISHERY LEAFLET 189, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, WASHING~
TON 25, (65 (Ga
2

KONOKATIN, G.
1949. COOLING AND PRESERVING FISH IN SEA-WATER AND IN TANNIN SOLUTIONS. KHOLODI.LNAJA TECH-
NICA (RUSSIAN), VOL. 26, NO. 2 (APRIL-JUNE), PP. 66 69, ABSTRACTED IN REFRIGERATING
ENGINEERING, VOL. 57, NO. 12 (DECEMBER), PP. 1186-1187.

MacCALLUM, W. A.; COOK, G. H.; AND WILSON, R. W.
1949, AN INVESTIGATION OF THE COOLING RATES OF GUTTED FISH STOWED IN SCHOONERS. FISHERIES
RESEARCH BOARD OF CANADA. PROGRESS REPORTS OF ATLANTIC COAST STATIONS, NO. 46, PP.
6-9),

REAY, Ge A. AND SHEWAN, J. M.
1949. THE CARE OF TRAWLER FISH. FOOD INVESTIGATION LEAFLET NO. 3

DEPARTMENT OF SCIENTIFIC
AND INDUSTRIAL RESEARCH (GREAT BRITAIN), PP. 1-12.

a

TAYLOR, FRANCIS
1953. RESEARCH ON ICING FISH. SOUTHERN FISHERMAN, VOL. sh YEARBOOK (MARCH) P. 94,

14 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol: 20; No. 1

RESEARCH “Se

_IN SERVICE LABORATORIES ~

y WY
SE Vttlltate reriene ree BON

PROGRESS ON STUDIES IN UTILIZATION OF FISH-OIL
DERIVATIVES IN ORE FLOTATION £/
By S. R. B. Cooke*

PREFATORY ABSTRACT

THIS PAPER DESCRIBES THE FLOTATION PROCESS, THE MECHANISM OF COLLEC-
TION, AND THE FLOTATION OF |RON ORE WITH FISH-O|L DERIVATIVES AS COLLEC-
TORS. IT SUMMARIZES EXPERIMENTAL FINDINGS TO DATE AND OUTLINES FUTURE
WORK,

BACKGROUND

FLOTATION PROCESS: Flotation is a process of ore concentration used to
separate a specific mineral or group of minerals, called the concentrate, from an-
other mineral or group of minerals,
known as the gangue or tailing. To
effect the separation, operators use
chemical reagents. These reagents
are commonly divided into four
groups known, respectively, as col-
lectors, frothers, activators, and
depressants. Most reagents func-
tion uniquely as a member of only
one of the designated groups. Oc-
casionally, a reagent may function
as both a collector and a frother.

Collectors develop hydropho-
bic surfaces upon certain miner-
als, permitting them to become at-
tached to the gas-liquid interface.
Such "surfaced'' mineral particles,
upon collision with gas bubbles
created in the pulp by various means
become attached to the bubbles and
will be buoyed to the surface of the
pulp. Minerals that have hydrophilic
surfaces, intentionally created or FIG. 1 - PORTION OF FLOTATION RESEARCH LABORATORY,

: ac SCHOOL OF MINES AND METALLURGY, UNIVERSITY OF MINNE-
UNS NTSS Bacar un ne peasy a SOTA. DR. |. IWASAKI IS INVESTIGATING THE INTERFA-
the pulp and will not be spacially CIAL PROPERTIES OF FERRIC OXIDE.
separated in the pulp.
%SCHOOL OF MINES AND METALLURGY, UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA, MINNEAPOLIS, MINN.
I/THIS PAPER WAS PRESENTED IN PART AT THE PACIFIC FISHERIES TECHNOLOG| STS! MEETING AT YAKIMA,
WASH., MARCH 26, 1957.
NOTE: THIS STUDY IS BEING CONDUCTED UNDER A BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES COPTRACT BY THE UNI -
VERSITY OF MINNESOTA, AND FINANCED WITH FUNDS PROVIDED BY P. L. 466, 83RD CONGRESS, SIGNED
JULY 1, 1954 (SALTONSTALL-KENNEDY ACT).

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 15

Frothers are reagents that, when added to the pulp in the presence of a gas
phase, develop a reasonably stable foam or froth at the surface of the pulp. This
froth normally carries the hydrophobic mineral, and can be removed from the flota-
tion system by overflow or by raking. Frothers not only permit the generation of
very fine bubbles within the pulp, thereby increasing the probability of collision with
hydrophobic minerals, but they also increase the total gas-liquid interfacial areaat
the surface of the pulp and so enhance enormously the capacity of the system for
separating mineral.

Activators are reagents that, upon being added to the system, induce flotation
of a mineral which is not otherwise responsive to a given collector.

Depressants are the inverse of activators, in that they specifically inhibit the
flotation of minerals that otherwise would float in the presence of a given collector.

High specificity of a reagent in its given function should result in a highly selec-
tive flotation separation; that is, concentrate should be quantitatively separated from
tailing. This is an ideal that rarely, if ever, is realized. Specificity, on a practical
basis, may be approached by adjustment of many variables, some of which are listed
below:

(a) Level of reagent addition.

(b) pH of the pulp.

(c) Ratio of solids to liquid in the pulp.

(d) Temperature and time of conditioning and of flotation.

(e) Type of frothers, collectors, activators, and depressants employed.
(f) Anions and cations naturally present in the liquid.

(g) Type of aeration.

Probably the most selective separations made today are those between the sul-
phide minerals and gangue minerals such as oxides, carbonates, quartz, and sili-
cates. These separations are effected by using certain sulphydryl collectors suchas
the alkyl xanthates and the organic dithio-phosphates. Control of certain of the var-
iables listed may even permit successive flotation of individual sulphide minerals,
such as galena, sphalerite, and pyrite, in that order. Because of the low unit cost of
the sulphydryl collectors and their extraordinary effectiveness for sulphide-nonsul-
phide mineral separations, it is unlikely that they will be displaced by other reagents.

To date, separations of nonsulphide minerals, one from the other, are more
difficult to effect. Various organic compounds have been proposed and utilized, both
in the laboratory and in practice, as collectors for oxides, carbonates, silicates, and
other minerals. Usually, such minerals have low unit value, and the high cost of
some reasonably effective reagents automatically excludes them from use. Com-
mercially, calcium phosphate is separated from quartz, fluorite from calcite and
quartz, scheelite from associated silicates and quartz, baryte from silicates, and
iron oxides (particularly hematite) from quartz. There are many other examples.

In few cases, however, does the selectivity of the reagent employed equal that of the
sulphydryl collectors for sulphide minerals.

The practical separation of the nonsulphide minerals dates back to the Christen-
sen patent (U. S. pat. 1,467,354) in which fatty acids and their soaps were prceposed

as collectors. Since then, it has been shown that, with proper control of other fac-
tors, the fatty acids and their soaps, alkyl sulphates and sulphonates, alkylamines,

16 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

quaternary ammonium salts, and pyridinium salts can be utilized to make reason-
ably effective separations.

Of the foregoing substances, the fatty acids and their soaps are the cheapest.
Therefore, provided that they will work as desired, the flotation engineer is predis-
posed in their favor. The selection of the collector is normally based on the eco-
nomics of the situation. In the flotation of rhodochrosite (manganese carbonate), for
example, cottonseed-oil foots is saponified and used directly as a collector. In oth-
er cases, the relatively inexpensive aliphatic acids derived from tall oil are incom-
mon use. Fish-oil fatty acids and their soaps have been used in the past, but for
reasons unknown to the writer, they are not currently in favor.

It should be pointed out that, although the consumptionof fatty acids in ore flo-
tation is small in terms of pounds per ton of crude rock (ranging from 0.5 to 2.5
pounds per ton), the over-all consumption in the United States is impressive. The
cement industry uses about 1,000,000 pounds of fatty acid annually; fluorspar flota-
tion, about 500,000 pounds; and baryte, over 600,000 pounds. Iron-ore treatment has
lagged behind other ores in this respect, primarily because of the relatively high
cost of reagents, but two Michigan mills are currently treating approximately 3,400
tons of ore per day. The average annual consumption of crude oleic acid inthese
two plants is about 2,500,000 pounds. With the depletion of high-grade iron ores in
the Lake Superior region, flotation is in the position of being a competitive means of
concentration, and fatty acids and related materials will be used for this purpose.
In view of the great tonnages that are to be treated, the consumption of fatty acid
will be very large. This fact explains the preoccupation with iron-ore flotation in
the contract with the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service. The figures given above are
conservative. Other ores use fatty acids in flotation, but the data regarding con-
sumption are difficult to obtain.

MECHANISM OF COLLECTION: As a result of a very considerable amount of
fundamental research, the generalization may safely be made that all water-soluble
collectors are heteropolar in nature. When collection occurs, the polar grouping
becomes attached to the surface of the mineral, and the nonpolar grouping then is
oriented away from the mineral. Because the nonpolar group in chemical collectors
is invariably a hydrocarbon radical, this is analogous to ''coating"' the mineral with
a water-repellent surface. Gas then may partly displace water at the surface, the
collector acting as a bond between the gas and the mineral. How the polar group of
the collector is attached to the mineral surface still is disputed. If it is assumed
that the mineral surface is the locus of ruptured bonds, and that for full coverage
(that is, a monolayer) one collector ion is required per ruptured bond, then it has
been demonstrated elsewhere that, for the ordinary sizes of minerals floated, only

from 3 to 10 percent full coverage is required.

The mechanism of collection of minerals by fatty acids is imperfectly under-
stood. Clean quartz, a very common gangue mineral, is not collected by fattyacids
if activating cations are absent from the pulp. At high pH, however, calcium ions
are adsorbed by quartz. These ions then act as bonds between the quartz and the
fatty acid ions, and the quartz becomes floatable. Using this process, the operator
can quantitatively float quartz away from hematite, which is not collected by the
acid at the pH employed.

On the other hand, hematite will respond to collection with fatty acid in the pH
range from 5 to 8, and may be floated away from clean quartz in the absence of
quartz-activating ions.

In fatty acid flotation, it is not even clearly established whether the free acid,
the fatty acid ion, the acid soap ion, or combinations of any of these, or even all of
them, is the cause of mineral collection. It seems most probably that the fatty acid
ion is the effective collector.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW V7,

Some reagents may play dual roles in flotation. The fatty acids and their soaps
illustrate this principle, for they commonly are employed as both collectors and
frothers. Oleic acid is a weak frother at low pH. As the pH is increased, the froth
increases in volume and changes markedly in size of bubble. Overfrothing is as un-
desirable as underfrothing. In the former case, so much of the pulp proper may be
occluded by the froth that selectivity is seriously impaired; in the latter, there is
insufficient froth to remove the concentrate. Addition of a second frother (such as
pine oil), in an effort to build up the froth, frequently results in complete destruc-
tion of the froth at certain relative levels of fatty acid and of independent frother.
This situation adds another variable to the already complex system.

The saturated fatty acids and their soaps, from caprylic through stearic, are
fairly effective collectors for hematite, the amount of reagent required for a given
recovery decreasing with chain length. Saturated fatty acids with more than 18car-
bon atoms are relatively ineffective. On the other hand, oleic acid is an excellent
collector for hematite, very much less being required for a given recovery than any
acid mentioned above. Linoleic and linolenic acids, inthe order given, are decreas-
ingly effective compared with oleic acid.

Mixtures of oleic acid with saturated aliphatic acids seem to be more effective
than their content of oleic acid would indicate. The reason for this is obscure.

FLOTATION OF IRON ORE WITH FISH-OIL DERIVATIVES AS COLLECTORS:
The purpose of the contract with the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service is to study the
applicability of fish-oil fatty acids and of their derivatives to the selective flotation
of nonsulphide ores and mineral aggregates, with the purpose of ascertaining if such
reagents are technologically competitive with fatty acids derived from other sources.
Because of the local availability of iron ores and the writer's familiarity with their
flotation, such ores were chosen for the initial portion of the investigation.

Preliminary work was carried out on a specularite ore similar to material
currently being concentrated commercially by fatty acid flotation in Michigan. Most
of the investigation has been confined, however, to a close study of the response of
a Mesabi wash-ore tailing to various aliphatic acids. Oleic acid was used as acon-
trol and was of different degrees of purity, ranging from Eastman oleic acid (ap-
proximately 93 percent oleic acid) to pure oleic acid (99+ percent) furnished by the
Hormel Institute. The acids investigated were various bulk unsaturated fatty acids
derived from fish oils in laboratories of the University of Minnesota, a long series
of unsaturated fatty acids separated from tuna and menhaden fish oils by the Hor-
mel Institute under the direction of Dr.W. O. Lundberg, and a number of other fatty
acids the behavior of which, as collectors for hematite, required investigation.

The Mesabi wash-ore tailing consisted of a mixture of hematite, goethite, mag-
netite, and relatively clean quartz. It was known to respond equally well to anionic
(fatty acid) flotation and to cationic (alkylamine salt) flotation. It required very lit-
tle grinding and very little scrubbing to remove superficial iron oxides from the
quartz. By selecting this particular ore, we were able to reduce, if not to eliminate
entirely, the effect of extraneous variables such as slime content, alkali-earth metal
content, variation in hematite-geothite-magnetite ratio, and the effect of superficial
iron oxide coating on the quartz. These are factors that change from ore to ore, and
the elucidation of their effects on even a few types of material would tax much more
extensive facilities than happen to be available here.

Primary slimes consist of near-colloidal or colloidal material released from
ore during grinding, and are differentiated from secondary slimes in that the last-
mentioned are a direct product of the comminuted minerals. Primary slimes are
frequently a source of trouble in flotation, perhaps more so with iron ores than with
others.

18 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

Our own past experience, which agrees with results obtained in other research
laboratories, indicates that conventional flotation of iron ores containing primary
slimes is 4 virtual impossibility because of excessive consumption of reagent by
slimes and because selectivity is very low. This is true whether anionic collectors
(generally fatty acids) or cationic collectors (generally alkylamine salts) are used.
In the current investigation, a number of tests have been made using fatty acid col-
lection on ores from which the primary slimes have not been removed. At room
temperature, in no case was Selectivity obtained between the iron minerals and the
gangue; recoveries were invariably low; and frothing characteristics were extreme-
ly poor. For this reason, the current investigation was limited primarily to that
fraction of the iron ores coarser than 20 microns.

Impure mixtures of fatty acids have been used in mineral flotation for many
years, particularly crude oleic acid. There is a remarkable lack of published infor-
mation, however, regarding the effects of even the most significant variables upon
fatty acid flotation. Apparently, few if any systematic investigations have been made
concerning (1) the behavior of pure or relatively pure fatty acids as collectors and
frothers, (2) the effect of isomeric differences in structure upon function of the col-
lecting agents, (3) the optimum pulp pH for specific mineral separations, or (4) the
effect of elevated temperature upon efficiency of flotation. During the progress of
the investigation, it has been found necessary to depart at times from the routine of
scheduled testing to elucidate, if only ina most preliminary way, the effects of some
of the variables listed above. These departures have served to improve our under-
standing of the mechanisms involved in fatty acid flotation and to give us a better un-
derstanding of the application of fish-oil fatty acids to flotation.

SUMMARY OF EXPERIMENTAL FINDINGS

As reported in an earlier article (Cooke and Stansby 1957), an empirical rela-
tionship exists between the iodine value of a number of fatty acids and the corre-
sponding selectivity indices for an iron ore wash tailing, using 0.5 pound of collec-
tor per ton of ore, a pH of 6, and floating at room temperature. All of the unsatu-
rated acids prepared by the Hormel Institute from menhaden and tuna oils. anda
number of other acids have been tested under similar conditions; the relationshipis
of general application. Maximum selectivity index occurs between pH 6 and 7 forall
except one or two nonfish-oil acids.

The unsatisfactory results given by acids with iodine values greater thanabout
115 were unexpected and are difficult to explain on the basis of present information.
Because highly unsaturated acids are important constituents of fish-oil fatty acids,
considerable thought has been given to this problem, and some short-term experi-
mental work is being done to confirm or disprove a number of theories regarding
their function in flotation.

Frothability, froth stability, bubble size, and wetness of froth differ with the de-
gree of unsaturation of the fatty acid. All of these factors markedly influence the
selectivity index, but not always detrimentally. For optimum flotation, there must
be a proper balance between collecting and frothing.

Synthetic mixtures of stearic, oleic, linoleic, and linolenic acids, with iodine
values averaging about 105, have been used for flotation at 0.5 pound per ton ofore,
pH 6, and room temperature. It is significant that mixtures containing more than a
certain proportion of either linoleic or linolenic acid give poor selectivity and ex-
cessive froths.

Spot flotation tests have been made on a scheelite ore containing 1 percent WO,.
One-half pound of pure oleic acid per ton of ore gave a poor froth and a low recov-
ery. The same quantity of bulk menhaden fatty acid (I.V. = 217) at pH 10 gave ex-
cessive froth. Decreasing the level of addition of the acid to 0.25 pound per ton of

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 19

ore and floating at pH 9 gave good frothing characteristics and good flotation of the
scheelite. In the caseofironore, decrease inthe level of addition of unsaturated fatty
acidfrom 0.5 pound through 0.25 pound to 0.125 pound per tonof ore decreased the froth
volume, gavea higher selectivity between the iron oxides and the quartz, but lowered
the selectivity index owing to a sharp decrease inthe weight of concentrate.

A general conclusion to be drawn from the work to date is that, at room tem-
perature, the highly unsaturated fatty acids are potent frothers, and when present
in moderate concentration in a mixture of fish-oil acids, they necessarily contri-
bute to the excellence of a separation. The over-all effect of excessive concentra-
tion of such acids is detrimental. This statement should not be taken to mean that
fish-oil fatty acids are precluded as flotation reagents, for in any use of fish oils
for other purposes in which the highly unsaturated acids are required, the fatty
acids of intermediate value would remain, and could be used for flotation.

Attention was directed earlier inthis article to a number of variables that con-
- trolselectivity of separation--among them temperature of conditioning and flotation.
The work reported above was conducted at room temperature, but a few spot tests
were made on iron ore, using 0.5 pound of oleic acid andofthe relatively saturated
fraction (I. V.= 116) of a menhaden oil bulk fatty acid. The results were so excel-
lent that similar tests were made using linoleic and linolenic acids, and several of
the fish-oil fatty acids with iodine values greater than 190 and which are listed on
figure 4 of the report by Cooke and Stansby (1957).

Analyses of the products are not yet available, but the weights and remarkable
cleanness of the products indicate extremely effective separations. Froths, with a
given acid, are markedly different at elevated temperatures from those obtained at
room temperature; flotationrates are greatly enhanced; and slime interference is
reduced. Results todate indicate, for acids lying on or near the right-hand portion
of the curve of figure 4 of the reference already cited, that elevated flotation tem-
perature brings their performance close to that of oleic acid atthe same tempera-
ture and gives results that are greatly superior to that of oleic acid at 25° C.

Although the economics of high-temperature flotation has not been investigated,
it is known that one industrial plant is competitively floating fluorite using steam
injection. As far as the flotation of iron ore is concerned, our work has opened a
new and promising field of investigation, not only with regard to utilization of highly
unsaturated acids, but also with respect to excellence of the separation per se.

An unexpected result of an investigation of a number of pure fatty acids is that the
trans-isomers are more effective collectors thanare the corresponding cis-isomers.

FUTURE WORK

Spot tests, using bulk fatty acids derived from fish oils, andthe more promising of
the unsaturated members isolated by the Hormel Institute, are being made on scheelite
and hubnerite (tungsten) ores. Arrangements were made fora shipment of fluorite sink-
and-float tailings, and work will be extended tothis material. Inviewof the general ex-
cellence of the results obtained by flotationof ironore at elevated temperatures with
most of the fish-oilfatty acids, some isolated tests will also be made with these other
ores at 50° C. or higher.

Certain fatty acids substituted in the double bond will be available from the
Hormel Institute and will be used for similar tests.

LITERATURE CITED

COOKE, S.R.B., AND STANSBY, M.E.
1957. UTILIZATION OF FISH OILS IN ORE FLOTATION. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 19, NO.
4A (APRIL SUPPLEMENT Pp. 24.

NOTE: ACKNOWLEDGMENT IS MADE TO M. E. STANSBY FOR HIS INTEREST AND SUGGESTIONS; TO H.S. CHOI,
WHO CARRIED OUT THE FLOTATION TESTS; TO K.V. BATRA, WHO MADE THE TUNGSTEN ASSAYS AND CERTAIN
ORGANIC SEPARATIONS; AND TO H.H. WADE, DIRECTOR OF THE MINES EXPERIMENT STATION, MINNESOTA
SCHOOL OF MINES AND METALLURGY, WHOSE LABORATORIES MADE THE IRON ANALYSES.

BAOSAAAA

20 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

DEVELOPMENT OF OBJECTIVE TESTS FOR QUALITY

OF FRESH, FROZEN, AND PROCESSED FISH2!

(Nontechnical Summary)

The purpose of the research study was to develop objective chemical or phys-
ical tests by which the quality of fresh and frozen raw fishery food products could
be determined. A suitable test would directly indicate the quality level of the fish-
ery food product at the time tested and possibly provide a means of estimating the
keeping quality of the product during subsequent iced or frozen storage. For such
a test to be practical it must be reliable, simple, rapid, and relatively inexpensive.

The primary and most important value of the test would lie in its use as an aid
to marketing throughout the distribution chain. The buyer and seller would know
exactly the quality of the product involved in each transaction. Specific methods of
application would be: (1) evaluation of the quality of fish landed at the dock (this
would serve as a basis for sales between fishermen and packers); (2) evaluation of
the quality of the manufactured or processed product (this would serve as a basis
for sales between packer and broker, and it would also provide a basis for deter-
mining the market range and storage time for the particular product); and (3) as
an objective measurement of quality it would serve as a legal basis in any court ac-
tion and in State and Federal inspection and standardization programs at any stage
in the distribution chain.

On June 1, 1955, a one-year contract was awarded to the Massachusetts Insti-
tute of Technology by the U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service to study the problem. The
contract was renewed the second year to provide more complete data and to inves-
tigate additional approaches to the problem.

Iced fish spoil as a result of action of the bacteria present on the fish and from
the enzymes normally present in the fish meat. This action results in the produc-
tion of many degradation products. As these products begin to accumulate in the
fish meat, undesirable odors and flavors are noted which in turn adversely affect
the palatability or quality of the product.

Except for water, protein is the major component of most fishery products.
The pattern for the spoilage of fish may usually be closely related to the production
of degradation products from the protein fraction of fish. Realizing this the MIT
researchers decided to investigate the degradation products of fish-meat protein
as a means of developing an objective test for the quality of the fish. The problem,
then, was to isolate and identify the various protein degradation products and to de-
termine whether or not the progressive accumulation of these products in the fish
meat would reliably indicate the quality of the fish at any given time. For compar-
ison with the proposed objective tests, the actual quality of the fish was determined
by use of a trained taste panel.

Another angle--the physical change--was also considered by the researchers.
When degradation of protein occurs, certainchanges develop in the physical condition
of the fish. Some of the more obvious changes include (1) softening or development of
stringiness of the meat, (2) clouding of the eyes, and (3) dulling of the color or sheen of
the meat. Development of a physical objective test, then would involve aclassifica-
tion of the physical changes that take place, developing a method to evaluate or record
progressive changes inthe physical characteristics, and then relating these changes

to the progressive change in quality of the fishery product.

1V/THIS RESEARCH CONDUCTED BY THE MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY UNDER A CONTRACT WITH THE
BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES, UNITED STATES FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE. FUNDS WERE PROVIDED
BY THE SALTONSTALL-KENNEDY ACT OF 1954,
NOTE: ORIGINAL TECHNICAL MANUSCRIPT WRITTEN BY THE RESEARCH INVESTIGATORS: B. E. PROCTOR, J.T.R.
NICKERSON, T. FAZZINA, L. RONSIVALLI, AND K. AMANO OF THE FOOD TECHNOLOGY DEPARTMENT, MASSACHU-
SETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 21

Degradation products of fish protein and compounds involved in biochemical
reactions that were tested included piperidine, histamine, trimethylamine, creati-
nine, carbonyls, andaminoacids. One or more tests were developed and applied to
measure the amount of each of these products in the fish meat. Biochemical tests
included measurement of the oxidation-reduction electrical potential of the fish
meat and of the rheological (rheology is the science of flow dealing with the defor-
mation of matter under certain specific conditions of stress) response of the tissue,
such as measurement of the plasticity of the fish meat slurries. Physical tests in-
cluded studies on changes in the tenderness of the meat, and in the viscosity and re-
fractive index (light-bending properties) of the eye fluids of fish as spoilage pro-
gressed.

Of all the chemical, biochemical, and physical tests tried only one showed real
promise. This was the physical test based on the refractive index of the eye fluids
of the fish (haddock). When the various tests were first considered for the deter-
mination of the quality of fresh raw fish, it was concluded that any such test must
be made on that portion of the fish which would not be subject to factors that would
alter the reliability of the test. For example, use of certain chemical ices might
affect the sheen or color of the skin but the resulting change taking place might not
have any bearing on the condition of the fish. The eye fluids, since they were pro-
tected by the eyeball, would seem to meet such a requirement.

Visual observations of the eye fluids of the fish revealed that the fluid was
crystal clear during the first few days the fish were held in ice. During continued
storage the eye fluids became yellow and the intensity of the color increased with
storage. After a certain point in storage, blood is liberated in the eye fluids and
the yellow color is masked with a red color.

Although the changes in the eye fluids can be observed visually, this method
does not provide a reliable basis of measuring and standardizing the changes which
take place. A mechanical means of measuring such changes is necessary. Two
methods were considered: (1) optical density and (2) refractive index of the eye
fluids. Optical density refers to the relative transmittance of light and is measured
with a colorimeter; refractive index refers to light-bending properties and is meas-
ured with a refractometer. When it was found that optical-density measurements
did not give as promising results as the refractive index, stress was laid on the
latter method.

The refractive index is a relatively simple test for a trained technician. Qual-
ified laymen can be readily trained within a short period. The test is conducted as
follows: The fluid of the eyes of several
fish are collected. The fluid is trans-

Time of Capture Refractive

ferred to a centrifuge to clarify the mix- of Haddock Index of 1/
ture, thenfiltered to remove and discard (Fish Held in Ice) Eye Fluids=
a gel-like component. Two to three drops 47
of the clarified eye fluid is used to meas - . ane ee
ure the refractive index in an Abbe re- 1 day 1.3352
fractometer. 3 days 1.3355
Practical tests were run on board a 9° days 1.3365
commercial trawler on fish just after 7 days 1.3369
catching and followed through nine days 9 days 1.3380

1/REFRACT IVE INDICES ARE VERY PRECISE MEASUR-
MENTS. VARIATIONS IN THE THIRD PLACE BE-
YOND THE DECIMAL INDICATE SIGNIFICANT
CHANGES IN THE REFRACTIVE INDEX.

of storage on ice. A typical "refractive
index-storage time of fish" relationship
for haddock stored in ice aboard a fish-
ing vessel is shown in the table.

As was pointed out in the first paragraph of this report, any objective test to be
practical must be reliable, simple and easy to carry out, and relatively inexpensive.

The authors concluded from their data that the refractive index of the eye fluids
correlated with the time of storage and the quality (as determined by a taste panel)

22 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

of haddock stored in ice or at refrigerator (above freezing) conditions. This con-
clusion on the reliability of the test is based on laboratory-scale experiments.

The test is rather simple and easy to carry out. It requires readily available
basic laboratory equipment suchas an Abbe refractometer, acentrifuge, and miscella-
neous glassware. A qualified layman could be quickly trained to carry out the test. One
single test could be made in about 20 minutes. The test lends itself to ''mass-production"
methods so that perhaps a half dozen or more tests could be runconcurrently.

The test is relativelyinexpensive. The major equipment required are the re-
fractometer and centrifuge. Major and minor equipment costs would probably not
involve more than $500.

It must be remembered, however, that the reliability of the test was based on
laboratory-scale experiments. One more step in the study is required before the
test can be considered commercially practical. This involves an application to com-
mercial, dockside, and in-plant operations over a period of at least one full contin-
uous year. It's a well-known fact that reliable results found in the laboratory or a
pilot plant do not always work out on a practical basis under commercial conditions
of operation. This final commercial test would provide the following information:

(1) Reliability of the test for fish caught in different areas;

(2) Reliability of the test for fish caught during different seasons of the year;
(3) Reliability of the test for different species of fish; and

(4) Cost of the test on a unit-test basis.

--THIS NONTECHNICAL SUMMARY BY FRANK T. PISKUR,
FISHERY PRODUCTS TECHNOLOGIST,
FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY ,
DIVISION OF RESEARCH AND SERVICES;
U. S. BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,
EAST BOSTON, MASS.

SABLAAL

TECHNICAL NOTE NO. 42 - KEEPING QUALITY AND RATE OF FREEZING
OF COOKED DEEP-SEA LOBSTER MEAT FROZEN IN CANS

By John A. Peters* and Joseph W. Slavin**

ABSTRACT

REPORTS ON A SMALL-SCALE TEST CONDUCTED WITH COOKED LOBSTER MEAT PACKED
IN CANS UNDER DIFFERENT CONDITIONS AND FROZEN. INFORMATION WAS OBTAINED ON:

(1) EFFECT OF (A) THE AMOUNT OF VACUUM IN THE CAN, (8) ADDITION OF BRINE TO

THE CANNED SAMPLE, AND (C) STORAGE TEMPERATURE ON KEEPING QUALITY; AND

(2) RATE OF FREEZING OF CANNED LOBSTER MEAT IN A BLAST FREEZER.

BACKGROUND

A large quantity of deep-sea lobsters were fished in the Georges Banks area
off the coast of New England by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries explora-
tory fishing trawler Delaware during the spring of 1955 (Anonymous 1955). The
finding of these lobsters has led to the development of anew lobster fishery in which
several commercial fishing vessels are now engaged.

The deep-sea lobster is of the same species (Homarus americanus) as the small-
er lobster found inshore along the coast of New England. However the size of the

** CHEMIST { FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY

,
BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE,

* REFRIGERATION ENGINEER EAST BOSTON, MASS,

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 23

deep-sea lobsters Re it
(5 to 15 pounds) lim- live wells on fishing vessel
its their sale in the

retail live lobster
market, which han- Hold lobsters in

a 6 1 live wells at shore plant
dles principally 3-
to 2-pound lobsters.
Attention therefore
is being given to
other methods of AG
marketing them.

Cook lobster

Pick meat from lobsters |

—_

Pack meat in
14 cans at 27
inches of vacuum

Modern low-
temperature refrig-
eration facilities in
the frozen-food dis-
tribution chain of to-
day make possible
the freezing and dis-
tribution to inland
cities of millions of
pounds of frozen fish-
ery products each year.
Asuccessful method
of preserving lobsters
by suitable refrigera-
tion techniques there-
fore would be of val-
ue, Since it would
provide a greater mar-
ket for the lobster meat. Accordingly, studies have been started at the Bureau's
Fishery Technological Laboratory at East Boston, Mass., on the freezing and stor-
ing of deep-sea lobsters (Peters and Slavin 1956).

| Ee

Pack meat in 7
cans at 27 inches
of vacuum (in brine)

FIG. 1 - FLOW DIAGRAM SHOWING TREATMENT, PACKAGING, AND STORING OF
LOBSTER MEAT.

Stansby (1955) has reported that cans, being impervious to the transmission of
moisture and oxygen, make an ideal package for frozen fishery products. Cans have
not been used extensively as
a package for frozen lobster
meat; therefore, informa-
tion on the effect of (1) var-
ious levels of vacuum in
the can, (2) different stor-
age temperatures, and
(3) the addition of brine is
necessary in order to fur-
nish data that will enable
processors to produce a
high-quality frozen-canned
product at minimum cost.

Blast freezers provide
rapid freezing and are com-
monly used in the fishing
industry (Butler, Slavin,
Patashnik, and Sanford
1956). Data on the freezing
rates of lobster meat pack-
ed in cans consequently
would be useful to plant operators contemplating the freezing of lobster meat in existing
blast freezers and to engineers designing new equipment for freezing this product.

FIG. 2 - COOKING LOBSTERS IN BOILING SEA WATER.

24 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

In view of the limited experience of the laboratory taste panel with the problems
of assessing the quality of lobster meat, and also the limited supply of deep-sea lob-
sters available for the experiment, it was decided to conduct a preliminary small-
scale test on the effect of two storage temperatures and three levels of can vacuum
to give the taste panel experience in quality evaluation of this product and to gain further
insight into the nature of the problems involved in the frozen storage of lobster meat.

Table 1 - Results of Taste Tests on Frozen Lobster Meat

f orage 2 g Vacuum in ’
iyee 2 Tempera- |Machine Cans of n Storage
= ture _|Vacuum |Lobster Meat| Examination |8 Weeks [11 Weeks | 14 Weeks | 18 Weeks |
Inches 0 Inches o
s Mercury Mereury
0 to

Dry

Fresh control

1/ THESE SCORES REPRESENT AN AVERAGE OF RATINGS BASED ON THE APPEARANCE, ODOR, FLAVOR, AND TEXTURE OF THE SAMPLES. THE FLUCTUATIONS
IN THE SCORES FOR A PARTICULAR SAMPLE ARE DUE TO THE UNFAMILIARITY OF THE PANEL WITH THIS PRODUCT ANO OTHER FACTORS COMMON TO
ORGANOLEPT1C EXAMINATIONS.

2/ THE LIMITED SUPPLY OF LOBSTER RESTRICTED THE STORAGE PERIOD TO 18 WEEKS.

3/ CANS OF LOBSTER MEAT FILLED WITH A BRINE CONTAINING 2.5 PERCENT SALT.

4/ NO FRESH SAMPLE AVAILABLE.

OBJECTIVES

The following therefore were the objectives of the present small-scale prelim-
inary experiments:

1. To determine the keeping quality of blast-frozen canned cooked
lobster meat as affected by:

a. The amount of vacuum in the can.
b. The temperature of storage.
ce. The addition of brine.

2, To determine the rate of freezing of the canned lobster meat in
a blast freezer.

PROCEDURE
A flow diagram illustrating the experimental procedure is shown in figure 1.

The lobsters used in this test were caught by the Bureau's trawler Delaware
on the southeast part of Georges Banks in about 200 fathoms of water. They were
kept alive on the vessel in a tank supplied with circulating sea water. After the
lobsters were unloaded from the vessel, they were trucked to a local lobster pool,
where they were kept alive in a tank containing circulating sea water.

into the tank through a perforated pipe located in the bottom, was used for cooking
(fig. 2). The live lobsters were immersed in the boiling sea water and allowed to
cook for 30 minutes; they then were taken from the tank and allowed to cool slightly.

The meat in the tails and claws of the cooked lobsters was removed by experi-
enced commercial pickers, put into stainless steel pans, and transferred to the lab-
oratory at East Boston. There the meat was held at 35° F, in a refrigerated room
until packaged on the following day.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 25

PACKAGING THE COOKED LOBSTER MEAT: The chilled cooked lobster meat
was packed into No. 2 C-enamel cans with a fill of one pound of meat per can. This
can size was chosen because = :
the one pound of lobster meat
represents a convenient serv-
ing unit for the taste panel
and would also be acceptable
for use byrestaurants, there-
by enabling the trade to thaw
and use convenient portions
as required,

The filled cans then
were divided into seven dif-
ferent lots and marked ac-
cordingly. The cans of lob-
ster meat in one of these
lots were filled with a brine
solution containing 2.5-
percent salt by weight; no
brine was put in the cans
comprising the remaining
six lots. The cans in the : ‘ : . oe
various lots were sealed FIG, 3 - CANS OF LOBSTER MEAT ON BLAST-FREEZER TRUCK,
on a semi-automatic can
sealer at the various levels of vacuum shown in figure 1. The vacuum, as indicated
by the sealer vacuum gauge, was regulated during sealing to within 0.5 inch of the
desired amount.

FREEZING THE LOBSTER MEAT: The cans of lobster meat were spaced a-
bout 1 inch apart on an expanded-metal shelf of a specially-constructed blast-freez-
er truck (fig. 3). An air space of about 2 inches was provided between the adjacent
shelves and the top and bottom of the cans in order to allow a uniform flow of air,
at a high velocity, over the product during freezing.

A copper-constantan thermocouple was inserted into the geometric center of
one can of lobster meat located near the middle of the tray. The freezer truck then
was pushed into the blast-freezer room, which had been precooled to -11 F. The
temperature of (1) the air flowing over the cans of lobster meat and of (2) the lob-
ster meat was recorded on a multipoint recording potentiometer during freezing.
The velocity of the air flowing over the cans of lobster meat was measured with a
thermopile-type air-velocity meter.

After the lobster meat had been sufficiently frozen the cans were removed from
the freezer, and each lot was placed in frozen storage as shown in figure 1.

EXAMINATION OF SAMPLES: At periodic intervals during storage _!, samples
of the frozen lobster meat were thawed and examined by the laboratory taste panel
consisting of 5 to 8 fishery technologists. Twenty-four hours before each examina-
tion, the samples to be graded were removed from frozen storage and allowed to
thaw ina chill room held at a temperature of 35° F. About 18 hours were required
to thaw the canned lobster meat. Before the cans were opened to remove the thaw-
ed lobster meat, the vacuum in each can was checked with a vacuum gauge.

The thawed lobster meat was cut into pieces to be served to the taste panel.
The seven samples tested were divided into groups so that no more than four samples
were served to the panel at one sitting. The panel then rated the samples for ap-
pearance, odor, flavor, and texture. The control used in the studies consisted of
meat picked from inshore lobsters cooked on the day of the examination.

1/THE LIMITED SUPPLY OF LOBSTERS AVAILABLE FOR THESE EXPERIMENTS RESTRICTED THE STORAGE PERIOD
TO 18 WEEKS.

26 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

RESULTS AND DISCUSSION

KEEPING QUALITY: The results of the organoleptic examinations of the lob-
ster meat by the taste panel are shown in table 1.

Analysis of the numerical scores for the various samples for significance of
averages (Harrison and Elder 1950) shows that there was a significant preference

for the fresh control sample over
all the frozen samples except the
sample packed under 27 inches

of vacuum, and stored at -20 F.
Although the sample packed un-
der 27 inches.of vacuum and
stored at -20 F. was preferred
‘over all other frozen samples,
the difference between this sam-
ple and the one packed under 14
inches of vacuum and stored at
-20 F. was not statistically sig-
nificant. There was also an in-
dicatign that all samples stored
at -20 F. were preferred to
those stored at 0 F. No con-

BETS SSAct B sistent preference could be re-
ee Ee ea Sa oa eee | lated to the vacuum in the can.

““"- | Also, the cans of lobster meat
that were filled with a brine con-
: taining 2.5-percent salt, packed

[ 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 BS Ra es 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 under 27 inches of vacuum, and
frozen and stored at -20 F. did
not appear to be of better quality
then were the samples without
brine that otherwise were packed under the same conditions.

LEGEND:
———TEMPERATURE CENTER OF LOBSTER MEAT.
==-- TEMPERATURE OF AIR FLOWING OVER THE
CANS OF LOBSTER MEAT (VELOCITY OF

AIR FLOWING OVER CANS OF LOBSTER MEAT

1,500 FEET PER MINUTE.)

TEMPERATURE (°F .)

FIG. 4 - FREEZING RATE OF LOBSTER MEAT PACKED IN A
NO, 2 CAN.

The negligible effect of the vacuum in the cans on the keeping quality indicates
that frozen lobster meat might be suitably protected if packaged in a consumer-
size package, overwrapped with a moisture-vapor-proof material, and stored ata
temperature of -20° F. It is possible, however, that a longer period of storage
would have shown differences that did not develop in the short period covered by
these tests.

FREEZING RATE: The freezing curve for 1 pound of lobster meat packed ina
No. 2 can and frozen in an air blast having a temperature of -10 F. to -35 F.
and a velocity of 1,500 feet per minute over the cans is depicted in figure 4. It can
be seen from this curve that about 50 minutes were required to cool the meat to its
freezing temperature of about 28 F.; 25 minutes more to freeze the meat; 10 min-
utes more to cool it to 0 F.; and 15 minutes more to coolit to _-20 F._Inall, 85
minutes were required to cool the canned Jobster meat from 45 F.to0O F., and
100 minutes to cool it from 45 F. to -20 F.

SUMMARY

The discovery of large quantities of deep-sea lobsters off the coast of New Eng-
land by the Bureau's trawler Delaware has led to the development of a new lobster
fishery. Because of the large size of the deep-sea lobsters (5 to 15 pounds), how-
ever, the market for them in the live condition is somewhat limited. Since a suc”
cessful method of preserving these lobsters by refrigeration would greatly extend
the market for them, the Fishery Technological Laboratory in East Boston has
started studies on the freezing and storage of them.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 27

The present paper reports on a small-scale preliminary test conducted with
cooked lobster meat frozen in cans to determine (1) the effect of (a) the amount of
vacuum in the can, (b) the storage temperature, and (c) the addition of brine and
(2) the rate of freezing of the canned lobster in a blast freezer. The findings were
as follows:

1. Cooked lobster meat stored in cans for 18 weeks at -20° F. kept
well and was apparently of better quality than was cooked lobster meat
stored in cans for the same time at 0 F. The amount of vacuum in the
can did not appear to affect the keeping quality appreciably. Samples of
cooked lobster meat containing 2.5-percent salt brine, packed at 27 inches
of vacuum, frozen, and stored for 18 weeks at -20 F. were at about the
same level of quality as those not containing brine, but otherwise packed
under the same conditions.

2. With lobster meat packed 1 pound per No. 2 can, 100 minutes
was required to cool the cooked meat from 45 to -20° F. in an air blast
having a temperature of -10 to -35 F. anda velocity of 1,500 feet per
minute over the cans.

LITERATURE CITED

ANONY MOUS
1955. NEW ENGLAND EXPLORATORY FISHERY PROGRAM. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 17, NO. 3,
(MARCH), P. 34.

BUTLER, CHARLES; SLAVIN, JOSEPH W.; PATASHNIK, MAX; AND SANFORD, F. BRUCE
1956. REFRIGERATION OF FISH - PART ONE. COLD STORAGE DESIGN AND REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT .
FISHERY LEAFLET 427, U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, WASHINGTON 25, D, C., JUNE,

146 PP.

HARRISON S., AND ELDER, L. We
1950. SOME APPLICATIONS OF STATISTICS TO LABORATORY TASTE TESTING. FOOD TECHNOLOGY, VOL. 4,
NO. 11, PP 434-439,

PETERS, JOHN A., AND SLAVIN, JOSEPH W.
1956. NEW TECHNIQUES FOR FREEZING AND STORING NORTH ATLANTIC LOBSTERS, COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
REVIEW, WASHINGTON 25, D. C. VOL.18, NO. 7 (JULY), PP. 22-23 (ALSO SEPARATE NO. 443).

STANSBY, MAURICE E.
1955, PACKAGING FROZEN FISH IN TIN RESULTS |N SUPERIOR SUORNe rs COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW,
WASHINGTON 25, D.c., VOL. 17, NO. 7 (JULY), PP. 17-20 (ALSO SEPARATE NO. 407).

SAABABAK

TESTS ON STORAGE OF FROZEN SHRIMP SHOW THAT
PROPER PACKAGING “PAYS OFF”

Frozen shrimp must be adequately protected, through the use of packaging or
glazing techniques, or both, in order to minimize quality changes during frozen
storage and marketing. Many investigators have found that poorly-packaged com-
mercial samples of shrimp deteriorate rapidly during normalfrozenstorageatO F.

Information on the storage life of frozen shrimp afforded maximum protection
through commercial packaging and glazing techniques would enable industry to take
advantage of glut periods, level off production costs, and still market a high-quality
product.

Realizing this, the Bureau of Commercial Fisheries Technological Laboratory
at East Boston, Mass., is conducting studies to determine the frozen storage life of
peeled and deveined and raw headless shrimp. These samples of shrimp were
either (1) frozen individually, glazed and packaged in a 24-pound carton, which was

28 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

overwrapped with micro-crystalline waxed paper or (2) packed wet into a 24-pound
carton, the carton overwrapped as above, and the shrimp frozen in the form ofa
block.

After six months of frozen storage at temperatures of O° to —50 F., all samples
are reported to be of very good to excellent quality. These tests are continuing.

able 1 - Summary of Taste-PanelScoresonFrozen Shrimp Stored at 0° to -5° F.

Description of Samples Product Score Au]
of Months of Storage at 0° to -> F.
Frozen Shrimp
Peeled, deveined, block
frozen (packed wet) .
Peeled, deveined, indi-

not-peeled, block-
frozen (packed wet)
Headed, not peeled, indi-
vidually frozen (glazed)

PRODUCT SCORE WAS THE AVERAG DOR a APPEARANCE, AND TEXTURE OF THE COOK
PRODUCT AS RATED BY THE TASTE PANEL. THE TASTE PANEL CONSISTED OF 8 TO 10 PEOPLE. SCORE
BASED ON NINE-POINT SYSTEM OF: 9, EXCELLENT; 8, VERY GOOD; 7, GOOD; 6, FAIR; 5, BORDERLINE;

4, SLIGHTLY POOR; 3, POOR; 2, VERY POOR; AND 1, INEDIBLE.

Results of periodic examinations of the stored frozen shrimp are shown in
table 1.

--BY J. A. PETERS, CHEMIST, AND
D. T. MC LANE, LABORATORY AIDE,
FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY
U. S. BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,
EAST BOSTON, MASS.

HOW MANY DIFFERENT SPECIES
OF FISHES IN THE WORLD?

According tothe Curator of Fishes, Smithsonian Institu-
tion, there are 40,000 species and subspecies of fish in the
entire world. The tropical Indo-Pacific region, which extends
from the head of the Red Sea to Easter Island, is considered
to be the richestin number of species of fish. containing over
9,000 species.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 29

sees | RENDS Se

= AND

a: EDEVELO PMENTS &

American Samoa

Pee

TUNA FISHING INDUSTRY IMPROVES FINANCES: Japanese know-how about
tuna fishing has given American Samoa's finances a new look. Records for the past
12 months ending June 30, 1957, show that total imports for American Samoa were
valued at $1,256,868 and exports $4,999,537.

The major portion of the exports consisted of $4,833,187 of fish and canned tuna
packed by the cannery located inthe Island and operated by a United States west coast
fish-canning firm. This is a $236,784 increase over fish production in the previous
year (Pacific Islands Monthly, September 1957).

California

INSHORE AREA FROM SANTA pa TO CARMEL SURVEYED Hon eo
order to check on reports of large ee
of young anchovies and sardines in Monterey
Bay, an airplane spotting flight was made on
October 11, 1957, by a privately-owned Beech-
craft Bonanza under the direction of California's
Department of Fish and Game.

Capitola

Santa Cruz

Sunset Beach
State Park

Approximately 1,100 schools varying from
10 to 600 feet in diameter were observed in
Monterey Bay. Over 700 of these schools were Area Surveyed
counted in a three-mile section of the coast
near Sunset Beach State Park.

a)

: J] Moss
Landin,
A "red water" bloom which was report- ‘
ed to have started developing about three days
previously occupied the northern portion of the
Bay. It was in and near this red water that
most of the fish were concentrated. Water
samples collected from this area on the after-
noon of October 11 revealed that the or-
ganism contributing to the red color of the
water was Ceratium sp., a dinoflagellate.
The water sample contained very few organ-
isms other than the Ceratium.

Monterey

Distribution and relative abundance of anchovy
schools in Monterey Bay. Red water distri-
bution indicated by dashed lines; anchovy
schools drawn to indicate relative abundance
in relation to shoreline.

A live-bait hauler (for albacore bait boats)
who was working during the period of the flight wt
was contacted later in the day. He reported AIRPLANE SPOTTING FLIGHT 57-10 (ocT. 11
that the school he caught consisted of two (OcTOBER 11, 1957)
sizes of anchovies, about half of the school
were ''5-inch"' fish and the other half ''2-3 inch" fish. The 2- to 3-inch portions of
the load contained approximately 10 percent young sardines of the same size range.

L

3

30 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

The ''5-inch"' anchovies were probably 1957 year-class fish that were spawned
during the late fall of 1956 and early winter months of 1957. Larvae collected by
Hopkins Marine Station biologists were taken in relatively large numbers during
February and March 1957. The ''2-3 inch" anchovies and sardines were probably
the result of an offshore late spring (May and June) spawning. No significantly large
number of larvae showed up during the spring, in fact, these schools of small fish
of the year did not show up along the central California coast until about the middle
of September.

A survey on foot of the beach adjacent to the area where the greatest concen-
tration of fish was seen netted 12 anchovies ranging in size from 59-68 millimeters
standard length, the same size as those collected in the tide pools at Pacific Grove
during the previous week.

Commercial lampara net boats working out of Moss Landing reported no com-
mercial-size anchovies in Monterey Bay on the night of October 10, but did re-
port many schools of ''pinheads."

PELAGIC FISH DISTRIBUTION, ABUNDANCE, AND BEHAVIOR BETWEEN
SANTA BARBARA AND SAN DIEGO STUDIED (Airplane Spotting Flight No. 57-7):
A series of flights between August 19-23, 1957, to study pelagic fish distribution,
abundance, and behavior along the coastal area between Santa Barbara and San Diego
was made by the California Department of Fish and Game airplane Cessna "170"
1359):

The daily variation in the abundance of fish in a given area was also studied.

Anchovies appeared in greater abundance during
this flight than on any previous flight this year. Dur-
ing this flight 1,731 anchovy schools totaling 4,429,000
sq. ft. were tallied. Compared to last year there
were fewer anchovies along the coast of southern
California (1956 totals were 508 schools totaling
5,818,900 sq. ft.) and the school groups were small-
er and more widespread along the shore.

The largest anchovy school group was off Hunt-
ington Beach; however, the greater part of the pop-
ulation was concentrated in the area between Santa
Barbara and Santa Monica. The only anchovies
seen in the area between Huntington Beach and San
Diego were 52 very small ''breezing" schools of
young anchovies between Del Mar and La Jolla and
32 adult anchovy schools on the border between
California and Baja California.

on @\San Pedro

N The largest concentration of Pacific sardines
\ BR.O\)Newrort was observed in the area between Pt. Mugu and
a) Pt. Duma. These schools were reported to be
ica Nicacaan mainly sardines (by the commercial fishermen)
% but occasionally some schools would contain vary-
4 ing percentages of jack and Pacific mackerels.
Scattered schools of pure sardines were seen in
Oceanetis the area from San Pedro to San Diego. A total of
152 sardine schools (501,200 sq. ft.) were tallied.
E Bluefin tuna schools (7) were seen off Pt. Mugu,
iGYoa Mar Newport Beach, and La Jolla.
i [La Jolla There was considerable variation in abundance
: carn of sardines and anchovies throughout the day and
ESOL cae eie between consecutive days. On two school groups,
-Goxonae the isolated sardine school group off Pt. Mugu and
AIRPLANE SPOTTING FLIGHT 57-7 (auGUST 19-23, a portion of a school group (not entirely isolated)

of anchovies in Santa Monica Bay near Malibu, peri-

1957 5
) odic counts and measurements were made.

*K ok ok Kk ok

4%

January 1958 CCMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 31

NEW CATFISH PACKAGING REGULATION: On September 27, the California
Fish and Game Commission adopted a new regulation (section 170) governing the
packaging of catfish. This order becomes
effective on the 30th day from the date of
filing with the California Secretary of State.
The new regulation states:

CATFISH

"170. Commercial Packaging of Cat-
fish: Catfish domestically reared within
the state under license, or legally imported,
if not tagged pursuant to Section 8435 of the
Fish and Game Code, shall be packaged in sealed containers designed for and de-
livered to the consumer without being opened; said containers to be securely sealed;
to indicate the name and address of the producer, the number and weight of the cat-
fish therein; and whether the fish were domestically reared or imported; the con-
tainer to be held by the consumer until all the fish are used, and to contain no more
than five (5) pounds of catfish, net weight."

SELLING TUNA CATCHES BY AUCTION STARTED IN AUGUST 1957: Selling
raw fresh and frozen tuna at a weekly auction was inaugurated in Southern California
on August 24. The American Tuna Boat Association (ATA) at San Diego is offering
catches of member clipper bait boats to the highest bidder. San Diego and San Pedro
tuna canners are participating in the auction.

The auction method of selling tuna from clipper bait boats is new in the history
of the Southern California tuna industry. Prior to this tuna was sold at contract ex-
vessel prices, usually established at the beginning of the season. The prices estab-
lished were negotiated annually prior to 1957.

The first auction on August 24 was conducted informally. The manager of ATA
telephoned all tuna canners in Southern California. A block of 6,500 tons of tuna
was sold to two San Pedro tuna canners at a price of $230 a ton for yellowfin and
$190 a ton for skipjack, with unloading to start the following week. These prices
were $40 a ton less than the previous contract price of $270 for yellowfin and $230
for skipjack. Another canner, besides the successful bidder, also bid the same
prices, but offered an unloading schedule which was not satisfactory to the Associa-
tion.

Other weekly auctions have been held since August 28 at the San Diego office of
the American Tuna Boat Association. At the third auction held on September 4, a
block of 500 tons of tuna sold at a high bid of $240 a ton for yellowfin and $200 a ton
for skipjack. A newly-adopted provision in this auction was at $10-a-ton premium
for yellowfin tuna over 14 pounds and for skipjack tuna over 7.5 pounds. This is
the first time in the history of the California tuna fishery that tuna have been graded
for size and priced on the basis of size.

During September a total of 4,209 tons of tuna were sold at 4 weekly auctions
held by the American Tuna Boat Association in San Diego. Selling prices ranged
from $200 to $230 a ton for skipjack tuna, and from $250 to $270 a ton for yellowfin.

At the weekly tuna auctions of the Association in San Diego, a total of 12,715
tons of bait boat tuna was sold from August 24 through September 30 at 6 auctions.
Tuna landings by vessels of the Association account for about 66 percent of the to-
tal clipper bait boat landings in Southern California.

Prior to the inception of the auction selling method on August 24, the regular
clipper bait fleet in Southern California landed 62,300 tons of tuna between

32 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

January 1 and August 23, 1957. A flat price per ton of $230 for skipjack and $270
for yellowfin was paid for such landings by tuna canners in San Diego and San Pedro.

Cans--Shipments for Fishery Products, January-September 1957

Total shipments of metal cans during January-September a-
mounted to 94,888 short tons of steel (based on the amount of steel
consumed in the manufacture of cans) as compared with 86,019 tons
in January-September 1956. Canning of fishery products in Sep-
tember was confined largely to tuna, Maine sardines, salmon, shrimp,
and mackerel. The canning of fish for animal food has been an im-
portant factor in the increased tonnage of steel used for the canning of fishery prod-
ucts.

NOTE: STATISTICS COVER ALL COMMERCIAL AND CAPTIVE PLANTS KNOWN TO BE PRODUCING METAL CANS. REPORT -
ED IN BASE BOXES OF STEEL CONSUMED IN THE MANUFACTURE OF CANS, THE DATA FOR FISHERY PRODUCTS ARE
CONVERTED TO TONS OF STEEL BY USING THE FACTOR: 23,0 BASE BOXES OF STEEL EQUAL ONE SHORT TON OF

STEEL.
*
yet Oe

Chesapeake Bay
SURVEY OF RESIDENT AND MIGRATORY FISHES OF CHESAPEAKE BAY:

in cooperation with Maryland Chesapeake Biological Laboratory, conducted an ex-
ploratory trawling survey of Chesapeake Bay waters from Cape Charles, Va., to
the head of the Bay from September 16-19, 1957.

ae

The expedition was one of the cooperative scientific fishery studies to find ways
of bringing about better and sustained fishing for recreation and food. Specifically,
the survey was also undertaken to investigate methods of determining the relative
abundance of resident and migratory fish. Details on the biology of game, food, and
forage fishes, as well as on other animals found on the bottom, were also recorded.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 33

The Pathfinder, the new research vessel of the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory
was manned by biologists from the two laboratories. The 24 Bay stations were made
seven miles apart from the lower Virginia portion to the upper Maryland portion of the
Bay. The fish trawl (a 30-foot balloon type, with slightly less than one-inch stretched
mesh at the cod end) was towed for 15 minutes on the bottom at each station at depths av-
eraging 40 feet with a range of about 15 feet inthe upper Bay to 80 feet in the mid-Bay.

Many important and interesting species were caught. They were predominantly
bottom-dwelling species, although a few surface and shallow water species were
caught. In the lower Bay, scup, butterfish, gray sea trout, bay and striped anchovies
dominated the catches. Inthe mid-Bay, croaker, spot, silver perch, harvestfish, gray
sea trout, and bay anchovies dominated the catch. Inthe upper Bay, the catch consisted
largely of white perch, spot, silver perch, hogchokers, and channel catfish. Gray sea
trout, bay anchovies, spot and silver perch, occurred consistently from waters of high
salinities near the ocean to almost fresh water at the head of the Bay.

Over 5,400 fish were caught during the survey, comprising 36 different species.
These were identified, measured and a large number were returned alive to the Bay
immediately after their capture. A few fish were preserved for future study. The
experimental trawl was designed to capture small young fish of fingerling size so
that estimates of relative abundance can be made on a seasonal and geographical
basis from year to year. Actually, many adult fish were also caught.

Federal Purchases of Fishery Products

DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE PURCHASES, JANUARY-OCTOBER 1957: Fresh
and Frozen Fishery Products: For the use of the Armed Forces under the Depart-
ment of Defense, 1.6 million pounds (value $0.8 million) of fresh and frozen fishery

Table 1 - Fresh and Frozen Fishery Products Purchased by Military
Subsistence Market Centers, October 1957 with Comparisons

QUANTITY VALUE
October Jan.-Oct. October Jankz©Oct!
1957 | 1956 1957 1956

i=

32 6) 3 6 Oo Loe Wn WAY TENOR /6) oO. 0 O00. Oo 2) Ih oo oem oO Gig go ,

OR
20,324 | 22,417 | 809 | L097, 10,491 11,203

products were purchased in October by the Military Subsistence Market Centers.
This was lower than the purchases in September by less than 1 percent and 26.3 per-
cent less than the purchases in the same month a year earlier. The value of pur-
chases this October was lower by 4.6 percent as compared with the previous month
and lower by 26.3 percent from October a year earlier.

For the first tenmonthsof1957pur- |Table 2 - Canned Fishery Products Pur-|
chases totaled 20.3 million pounds, valued | chased by Military Subsistence Market
at $10.5 million--a decrease of 9.13 per-|Centers, August 1957 with Comparisons
cent in quantity and 6.4 percent in value UANTITY
as compared with the same period of 1956. =

Prices paid for fresh and frozen fish-
ery products by the Department of Defense
in October averaged 50.3 cents a pound,
2.4 cents less than the 52.7 cents paid in
September, and unchanged from the 50.3
cents paid during October 1956.

REVISED

Canned Fishery Products: Salmon and tuna were the principal canned fishery
products purchased for the use of the Armed Forces during October 1957.

NOTE: SOME LOCAL PURCHASES ARE NOT INCLUDED; ACTUAL TOTAL PURCHASES ARE HIGHER THAN INCLUDED SINCE
1T 1S NOT POSSIBLE TO OBTAIN LOCAL PURCHASES.

34 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

Department of Defense

FREEZE-DRIED RATIONS FOR ARMED FORCES: The Foods Laboratories of
ment of Defense, are working on the development of more convenient, quickly pre-
pared, top quality meals to boost
the morale and fighting efficiency
of the Armed Forces. These
meals are designed to feed serv-
icemen in any one of the four
field areas, namely, Base, Re-
serve, Support, or Contract.

The types of quick meals that
are prepared are (1) uncooked
meals, (2) precooked meals, and
(3) ready-to-eat individual ra-
tions. The first attempts to pro-

duce these quick-serve meals
FIG. 1 - FISH STICKS COMING OFF A CONVEYOR BELT SYSTEM resulted in a reorientation of a-
Be RE Ye aE EE EN eRe AGED. vailable dehydrated foods. New
freeze-drying meihods (the prod-
uct is first frozen, then the moisture content is lowered by a slight amount of heat
under a high vacuum, but without thawing) are now being used in the ''new 25-man
uncooked meal.'' Products treated in this way are referred to as freeze-dried."
At the present time, they have developed suitable recipes for a 10-day menu. Some
of the products used in these meals are freeze-dried fish sticks or portions, beef-
steaks, pork chops, and ground beef.

Sciam a ae

For example, fish sticks or portions are made from blocks of frozen fish and
then freeze-dried to a moisture content of less than 2 percent. While savings in
space are not large, savings in weight are great, and the stability of the product is
excellent--very acceptable after one year of storage at 40 F., 70 F., and 100 F.
The fish portions and fish sticks are reconstituted by soaking in water 2 to 3 min-
utes, breaded, and deep-fat fried. The cooked fishery products have an excellent
flavor and acceptability.

These new freeze-dried products, raw or precooked, add variety and interest to
the soldier's diet. The new rations save space and weight in shipping as well as
time and energy in preparation. These foods are packaged entirely in paper and
plastic containers of rectangular shape and exhibit excellent logistic and storage

qualities.

Fish and Wildlife Service

FISH AND WILDLIFE ADVISORY COMMITTEE HOLDS SECOND MEETING:
The Advisory Committee on Fish and Wildlife held its second meeting on November
14 and 15, 1957, Assistant Secretary of the Interior Ross Leffler reports. The ses-
sions were held in the Department of the Interior Building, Washington, D. C.

The Committee was established last spring with the approval of Interior Secre-
tary Fred A. Seaton. The first meeting was held on June 12 and 13, 1957. The
meetings serve as a forum for the interchange of ideas on preparing for the fish
and wildlife problems of the future and for a discussion of current problems facing
the United States Fish and Wildlife Service.

January 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

35

The Committee is composed of 24 individuals from different parts of the coun-
try who advise on wildlife conservation, sport fishing, and commercial fishing matters.

<2

Frozen Foods

HANDLING PRACTICES TO BE STUDIED: The problem of improving the han-
dling of frozen foods from the packer to the consumer will be studied by a 15-

man task force named by the National Association of Frozen Food Packers.

The

first meeting of the task force was heldin Washington, D.C., onSeptember 26, 1957.

The President of the Association and

also Chairman of the Task Force stated

that ''everyone who has a stake in frozen foods is aware that mishandling does exist,
and that it is having a detrimental effect on industry expansion, and that it can be

eliminated."

The task force's objectives are: (1) to impress upon all handlers of frozen
foods the downgrading effects which exposures to temperatures above zero have
upon the products, and (2) inform and educate, by every means available, on proper

handling methods.

All phases of processing and distribution in the frozen food industry are repre-
sented on the task force. The fishing industry is represented by the General Mana-

ger of the National Fisheries Institute.

Hawaii

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES LAND-
INGS, JULY 1956-JUNE 1957: Hawai-
ian landings of salt-water (sea and pond)
fish and shellfish during the fiscal year
ending June 30, 1957, totaled 14.9 mil-
lion pounds, valued at $3.0 million ex-
vessel (table 1), according to a statis-
tical summary prepared by the Hawai-
ian Division of Fish and Game. As com-
pared with the previous fiscal year, the
1956/57 fiscal year's catch declined
254,000 pounds (about 2 percent) in quan-
tity and about $22,000 (0.7 percent) in
value. The decrease this year, as com-
pared with last, was due largely to a
decline in the catch of big-eyed tuna
which was lower by 223,000 pounds (9.9
percent) in quantity and $27,000 (3.8
percent) in value. Smaller catches this
fiscal year also occurred for black
marlin, jack crevalle, big-eyed scad,
and mackerel. An increase of about
1.4 percent occurred in the skipjack
catch.

Prices paid to the producers were
relatively high as compared with prices

Grand Total
17 SALT-WATER

[Table 1 - Hawaiian Commercial Fishery Landings and Ex-Vessel
Le Value, July 1956-June 1957
ps _Species
English Hawaiian Quantit Value
[Ocean Catch: 1,000 Lbs $1,
mberjack Kahala...... 78 2 0
Big-eyed scad LS 0 0: 010 6 162 125
Dolphin Mahimahi 216 [ 717
| Weke-ula
Goatfish Wieket year. 131 85
Moana ......
Kumu , ==
Wluairer nici
Crevalles { Onieeaae 128 52
Mackerel OPM Sis See ols 238 80
Sea bass Hapuupuu 43 17
Snappers:
Gray Wolo oo oro 5 97 37
é Opakapaka... .
POMS { Kalekale..... 20! Bo
Ulaulu Koae...
Bed { Ulauluehu..... 188 b3
Swordfishes &
Spearfishes, Marlins AAI Oo ane ain | 693 169
Tuna & Tunalike Fish:
Albacore Ahipalaha .. . 10 2
Big-eyed & Bluefin = 2,019 680
Yellowfin JNM 6.6.0:0,6:0-0°0 400 107
Skipjack IN irs ote ain 9,635 1,112
Bonito Kawakana ... 87 14
Unclassified Fish = DON 452 180
Shellfish: a
Crabs = 14 8
Limpet Opihiveeer ae 23 9)
Lobster WA soodtoade 14 8
Octopus KO oa0abcbe 15 7
Shrimp Opaeweren-y enn 2 3
Squid Muhee).. ...- 6 3
fotalgShellfishisen ni. een 38
WotalOceantCatchmnininnnnanniaiinrs 14,797 2,969
‘ond Catch 17
am Olepeieysa-kense-ir 13 4
Crabs Oi Ne ag O10.0 3 1
Milkfish AWatdeuna-E nan 46 19
Mullet Amaama..... 51 41
Tenpounder Awaawa ..... 8 2
Miscellaneous 2 bo eos 11
MotalRondiCatchmriinnie elena inet
7929

36 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

received at mainland United States fishing centers with one exception. Ex-vessel
prices paid for skipjack averaged about $230 a ton, which is about the same as the
price paid at west coast United States ports. The landings of aku or skipjack in
fiscal year 1956/57 accounted for about 65 percent of the total landings in terms of
quantity and about 37 percent of the total value.

The 1956/57 fiscal year catch from the island of Oahu made up 76.3 percent of
the total quantity and 74.8 percent of the total value. The island of Hawaii accounted
for 15.4 percent of the total quantity and 15.7 percent of the total value. The best
single month for landings was July when 18 percent of the landings for the fiscal year
were unloaded. Close to 64 percent of the landings were made in July through De-
cember 1956. The lightest landings occurred in February 1957 when only 457,000
pounds (or 3 percent) were reported.

NOTE: ALSO SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, DECEMBER 1956, P. 40.

Maine Sardines

CANNED STOCKS, NOVEMBER 1, 1957: Distributors' stocks of Maine sardines
totaled 298,000 actual cases on November 1, 1957--90,000 cases or 23 percent less
than the 388,000 cases on hand November 1, 1956. Stocks
held by distributors on January 1, 1957, amounted to 344,000
cases, and on June 1, 1957 totaled 230,000 cases, accord-
ing to estimates made by the U. S. Bureau of the Census.

Canners'! stocks on November 1, 1957, totaled 1,337,000

cases (100 34-oz. cans), an increase of 321,000 cases (32 percent) as compared with
November 1, 1956, and an increase of 49 percent (442,000 cases) over the 895,000
cases on hand July 1, 1957.

Distributors {

Canners

1/ 100 3 OZ. CANS EQUAL ONE STANDARD CASE.

The packing season ended on December 1, 1957. Packing operations were cur-
tailed sharply during the last four months of the season because of poor market
conditions. The 1957 pack is estimated to be about 2.1 million cases, or about 5
percent below the 1956 pack of 2,221,793 standard cases, but 67 percent higher than
the 1,254,222 standard cases packed in 1955.

On April 15, 1957, the beginning of the new season, the canners' reported a
carryover of 426,000 standard cases. Adding the season's pack of 2,035,000 cases
to November 1, 1957, on that date the canners' total supply was 2,461,000 cases as
compared with 2,221,000 cases on the samedatein1956. From April 15-November 1,
1957, total shipments amounted to 1,124,000 cases as compared with 1,205,000 cases

in the same period of 1956.

Maryland law prohibiting purse-seining in its coastal waters was upheld in a de-
cision handed down by the United States Supreme Court on November 12, 1957.

January 1957

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

37

The constitutionality of the law was questioned when a menhaden fishing boat captain
was arrested for purse-seining in the coastal waters of Maryland. Although the
Maryland law applies to all species of fish, it is of special interest to menhaden
fishermen, as this species appears in great numbers close inshore at times and is

used only for processing into meal and oil.

The case involved a Delaware fisherman operating a vessel leased by a New
Jersey menhaden firm, but he was joined in challenging the Maryland law by other
Delaware and New Jersey fishery interests.

tion of the causative agent or agente that caused
red discoloration in shucked oysters and soft clams
was started by the Maryland Chesapeake Biologi-
cal Laboratory and the Chesapeake Bay Institute of
John Hopkins University with the opening of the oys-
ter season in September 1957.

Oyster and soft clam packing houses in the Chesa-
peake Bay area occasionally experience a colorful
but costly loss through 'redoysters" or ''redclams.
It usually happens like this: oysters or soft clams,
apparently no different from any others, will come
to the shucking house where they are shucked, proc-
essed, and placed in containers for shipping. These
containers are then stored at 35 -36 F. The oys-
ters or clams appear to be perfectly normal at this
time. After 3 to 7 days at this temperature, some
of these cans are found to contain a bright red liq-
uor in the pack, as if the molluscs had been packed
in beet juice or tamale sauce. Apparently, these
shellfish with red coloration are perfectly safe to
eat, but are not well received on the markets; con-
sequently, these oysters and clams are discarded.
One packer this year reported dumping ''a thousand
dollar's worth" of oysters off the end of his dock.

i

This phenomenon has been reported along the
Atlantic Coast sporadically since before the turn of
the century. Many explanations have been offered,
but to date no one has demonstrated the cause, or
causes, of the red coloration of oysters and soft
clams. Pink yeasts which cause a discoloration
have been isolated and identified from oysters, but
apparently this is a different phenomenon. Dr.
Thurlow Nelson of Rutgers University once traced
an outbreak of ''red oysters'' in the Delaware Bay
to the microscopic ''plant'' Gymnodinium splendens.
Again, this appears to be a different phenomenon.

Red discoloration in oysters from Virginia's
Rappahannock River was reported in late Septem-
ber and the packers experiencing the difficulty were
interviewed. Several facts emerged from these
interviews:

(1) This phenomenon occurs generally in fall
or winter.

(2) The trouble lasts only a few weeks, with oys-
ters from the same locations giving no difficulty
when harvested after this period.

(3) Some packers reported these red oysters
became "watery."

(4) The tongers reported "red water" at times
in the center of the Rappahannock River, but have
never noticed it over the oyster bars.

A gallon of shucked oysters which showed signs
of developing red color was transported to the lab-
oratory on ice for laboratory examination. Two
approaches to cultivating the causative agent are
being made: (1) the extraction and identification of
the pigments which would tell whether the agent is
animal bacterial, or plant in nature, and (2) cultiva-
tion in various media. Preliminary examinations
indicated the pigment was destroyed by heating and
by making the solution acid or alkaline, and was not
soluble in alcohol, petroleum, ether, acetone, or
benzene. Technical difficulties were experienced
with the extraction procedures and the pigment i-
dentification had to wait for further samples from
the field.

Laboratory analyses were made at the Chesa-
peake Biological Laboratory with the following re-
sults:

(1) The red coloration developed in oysters in
salt water, but not in oysters placed in distilled
water.

(2) The red coloration developed in the cold, 35°-
40° F. , but not at room temperature, 70 -80 F.

(3) The red coloration developed in oysters, but
not in the usual bacteriological culture media or
in oysters sterilized by autoclaving.

During the first week of October 1957 similar
difficulties were found in soft clams from the Bay.
The U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries at
Annapolis has begun a study of the microscopic
organisms which might produce this coloration.
Generally, the same symptoms found in the oys-
ters were found, but the coloration was a deeper
red. One-half gallon of shucked clams and a bush-
el of clams dredged from the same area were re-
turned to the State laboratory for examination.
These examinations are still in progress at the
laboratory and the Chesapeake Bay Institute. Pre-
liminary results include the following facts:

(1) The red liquor from the "red clams" can
cause clams from other areas to turn red.

(2) About half of the clams from a "red clam"
area turn red, the other half remain normal in
color when shucked if kept individually.

38 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

(3) Microscopic examinations showed many tute a major economic loss to the industries. Sev-
microflagellates present, and the possibility that eral packers sample the molluscs from their har-
they are causative agents is being explored. vesting areas weekly and if red coloration becomes

evident from a given area, these shellfish are not

Due to the localized and temporary nature of harvested for several weeks. This expediency
"red oysters" and "red clams," they do not consti- | seems to be effective.

ta

North Atlantic Fisheries Exploration and Gear Research

EXPLORATORY TUNA FISHING WITH LONG-LINES IN WESTERN NORTH
ATLANTIC (M/V Delaware Cruise 57-8): Tuna long-line exploratory fishing in the
Western North Atlantic, conducted by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries ex-
ploratory fishing vessel Delaware from September 9 to October 26, 1957, indicated
a marked change from
a predominance of blue-
fin tuna (Thunnus thyn-
nus) to that of yellow-
fin tuna (Thunnus alba-
cares). A cruise in
June 1957 yielded most-
ly bluefin tuna.

Twenty-two sta-
tions over a broad off-
shore area from off
Nova Scotia to north of
the Bahamas were fish-
ed with significant
catches being made in
the northern section.
The northern section,
which yielded large
catches of large blue-
fin tuna during the June

LEGEND:

© = LONG-LINE : 1957 cruise, now yield-
as ed only yellowfin and
Ee | albacore (Thunnus al-
SGU reel ae alunga) with an occa-

STREAM.

sional big-eyed (Thun-
nus obesus) and skip-
jack (Katsuwonus pela-
mis). Only two blue-
fin tuna were taken
during the cruise, and these were caught south of Cape Hatteras, N. (Gr

The largest catch with 60 baskets of gear was 2,195 pounds of yellowfin and
albacore taken on station 5 (180 miles southeast of Nantucket Lightship); and the
largest number of tuna taken on any 60-basket set was 51 yellowfin and 1 skipjack
at station 10 (240 miles south of Nantucket Lightship). In the areas of tuna produc-
tion the amount of shark damage ran from 5 to 10 percent with a figure of 6 percent
for station 10.

What are believed to be northern distribution records in the Western North
Atlantic for yellowfin, albacore, and big-eyed were established on Septembey ial
1957, when all three species were taken at station 1 (64 02' W. longitude-42 18'N.
latitude) 95 miles southeast of Cape Sable, Nova Scotia.

January 1957 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 39

During Cruise 57-5 in June 1957, the most southern station fished (85 miles
southeast of Cape Hatteras) yielded over a ton of yellowfin. In order to recheck
this area, the cruise line for Cruise 57-8 was extended south, but catches were
disappointing, though at other seasons this area may be more productive.

Five schools of bluefin tuna were sighted during a short period on September 10,
1957, in the North Channel area off Cape Cod soon after leaving Boston; and two
schools of skipjack were spotted in the Gulf Stream area, one south of Georges Bank
and the other south of Cape Hatteras. No other evidence of surface schooling tuna
was observed during the cruise.

The supply of good quality frozen herring bait (Clupea harengus) was limited
during the cruise and undoubtedly is reflected in the catch per basket. Compara-
tive bait tests were made between herring and small whiting (Merluccius bilinearis).
No tuna was taken on the baskets baited with whiting; and seven tuna were taken by
the baskets baited with herring.

Other species and numbers of fish and sharks taken during the cruise consisted
of 10 wahoo (Acanthocybium petus), 2 opah (Lampris regius), 16 common dolphin
(Coryphaena hippurus), 35 lancetfish (Alepisarus ferox), 2 sea bream (Taractes
princeps), 15 white marlin (Makaira albida), 3 blue marlin (Makaira ampla); sharks
included 33 white-tipped (Pterolamiops longimanus), 26 blue (Prionace glauca), 3
dusky 1/ (Eulamia obscurus), 7 silk!1/ (Eulamia floridan), 2 mako (Isurus oxyren-
chus) and 17 scythe-fin [/(Eulamia falciformis).

!

During the cruise, hurricane ''Carrie,'' tropical disturbance ''Freda,'' and me-

chanical difficulties caused interruptions in the cruise schedule.

During the southern leg of the trip, over 15,000 pounds of tuna and marlin was
unloaded in Jacksonville, Fla., for shipment to processors.

In cooperation with the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution, bathythermograph
casts, surface temperatures, and other oceanographic data were collected at each
fishing station. Night lighting was conducted at most stations and collections of bio-
logical material was made.
1/SOME CONFUSION BETWEEN SPECIES.

North Atlantic Fisheries Investigations

HADDOCK AND COD TAGGED AND O-GROUP HADDOCK COLLECTED (M/V
Albatross III Cruise 105): During an October 28-November 8, 1957, cruise the
U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries research vessel Albatross III caught and
tagged 2,116 haddock and 326 cod at trawling stations occupied on fishing grounds in
the Gulf of Maine and on Browns Bank. Young-of-the-year or 0-group haddock were
sampled at trawling stations on Lurcher Shoal, Grand Manan Bank, and Cashes Ledge.
Most of haddock were tagged on Browns Bank, Lurcher Shoal, Grand Manan Bank,
and Cashes Ledge and the cod on Grand Manan Bank. Other trawling stations were
made off Long Island (Canada), Fipennies Ledge, Platts Bank, Stellwagen Bank, and
off Cape Cod Light. In addition, 34 halibut were tagged.

Oblique meter net hauls were made and drift bottles released at all stations,
bathythermograph casts were made at all stations and while steaming between sta-
tions. Cod and haddock taken near Cape Cod Light were kept in running salt-water
tanks and brought in alive to the station at Woods Hole.

* KOK KOK

40 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

Re ee SAMPLES Sooner eee ane GEAR TESTED IN Etec ISLAND

trawling stations in the Block Island area between
October 15-17, 1957, in search of scup (porgy) for
tagging, samples of red hake or ling for biological
studies, and to test equipment on the vessel.

RED HAKE

Although no scup were caught, some excellent
samples of red hake were caught for age and stomach-content studies. The fishing
gear worked well.

OK OK OK OK

YELLOWTAIL FLOUNDERS AND INDUSTRIAL SPECIES SAMPLED OFF NAU-
SET BEACH (T-79 Cruise 18): During a one-day (October 30, 1957) trawling trip |
made in 25-30 fathoms off Nauset Beach (Mass.), lengths, weights, scales, and oto-
liths were collected from yellowtail flounders (Limanda ferruginea) by the Bureau's
North Atlantic Fishery Investigations small research vessel T-79. In addition, spe-
cies utilized for fish meal were measured and scale samples collected. Samples of
whiting and 0-group haddock were preserved for other research projects. Three
tows were made witha45- by 65-foot otter trawl with a ?-inch liner in the cod end.

North Atlantic Herring Research

DRIVING HERRING SCHOOLS WITH COMPRESSED AIR CURTAIN: A second
series of herring driving trials using an "air curtain” was made during the last
week in October 1957 by the Boothbay Harbor, Maine, exploratory fishing staff of
the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries. The gear used was essentially the same
as that used in earlier trials except that 700 feet of perforated plastic pipe were
used instead of 500 as in the earlier work and a larger compressor (rated at 130
cubic feet per minute at 75 pounds per square inchpressure) was employed to sup-
ply the air. As in the previous work observations were made from an airplane and
from the water's surface, of herring schools and the effect of the air curtain upon
them.

The first trial made in August and early September 1957 demonstrated that her-
ring schools, particularly in open waters, strongly resist passing through the cur-
tain of air bubbles. The movements of schools through a channel were altered in
some of these trials and the progress of schools completely stopped in one trial
when the passage between two islands was blocked off with the air curtain.

It was the objective of the October experiments to learn if the schools could be
not only stopped or guided by a stationary air curtain, but driven before an advancing
air curtain. In pursuit of this objective the Muscongus Sound area was searched for
several weeks for herring schools occurring in locations where their movements
could be readily observed and where the sea bottom was smooth enough to sweep the
air pipe across it. However, as the season's end drew near and schools of herring
became less plentiful, it became necessary to abandon the search for ''wild" fish
and to experiment with impounded or "shut off"' fish.

Driving trials were made on herring that had been shut off by commercial fish-
eries in Round Pond on Muscongus Sound during the night of October 22-23. The
sardine seine had been set across the center of the ''pond"' from the dock at the
Round Pond Village to the southeast side of the entrance to the "pond" after herring
schools moved into the south end of Round Pond during the night (see the
diagram). In the forenoon of October 23, the air discharge pipe was laid near the

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 41

seine where the herring were concentrated and then doubled back to the shore ina
"U" shape as shown in position 1 on the diagram. The air compressor was then
started and the air turned into the perfo-
rated pipe, setting up the air curtain a-
round part of the herring schools.

With herring thus enclosed, the ends
of the air pipe were pulled slowly ashore
progressing to position 2 on the diagram
and finally to position 3. The pipe was
left in this position, reaching approxi-
mately 60 feet from the shoreline while
observations were made. From shore
and from boats, small groups of herring
were seen swimming rapidly around in-
side the air-curtain 'enclosure,'’ apparent-
ly searching for an escape passage to deep-
er water. An attempt was made to drive
one of these small schools through the
air curtain with a boat oar. This school
headed for the curtain when frightened
but turned upon reaching it and swam a-
long it rather than pass through. These
fish had retreated before the advancing
air curtain and had been driven from the
deeper water near the center of the bay
shoreward into shallow water where they
normally are not found during the bright
daylight hours. When the pipe was pulled
the remainder of the distance to the shore,
the fish were forced through the air. Some
of them were seen diving under the pipe as
it was lifted over a large boulder.

Round Pond
Village

Round Pond

PORTLAND, ME.

38 MILES

Two more similar trials were made
on October 24 and 25 with comparable re-
sults. However, the longer the fish remained impounded and the more they were
disturbed, the less responsive they appeared to driving trials. During the second
trial part of the fish ran through the curtain when an outboard motor boat was run
continuously at the end of the ''curtain'' nearest the seine. On the third trial, how-
ever, the fish were driven close inshore again where they milled around inside the
air-curtained enclosure. Occasionally small groups rushed to the surface and flip-
ped in the air as they often do when chased by predators.

L

These trials complete the work on air-driving for the 1957 season. The results
to date have demonstrated quite clearly that Atlantic herring, particularly wild schools
in open waters, will avoid crossing through an air curtain that is set up in the man-
ner described. More work is tentatively planned for the 1958 season to devise
practical gear using the air-driving principle that may make more herring available
to seiners and weir operators.

NOTE: ALSO SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, DECEMBER 1957, P. 28.

42 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

North Pacific Exploratory Fishery Program

THIRD MIDWATER TRAWLING CRUISE COMPLETED (M/V John N. Cobb
Cruise 34): Varied results were experienced during several weeks of midwater
trawling experiments by the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fisheries exploratory fish-
ing vessel John N. Cobb. The vessel returned to Seattle on November 8, 1957, from
a cruise in waters off the Washing-
ton and British Columbia coasts - -
the third midwater trawling trip
this year to determine commer-
cial fishing potential for this new
type of gear.

Using nylon midwater trawls
with square openings of approxi-
‘mately 60 feet and 70 feet, the
John N. Cobb made fair to good
catches of several species of fish
over the offshore continental shelf.
However, as on previous trips, no
significant quantities of the more
valuable commercial species,

= ; : such as cod or Pacific ocean perch,
FIG. 1 - MIOWATER TRAWL DEPRESSOR WITH RUNNERS FOR TOW- were located inaumidwater:
ING CLOSE TO BOTTOM,

The largest midwater catches contained black rockfish, hake, anddogfish. Ina
20-minute tow with the net at 64-68 fathoms over a bottom depth of 70 fathoms, 930
pounds of black rockfish were taken.

The best catch of hake was 2,500 pounds in 45 minutes, towing at 79-83 fathoms
where the water was 90-97 fathoms deep. Another tow at 53-69 fathoms over bot-
tom depths of 83-87 fathoms caught a ton of hake in 30 minutes.

Extensive midwater echo traces on Swiftsure Bank were verified as schools of
dogfish. One tow in this area produced 6,500 pounds of dogfish in 15 minutes with
the net at 27-30 fathoms and a bottom depth of 37 fathoms. Another 30-minute tow
caught 4,500 pounds of dogfish and 25 pounds of herring. Both herring and saury
were observed over a good part of Swiftsure Bank, but neither species was sufficiently
schooled for good midwater trawling results.

In cooperation with the Washington State Department of Fisheries, several days
were spent attempting to test the midwater trawls in the newly-opened San Juan Is-
land-Georgia Strait herring fishing area. It appeared that the main run had not yet
entered these waters, and only small bunches of herring were located yielding catches
of a few hundred pounds.

As on previous cruises, a ''Sea Scanar"' and a standard recording echo-sounder
were used to locate and record fish in midwater. Thenew electrical depth telemeter
continued to operate satisfactorily, with a few minor breakdowns which were readi-
ly repaired at sea. As a further refinement to the instrument, the depth-sensing
element was moved from the trawl door to the port wing of the net to allow more
accurate positioning of the net when fishing near the bottom.

=
~

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 43

Oregon

FISHERIES RESEARCH LABORATORY ESTABLISHED: The establishment of
an Oregon Fish Commission fisheries research laboratory at La Grande, Ore., was
announced on November 19, 1957. The expansion of the Fish Commission's program
in eastern Oregon has been made possible through cooperation of the United States
Fish and Wildlife Service with funds allocated under the Columbia River fisheries
development program. Up until 1956, the program had been limited to Columbia
River tributaries below McNary Dam. Two fishery research biologists will be head-
quartered at the new laboratory.

A five-phase program for systematic study of Oregon streams of the upper Co-
lumbia River system has been outlined by the Fish Commission. (1) Inventory of
all existing or potential salmon-producing streams in the area fo become familiar
with physical characteristics of the streams and to learn what species are present--
now under way. (2) Field surveys to determine where various stream improve-
ments are needed. (3) Introduction of selected species of salmon into barren or
underutilized streams by means of egg plantings or fish transfers. (4) Search for
potential new hatchery sites. (5) Appraisal of stream improvement projects after
projects have been completed.

The Fish Commission has also received additional funds under the Columbia
River development program for expanded biological surveys on the Willamette Riv-
er system. These surveys will be continued from the Fish Commission research
headquarters at Clackamas.

Gxgi Fd bd bs BS

REVIEW OF 1957 SALMON FISHERIES: Deliveries of troll-caught silver salm-
on to Oregon fish buyers during 1957 were the highest in 22 years, the Oregon Fish
Commission announced on November 19, 1957. The silver salmon catch by trollers
during a 44-month season that ended October 31, 1957, will be
close to 3.5 million pounds. Trolling for chinook or king salm-
on was only fair in 1957 along the Oregon coast south of Astoria.

Poor chinook trolling at the mouth of the Columbia River pre-
vailed most of the summer of 1957, resulting in a total chinook
salmon catch in that area considerably less than the catch in 1956,
April 1957 landings of troll-caught chinook in the Astoria-War-
renton area totalled only 46,000 pounds. The catch during April
1956 was 290,000 pounds. The poor chinook catch in 1957 off the Columbia River
is, at least in part, an indication of the continued serious condition of the Columbia
River fall chinook salmon run.

Commenting on the high silver salmon catch off Oregon in 1957, aCommission
salmon research biologist said excellent weather conditions in the summer of 1957
contributed greatly to the successful season. Many smaller boats were able to
spend more time fishing, with fewer days in port.

Several oddities were noted by the biologist in connection with ocean trolling
this year. The pink or humpback salmon catch of roughly 100,000 pounds by trollers
was comparatively higher in 1957 off the Columbia River. During July the hump-
back catch at times exceeded the chinook salmon catch, Another peculiarity on the
Oregon coast this past summer was the inshore movement of warm water that brought
with it several fishes rarely seen in Oregon waters. A number of white sea bass,
more common off California, were caught by Oregon trollers this year.

What influence did the albacore flurry in mid-summer have on salmon trolling?
The salmon fishing intensity was somewhat reduced when albacore were first reported

are! COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

off Oregon, the biologist reported, but due to the elusivness of the tuna many trollers
returned to salmon fishing after a few trips.

Research was initiated in 1957 by the Fish Commission to determine the mor-
tality of undersized salmon that are hooked and released by trollers. The Commis-
sion chartered a Winchester Bay troller, the Patricia T, to catch small salmon that
were held for observation in a live tank. iz

No conclusions were reached in 1957 on the mortality of hooked salmon, but the
matter will be given further attention this next summer to evaluate the effectiveness
of present trolling regulations.

kk ok ok

SALMON COUNTS AT WILLAMETTE FALLS: Preliminary counts of salmon
moving over the falls at Oregon City up to November 13, 1957, indicated another
encouraging silver salmon run in the Willamette River in 1957, according to an
Oregon Fish Commission biologist in charge of the Willamette River studies.

Through November 13, better than 1,650 adult silvers plus 1,026 silver jacks
were counted through the fishway. The 1957 Willamette River silver salmon run
was composed of more adult fish than the run that was observed at the falls in 1956.
Roughly two-thirds of the total count of 8,635 silvers in 1956 were jack salmon.
The run in 1956 was the largest of three years of Willamette River counts at the
falls.

Approximately 71 fall chinook salmon were also counted at Willamette Falls
since October 18, but only 7 of this total were adult fish. The fall chinook count
in 1957 was disappointing, particularly in view of heavy liberations of fingerlings
in the upper Willamette in 1954-55 that could have returned to the river in the fall
of 1957.

A significant factor in the increased silver salmon runs into the Willamette
system in recent years has been the liberation of hatchery-raised silver salmon
fingerlings in several Willamette tributaries. The only native run of silvers of any
magnitude occurs in the Tualatin River, although there is a small silver salmon run
in the Luckiamute River. The Fish Commission has had good success recently with
silver salmon releases in the Yamhill and Molalla Rivers.

Silver salmon migration into the Willamette was expected for at least another
month, Fish counting at the falls was to be continued as long as water conditions
permitted.

January 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 45

Oysters

NEW METHOD FOR CONTROL OF ENEMIES
WITH COMMON SALT: Because of recent rever-
sals in the oyster production of New England and
New York, due chiefly to successive years of poor
sets, it becomes necessary to employ all means to
save and bring to marketable size as many oysters
as possible. A measure that will help to achieve
this is the development of better methods for con-
trolling enemies and competitors which, at pres-
ent, destroy a high percentage of the oysters be-
fore they are ready to be harvested.

In the past the Milford, Conn., Marine Biolog-
ical Laboratory of the U. S. Bureau of Fisheries
offered the industry several methods of controlling
shellfish enemies, including starfish andbarnacles.
More recently it developed a series of effective
methods for the chemical control of undesirable
species of crabs, such as green and mud crabs,
which are great destroyers of small clams andoys-
ters. These methods are already in use in this~
country and abroad. Furthermore, a mechanical
method for destroying oyster drills, by burying
them under a thin layer of bottom deposit, was also
found extremely effective under experimental con-
ditions and its principles were offered to the indus -
try to be tried under various field conditions.

Regardless of the above progress and realizing
the necessity of further development of effective
and versatile methods, a search for new means of
protecting commercial species of shellfish was
continued. Among these approaches was ''screen-
ing" of chemical compounds to find some that
would be useful in controlling oyster pests. At the
beginning of these studies it was thought that bor-
ing sponges, because of their structure and ana-
tomical characters, would be among the first to
succumb to chemical attack. However, after trying
approximately 2,000 different chemicals, mostly of
organic nature, no compound was found that would
kill sponges without seriously endangering oysters.
Finally, it was decided to try dipping sponge-in-
fested oysters in a saturated solution of common
salt for various lengths of time. This method,
described below in more detail, proved to be effec-
tive. Moreover, it was also found extremely prom-
ising in the control of several other oyster enemies
and competitors.

The method is simple, consisting of immersing
sponge-infested oysters or cultch, in which enemies,
such as starfish, or competitors, such as limpets
(Crepidula), are found, in a saturated salt solution
and then keeping the treated material in the air for
some time before returning it to sea water. The
cheapest kind of salt can be used. Rock salt, of the
type used to melt ice and snow on sidewalks in
winter, was used in the experiments. Since it is
easy, during the operation, to dilute a strong salt
solution to a level where it will become too weak
to be effective, it should be standard practice to
keep crystals of undissolved salt always on the bot-
tom of the vats in which the cultch and sponge-in-
fested oysters are dipped. The crystals will indi-
cate that the solution remains saturated. The sol-
ubility of common salt is quite great; approximate-
ly 360.0 grams (12.7 oz.) of salt will dissolve in
one liter (about 1.06 qts.) of water at room tem-
perature.

A salt concentration considerably stronger than
that of our sea water, but weaker thana saturated
solution, will undoubtedly kill sponges and the oth-
er pests considered in this report, but the periods
of immersion required will probably differ from
those established for a saturated solution. The
water temperature, at which dipping in salt solu-
tion takes place, and the air temperature, during
the period between dipping and returning to sea
water, may also be of significance. Further tests
are contemplated to study the importance of vary-
ing these factors.

Attempts to control sponges or other inverte-
brates considered oyster pests, by rapid changes
in salinity or by prolonged exposures to unfavor-
able conditions, are not new. For example, litera-
ture offers many suggestions for placing infested
oysters in fresh water to kill the sponges. It is
also well known that starfish can eventually be kill
ed by immersion in water of reduced salinities.
This approach, however, is less satisfactory than
the method we recommend here because a much
longer period of immersion in fresh water would
be required to achieve the same result as dipping
for only a few minutes in a saturated salt solution,

Further, carrying large quantities of fresh wa-
ter for a day's work onoyster boats may not always
be feasible. Frequent changes of this water would
be necessary because its salinity would rapidly in-
crease when the dredgeloads of material saturated
with salt water would be dipped in it. We know, for
example, that if the salinity of this water were in-
creased to about only 1.0 parts per thousand it
would require several days of immersion to kill
the oyster pests. Because of this, the method
would be actually worthless. Taking boatloads of
oysters to shore, to treat them there with fresh
water, would, of course, be prohibitive because of
the cost of extra labor and the time involved.

Sponges and other oyster enemies can be killed
in several ways. This can be accomplished by
dipping them in a saturated salt solution for com-
paratively long periods and then returning them
immediately to sea water, or by dipping the mate-
rial for only a brief period and leaving it on deck
for some time before planting it overboard, Dur-
ing this period of remaining on deck the salt will
continue to exert its effect on the unprotected tissue
of the oyster enemies, causing further harm. The
latter will probably be the most convenient method
for oyster farmers in their ground cleaning or
transplanting operations because they normally
leave the dredged material on deck for severalhours,
sometimes overnight, before returning it to sea wa-
tens

46

Still another way to combat the enemies is to
spray the dredgeloads of oysters, cultch, or dif-
ferent types of spat collectors with a saturated
salt solution. However, according to the results
of the experiments, this method is less effective,
especially in treating sponges, than total immer-
sion because usually only one side of the oys-
ters' shells is covered by the spray, while the
other side remains untreated and the pests at-
tached to it are unaffected. Nevertheless, by
spraying tunicates and then leaving them in the
air for at least one hour, 100 percent mortality
can be effected. Similar results were obtained
by spraying starfish and then keeping them in
the air only five to 10 minutes before returning
them to sea water.

The experiments indicate that the oysters will
not suffer ill effects and mortality from the salt
treatment if their shells are not so damaged in
handling that the strong salt solution will gain ac-
cess inside the shells where it can injure the soft
oyster bodies. In the experiments healthy oysters
subjected to a satugated salt solution at a temper-
ature of about 20.0 C. (68 F.) for 30 minutes suf-
fered no ill effects. Longer exposures, however,
killed some of the oysters. Furthermore, certain
other forms, for example, small hard clams (Venus
mercenaria), may be affected by continuous expo-
sures of only 15 minutes. The method, therefore,
should be used with some discretion.

The results of the studies, designed to devise
and evaluate the method of controlling several oys-
ter enemies by use of strong salt solutions, can be
summarized as follows:

Sponges: Among the numerous oyster enemies
on our Atlantic Coast, the group of boring sponges
belonging to the genus Cliona occupies an important
position. Although not actually parasitic, the sponges
honeycomb the shells of oysters by excavating a-
nastomizing, irregular tunnels. This honeycomb -
ing is often so extensive that the shells become
brittle and are easily damaged during handling. The
unsightly appearance of oysters with shells heavily
infested with sponges also lessens their market
value. Moreover, the vitality of seriously-infested
oysters is considerably lowered by continuous ef-
forts to produce large quantities of shell material
to close the openings of the burrows made by
sponges. Sometimes the shells are disintegrated to
such an extent that the oysters are unable to survive.

According to recent studies on distribution and
taxonomy of boring sponges, there are seven spe-
cies of the genus Cliona on our Atlantic Coast, of
which four--C. celata, C. lobata, C. vastifica, and
C. truitti--are found in Long Island Sound. C.
celata is the most common, causing serious and ex-
tensive damage to oysters, especially of olderage-
groups. It is found from Malpeque Bay, Prince Ed-
ward Island, to the Carolinas, and also along the
coasts of Europe,

In several experiments 100-percent mortality of
sponges was caused by immersing them in a satu-
rated salt solution for only 30 seconds and then
leaving them exposed to air for at least one hour.
In other tests, however, some of the colonies sur-
vived this treatment. Nevertheless, practically all
sponges were killed if immersed in a saturated
solution for three minutes and then kept in air for

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 1

one hour. Somewhat longer exposures may be
needed to achieve a 100-percent kill under other
conditions, but the period need not exceed 10-min-
utes of immersion and one hour of air exposure

in most instances. By prolonging the exposure to
air the immersion period may be decreased.

The differences in the resistance of sponges to
the treatment may be due to their physiological
condition, thickness of the oyster shells they infest,
temperature at which they are dipped in the salt so-
lution, and perhaps specific differences. In the
summer, whenthe temperatures are high, death
and disintegration of sponges, manifested by a change
incolor from yellow to grayish-black, can usually
be observed within 24 to 36 hours after the treat-
ment.

Starfish: It was found that immersion of star-
fish in a saturated salt solution is an even better
method than sprinkling lime 5
over dredged material while
it is on the deck of the boat.
The advantage of this meth-
od is that all starfish, even
those hidden in such places
as empty conch shells, will
be reached by the solution,
something that cannot be
accomplished by sprinkling
lime.

STARFISH

The experiments showed that even those star-
fish that were immersed in the saturated salt solu-
tion for only 30 seconds and then returned imme-
diately to sea water died in the majority of cases.
One minute of immersion, especially if the star-
fish were then kept on deck for some time before
they were returned to sea water, caused 100-per-
or mortality, regardless of the size of the star-

ish,

The effectiveness of the treatment is, of course,
based upon sharp changes in osmotic pressure
within the bodies of the starfish. Upon return to
normal sea water the bodies of the starfish, sub-
jected for a short time to a saturated salt solution,
soon shrank and became flat. Curling of the tips of
the rays and autotomy or self-mutilation, consist-
ing of casting off rays, was often observed, The
delicate membrane sometimes called ''skin gills"
covering the starfish body, through which the ex-
change of gases between the body of the starfish
and the surrounding water takes place, disintegrate
-usually within a few hours after treatment. Ata
temperature of about 20.0° C. (68° F.) decomposi-
tion of the starfish was quite advanced at the end
‘of 24 or 36 hours.

It is of interest that the starfish kept in a satu-
rated solution for longer periods became ''pickled"
and because of this, even though their death oc-
curred soon after immersion, they retained their
shape for a longer period than the starfish dipped
in the salt solution for only a short time,

Since the use of a salt solution may be cheaper,
safer, and easier, the new method can probably be
advantageously substituted for the present practice
of dipping mops with entangled starfish in hot wa-
ter. Moreover, because starfish killed by immer-
sion in a salt solution become soft and flabby al-
most immediately after treatment, they will rapid-

January 1958

ly disintegrate and fall out of the mop. We suggest
that the members of the industry compare the rela-
tive merits of the new method with those of the old
one.

Crepidula: These snail-like animals, com-
monly called “slipper limpets" or ''quarter-decks,"'
are not direct enemies, but
competitors of oysters that
often deprive them, espe-
cially young ones, of space
and food. They become so
numerous at times that they
virtually smother beds of
oysters. The most com-
mon form of Crepidula in Connecticut and New York
waters is C. fornicata, and the next is C. plana.

C. fornicata usually forms ''chains,"' consisting of
groups of several individuals attached to eachother.

q LIMPET

The setting period of Crepidula coincides to a
large extent with that of oysters, but because young
Crepidula increase insize much more rapidly than
does oysters with their ownbodies. Inone instance
we counted as many as 20 recently-set oysters un-
der the body of a single Crepidula.

The salt method is effective in controlling both
species of Crepidula. Immersion of Crepidula
"Chains" in a saturated salt solution for only 30
seconds and then keeping them in air for an addi-
tional 30 minutes was found sufficient to break the
"chains" and separate the individuals many of which
had been seriously injured.

By immersing Crepidula in a salt solution for
3 to 5 minutes, an en keeping them on deck for
30 to 60 minutes, complete disintegration of the
"chains" was usually achieved and the snails were
so strongly affected that they all died by the fifth
day after return to sea water. Under natural con-
ditions they, undoubtedly, would have been eaten
by crabs and fish long before the end of that period.
The water gemperature in these tests varied be-
tween 18.0 and 21.0 C. (64.4 -69.8 F.)

It is believed that the method will be especially
valuable in destroying Crepidula of all species on
collectors with recently-set oysters.

Tunicates: Still another competitor of oys-
ters and several other commercial mollusks is
the common marine form known as the tunicate.
There are numerous species of these pests along
the Atlantic Coast, Molgula manhattensis being
especially common in the Long Island Sound Area.
During alarge part of the year this and closely -re-
lated forms, commonly called "sea grapes," are
among the chief fouling organisms virtually cover-
ing all types of spat collectors placed in shallow
water. In addition to competing for space with
mollusks, tunicates also deprive them of food.

Experiments have shown that tunicates can be
seriously injured by immersing them ina saturated
salt solution for only 30 seconds and then keeping
them in air for another hour. Approximately 80
percent mortality can be effected in this way. A

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

47

total kill may be achieved by a one- to three-min-
ute immersion followed by one hour of air exposure.

If tunicates have to be thrown overboard imme-
diately after treatment, at least a 10-minute im-
mersion is necessary to cause approximately 100-
percent mortality. Incidentally, it has been no-
ticed that small, young tunicates are more resistant
to the salt treatment than large ones. Differences
between species may also be considerable. Fur-
ther work along these lines is necessary.

The method should be especially useful in treat-
ing cultch or spat collectors fouled with a large
number of tunicates. As usual, during this opera-
tion care should be exercised not to damage me-
chanically the shells of recently-set oysters, to
avoid killing them with the salt solution.

Oyster Drills: Preliminary experiments
have indicated that a saturated salt solution may
also be helpful in controlling drill populations of
the two species, Urosalpinx cinerea and Eupleura
caudata, by killing their eggs and embryos while
still in egg cases. Heavy mortality was observed
even when egg cases containing developing drills
were immersed for only three minutes in a satu-
rated salt solution and then kept in air for several
additional hours before being returned to running
sea water. Immersion for five minutes caused
considerable, sometimes complete mortality, even
if the embryos were returned to sea water imme-
diately after treatment.

Since the results of the initial experiments to
reduce the drill population appear promising,
more detailed studies of the effectiveness of this
method are being undertaken. It is hoped that a
comprehensive report of these studies will become
available to biologists and members of the oyster
industry before the next breeding period begins. .

In conclusion, it should be emphasized that the
method described here, and its variations, should
be considered as still undergoing laboratory and
field trials. If intelligently used, it may become
a powerful means of controlling several other ene-
mies and competitors of oysters not mentioned in
this report. For example, it is known that on the
Pacific Coast biologists have been successfully
using a strong salt solution to kill a destructive
flatworm of the genus eee which at-
tacks young oysters. is was also used last
summer in the Milford Laboratory's pond work on
Martha's Vineyard to control a related species of
the flatworm, Stylochus ellipticus, which set in
large numbers on spat collectors and killed oyster
set. The Laboratory also has experimental evi-
dence that by this method oysters and cultch can
be kept cleaner because the saturated salt solu-
tion often kills many small fouling forms, includ-
ing protozoa, hydroids, bryozoa, algae, and even
small crustaceans. However, regardless of all
these promising features, caution should be exer-
cised and a certain skill developed to use the
method advantageously in oyster culture.

--BY V. L. LOOSANOFF, LABORATORY DIRECTOR,
MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY ,
BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,
MILFORD, CONN.

48

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 1

Pacific Coast Fishing Ports

GARIBALDI, ORE.: Garibaldi is a small fishing port located on the northern
coast of Oregon near the entrance to Tillamook Bay. This article, which is one in

FIG. 1 - GARIBALDI, OREGON. FISHERMAN'S WHARF 1S
IN THE CENTER OF THE PICTURE. TO THE LEFT, VES-
SELS OF THE U. S. COAST GUARD ARE HOUSED IN THE
{SOLATED BUILDING BEYOND WHICH LIES THE OPEN O-

r

FIG, 2 - THE TROLLING VESSEL OMAR HEADING FOR
SEA DURING STORMY WEATHER. NOTE HOW THE JETTY
IN THE RIGHT BACKGROUND HELPS TO PROTECT THE
ENTRANCE TO THE BAY.

CEAN. THE MOUNTAINOUS POINT OF LAND PROTECTS
THE PORT FROM OCEAN STORMS. THE ROW OF STAKES
IN THE FOREGROUND ARE SET NETS FISHED PRIMARILY
FOR CHUM SALMON (ONCORHYNCHUS KETA) DURING THE
MONTH OF NOVEMBER.

a series of photographic reports on the
fishing centers of the United States and
its territories, shows the activities at
Garibaldi in September 1956 and in June and July 1957.

The principal fishery products in Garibaldi are salmon, crab, and bottom fish.

Salmon constitutes a
substantial source of income
tothe port. During the month
of November, Tillamook
Bay is open for 30 days to
set-net fishing and to gill-
net fishing. On the open
ocean, usually within 25
miles of the entrance to
the bay, salmon are taken
by trolling.

: : ADS
FIG. 3 - ONE OF THE THREE COMMERCIAL FIRMS HANDLING AND PROC-

ESSING FISH AND CRABS IN GARIBALDI MAINTAINS PART OF ITS PROC-
ESSING AND RETAIL FACILITIES ON U. S. HIGHWAY 101.

Another substantial
source of income to the
port is the fishery for
dungeness crab (Cancer magister). The crabs are sold as live crab, whole cooked
crab, or as picked crab meat packed in cans and iced. The bulk of the trade is in

whole cooked crab and in
crab meat.

Processing the whole
cooked crab is relatively
simple. The crabs are cook-
ed in boiling salt water for
15 to 20 minutes, are cooled
by water and air, and finally
are packed with ice in wood-
en boxes for the retail mar-
ket.

< - ae. hor Sf

tiG. 4 - FISHERMAN'S WHARF. THIS WHARF LIES ON MAN-MADE LAND,

WHICH WAS FILLED IN DURING THE 1940's. ADDED DREDGING, PLAN-

NED TO START DURING THE MONTH OF SEPTEMBER 1957, WILL ENLARGE
THE BASIN TO THREE TIMES ITS PRESENT CAPACITY.

Processing the crab
meat is more involved. The
backs of the crab are pulled

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 49

off; the viscera are removed; and
the crab are washed in fresh wa-
ter, cooked in fresh boiling water
for 10 to 15 minutes, and cooled
for 10 to 15 minutes in cold run-
ning water. The crab meat is
picked from the shells, and the
shells are discarded. The picked
crab meat is packed in cans, and
the cans are iced and placed in
a refrigerator until ready for ship-
ment.

Only a limited amount of bot-
tom fish are handled in Garibaldi.
The principal species are Dover
sole (Microstomus pacificus),
English sole (Parophys vetulus),
petrale sole (Eopsetta jordani), RACK IN FOREGROUND.

lingcod (Ophiodon elongatus), and
various rockfishes of the genus Sebastodes. All are filleted, and the fillets are sent

to the retail market.

The filleting waste is
not discarded--it is sold to
mink farmers in the nearby
area. These farmers also
use the less marketable spe-
cies of bottom fish. James i]
reports that the Fish Com-
mission of Oregon, by regu-
lation2/, has placed a restric-
tion on the use of whole Dov-
er, English, or petrale sole
for animal food or reduction
purposes.

FIG. 6 - ONE OF THE THREE COMMERCIAL FISH-PROCESSING FIRMS
LOCATED ON FISHERMAN'S WHARF.

ea

FIG. 7 - FISHERMAN'S WHARF ON WHICH 1S LOCATED FIG. 8 - ANOTHER OF THE COMMERCIAL FISH-PROCESS -
THE THREE COMMERCIAL FISH-PROCESSING COMPANIES ING FIRMS. THE VESSEL IN THE FOREGROUND |S A
IN GARIBALDI. LARGE TROLLER.

1/ PERSONAL COMMUNI CAT 1 ON (OCTOBER 25), 1956) FROM M. C. JAMES, OREGON STATE FISHERIES DIRECTOR.
2/ GENERAL ORDER NO XXVI; EFFECTIVE JUNE 1, 1955; REVISED ON JUNE 20, 1956.

FIG. 9 - AFT END OF A TROLLER. FISHING THIS GEAR

ON THE OPEN OCEAN REQUIRES GREAT SKILL.

- UNLOADING TROLL-CAUGHT SALMON. THREE-
FINNED STABILIZERS ARE STOWED IN RACKS ON THE
RAILS OF THE FAR VESSEL. THEY ARE CHAINED TO
OUTRIGGER BOOMS, ONE ON EACH SIDE, AND TOWED
UNDERWATER TO REDUCE THE ROLL OF THE VESSEL

Fille. 11

WHILE FISHING, THE SALMON TAKEN ON THIS TRIP
WERE CHINOOK (ONCORHYNCHUS TSHAWYTSCHA), HUMP-
BACK (ONCORHYNCHUS GORBUSCHA), AND SILVER (ON-
CORHYNCHUS KISUTCH); THE NUMBERS CAUGHT WERE
ROUGHLY IN THE PROPORTIONS 1:3:7, RESPECTIVELY.

FIG, 13 - WEIGHING SALMON, THE ROPE-HANDLED BOX
SHOWN HERE 1S USED EXTENSIVELY FROM ALASKA TO
MEXICO AND IS A GREAT AID IN THE HANDLING OF

FISH.

FIG. 10 - BOX AND GEAR USED BY FISH-BUYING FIRM
TO LIFT TROLL-CAUGHT SALMON FROM THE TROLLER
TO THE DOCK. NOTE THE IMMACULATE CONDITION OF
THE TROLLER. THE CARE WITH WHICH FISH ARE
HANDLED ABOARD THE VESSEL CONTRIBUTES VERY
GREATLY TO THE QUALITY OF THE PRODUCT,

FIG. 12 - WEIGHING SALMON, NOTE THAT THE SALM-
ON CORRECTLY ARE BEING PEWED IN THE HEAD AND
NOT IN THE BODY WHERE THE EDIBLE MEAT 1S FOUND,
THE CORRECT USE OF THE PEW IS HIGHLY IMPORTANT,
SINCE OTHERWISE THE MEAT MAY BE OPENED TO
BACTERIAL INVASION AND SUBSEQUENT SPOILAGE.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 51

FIG. 16 - CHINOOK SALMON ON LEFT
SIDE OF PICTURE; SILVER SALMON, ON
RIGHT. TROLL-DRESSED (VISCERA AND

: E ; te " GILLS OUT, BUT HEAD on), THE CHI -
FIG. 14 = HAND TRANSFER OF SALMON, ANOTHER COR- NOOK SALMON WEIGHED 165 POUNDS; THE
RECT METHOD OF HANDLING. SILVER SALMON, 6 POUNDS.

FIG. 15 - CONVENIENT METHOD OF GRASPING TROLL -DRESSED
SALMON WITH FOUR FINGERS THROUGH OPERCULAR OPENING
UNDER FISH'S COLLAR AND THE THUMB PLACED DIRECTLY
AT THE BASE OF THE PECTORAL FIN. A LARGE SALMON CAN
BE LIFTED AND CARRIED THUS WITHOUT DAMAGING THE
MEAT.

Fl
se Be

FIG. 17 - A DAY'S CATCH OF TROLL-CAUGHT
SALMON FROM A TWO-MAN BOAT.

52 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

FIG. 18 - ICING SALMON, IN THIS CASE, THE
SALMON ARE BEING ICED IN A STAINLESS-STEEL FIG. 19 - CLOSE-UP OF IRON CRAB POT SHOWING THAT
VAT, THE OTHER CONTAINERS BEING FULL AT THE ELECTROLYTIC ACTION !S MOST RAPID AT THE POINTS OF
MOMENT. UNLESS PROPERLY CHILLED WITH ICE, CONTACT OF THE WIRE NETTING WITH THE FRAME, TO PRE-
FISH BEGIN TO SPOIL IMMEDIATELY, VENT THIS ACTION BETWEEN THE WIRE AND THE FRAME,

FISHERMEN OFTEN !NSULATE THE FRAMES BY WRAPPING
THEM WITH STRIPS OF RUBBER FROM OLD INNER TUBES.
THEY ALSO MAY GROUND THE WIRE NETTING TO THE POT
WEIGHTS SO THAT THE ELECTROLYTIC ACTION WILL BE ON
THE WEIGHTS SO THAT THE ELECTROLYTIC ACTION WILL
BE ON THE WEIGHTS AND NOT ON THE POT ITSELF.

FIG. 20 - NEW STAINLESS-STEEL
CRAB POT CONSISTING OF FRAME,
WIRE NETTING, |RON WEIGHTS,

AND BAIT CAN. A CRAB POT SHOULD
WEIGH ABOUT 100 TO 110 POUNDS

TO KEEP TIDES AND CURRENTS FROM
CARRYING IT OVER THE OCEAN FLOOR,
EVEN POTS WEIGHING 110 POUNDS
WILL SOMETIMES BE MOVED AS FAR
AS 2 TO 10 MILES IN A SINGLE
STORM.

FIG. 21 - IRON BAR PROVIDES FOR WEIGHT
AND ALSO ACTS AS A SACRIFICIAL ELECTRODE
TO PRESERVE THE POT FROM CORROSION.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 53

i / |

FIG. 25 - ICING WHOLE-COOKED CRAB IN WOOD-
EN BOXES FOR SHIPMENT TO THE RETAIL MAR-
KET. THE UPPER SHELL OF THE DUNGENESS
CRAB IN THE NATURAL STATE IS A DARK BROWN
OR PURPLE, WHICH CHANGES TO RED DURING
COOKING. THIS SHADE OF RED REGISTERS AL-
MOST WHITE ON THE PHOTOGRAPHIC FILM USED.

anes

FIG. 23 - STAINLESS-STEEL BAIT
CAN. CLAMS ARE THE PREFERRED
BAIT.

RE seu

FIG. 26 - FLAKE-1| CE MACHINE ABOVE BOX
USED TO STORE ICE. NOTE THE FLAKES FALL-
ING FROM THE OPENING AT TOP OF THE MA-
CHINE.

FIG. 24 - RINSING WHOLE COOKED CRAB,

54 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

fiG. 27 - WORKER IN THE RIGHT FOREGROUND |S KILL- FIG, 28 - CLEANING CRAB, THE BACKS (SHELLS)

ING CRAB, THE FIRST STEP IN THE PROCESS FOR OB- AND VISCERA ARE REMOVED FIRST AND DISCARD-

TAINING CRAB MEAT. ONLY LIVE CRABS ARE USED IN ED INTO BARRELS. THE CRABS THEN ARE WASH-

ORDER TO INSURE THE FRESHNESS OF THE FINAL PROD- ED IN FRESH WATER IN THE SMALL RECTANGU-

UCT. LAR TANK IMMEDIATELY BEYOND THE TWO WORK-=
ERS,

FIG. 29 - COOKING CRABS IN BOILING FRESH WATER. CRABS ARE
COOKED 10 TO 15 MINUTES.

FIG. 30 - REMOVING COOKER BASKET FROM
STAINLESS-STEEL-LINED COOKER VAT.
NOTE OVERHEAD TROLLEY AND ELECTRIC
BLOCK FOR LIFTING,

FIG. 31 - COOKING CRABS IN A SPRAY OF
COLD FRESH WATER. CRABS ARE COOLED
FOR 10 TO 15 MINUTES.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 595

He

FIG. 32 - CRACKING AND SHAKING COOKED CRABS TO REMOVE THE MEAT.
THE GARIBALDI CRAB INDUSTRY FURNISHES EMPLOYMENT FOR MANY LOCAL
PEOPLE.

FIG. 33- WASHING CRAB-PROCESSING EQUI PMENT
AFTER USE. PROPER SANITATION 1S OF UTMOST IM-
PORTANCE IN MAINTAINING THE QUALITY OF CRAB
MEAT. IN THE BACKGROUND ARE THE NO. 10 CANS
THAT ARE USED AS CONTAINERS FOR FRESH VACUUM-
PACKED CRAB MEAT. EACH CAN HOLDS 5 POUNDS OF
CRAB MEAT WHEN FILLED AND SEALED. THE SEALED
CANS ARE CHILLED, HELD, AND SHIPPED IN CRUSH-
ED ICE.

\

FIG. 35 - BOXES OF FILLET FRAMES. SINCE THESE
PARTS ARE FED TO MINK, NONE OF THE FISH IS
WASTED.

—

; ; “FIG, 36 - MINK FARM AT BAY CITY, OREGON, ONLY A
FIG. 34 - FILLETING PETRALE SOLE, PANS FULL OF SHORT DISTANCE FROM GARIBALD|. FISH 1S THE PRIN-
(ence BONE SMMENORUISCERA IMCS Lae Neste CIPAL FOOD OF THE MINK RAISED HERE. THIS FARM
> 3 AND TWO ADJACENT ONES PRO -ARO!
THE BOX ON THE FLOOR TO THE LEFT OF THE FIL- Aeon A eaten aM Si eta aM

LIVELIHOOD FOR FOUR MEN AND THEIR FAMILIES. DUR-
ING THE PELTING SEASON, TWO ADDITIONAL PERSONS
ARE EMPLOYED,

LETER. THESE PARTS OF THE FISH ARE FED TO MINK,
WHICH ARE RAISED ON FARMS IN THE NEARBY AREA.

56

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

FIG. 38 - FEEDING MINK.

Be

ara

Pec. eS

THE SHELVES OF A SHARP

8
vi
FREEZER. GREAT CARE 1S TAKEN TO INSURE THE ABSO- full ; ,
LUTE FRESHNESS OF THE MINK FEED. FIG. 39 - TWO SAPPHIRE KITS, 6 WEEKS OLD, NOTE
HOW WELL THE KITS THRIVE ON A DIET COMPOSED
LARGELY OF FISH.

NOTE: THE AUTHOR GRATEFULLY ACKNOWLEDGES THE GENEROUS AID OF JOSH BUFTON, FRED C. CLEAVER, BASIL
EDMUNDS, MARK EDMUNDS, MELVIN R,. GREENWOOD, BILL HOY, MARK HOY, VERNE HOY, GEORGE IMHOFF, JAMES R,
PARK, GERALD PATTERSON, BILL PERRY, DON VILES, BOB WATT, AND ROBERT WATT.

--BY F. BRUCE SANFORD, CHEMIST,
FISHERY TECHNOLOGICAL LABORATORY,
BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL FISHERIES,
U. S. FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE,
SEATTLE, WASH.

LITERATURE CITED

SANFORD, F. BRUCE

1957A.

19578.

1957¢C.

1957D,

FISH-HATCHERY FOOD FROM ANCHOVIES CAUGHT NEAR SANTA BARBARA, CALIF. COMMERCIAL FISH-
ERIES REVIEW, VOL. 19, NO. 2 (FEBRUARY), PP. 16-19. (SEPARATE NO. 471.

PACIFIC COAST FISHING PORTS: BAY CITY, ORE. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL. 19,
NO 4, (APRIL), PP. 20-23. (SEPARATE NO. 475.)

A PICTURE STUDY OF AN AMERICAN WHALING OPERATION, COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL, 19,
NO. 5 (May), PP. 1-8. (SEPARATE NO. 476.) (THIS ARTICLE SHOWS FISHERY ACTIVITIES AT
POINT SAN PABLO IN REDMOND, CALIF.)

MOORAGE OF FISHING VESSELS AT PORT ORFORD, ORE. COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, VOL, 19,
NO. 6 (JUNE), PP. 26-27.

Sj

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 57

Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations

RETURNS OF TAGGED SKIPJACK TUNA EXCEED 8 PERCENT: Skipjack tuna
tagged by Pacific Oceanic Fishery Investigations biologists continued to be returned
at the rate of 20 to 50 a week according to an October 1957 report from the Service's
laboratory in Honolulu. At the close of the month aggregate returns were slightly
in excess of 8 percent, or slightly over 600 tags. Particularly encouraging was the
steady flow of tags released as early as May 1957. These latter are providing the
biologists with exceedingly valuable information on the growth of skipjack. Pre-
liminary examinations of the tagging data suggests a growth rate of about one pound
a month considering fish that weighed about 5 pounds at the time of release.

oe

Salmon

ALASKA'S BRISTOL BAY FISHERY TO RECEIVE SPECIAL ATTENTION: Pri-
ority attention is being given to a serious, problem developing in the red (sockeye)
salmon fisheries of the Bristol Bay area of Alaska, the Assistant Secretary for Fish
and Wildlife announced on November 26, 1957.

Biologists of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service working on Alaskan
problems have informed him, the Assistant Secretary said, that increasingly heavy
Japanese operations in newly- developed = “
fishing areas in the central north Pacific
and Bering Sea are affecting the red salm-
on runs of Bristol Bay. =

The Bristol Bay runs of red salmon . =
are expected to be small during 1958. The rogers (reo) wate
Bureau of Commercial Fisheries has ad- aa aT
vised the Assistant Secretary that despite already stringent regulations now in ef-
fect it may be necessary to prohibit fishing entirely in Bristol Bay. This action
will be necessary in order to achieve even a minimal escapement of spawning salm-
on during the coming year unless the high-seas fishery is substantially reduced in
areas where salmon of North American origin concentrate.

The U. S. Department of the Interior is vitally concerned over the Bristol Bay
situation because:of the effect it will have on the Department's current efforts to
maintain and improve the Alaska salmon runs. Concern over the Bristol Bay situ-
ation has been expressed widely within the salmon industry, and particular attention
was given this subject at a meeting of the Interior Department's Advisory Commit-
tee on Fish and Wildlife in Washington on November 14 and 15, 1957.

The Department of the Interior is in contact with officials of the Department
of State and active attention is being given this problem by both Departments.

t

South Atlantic Exploratory Fishery Program

EXPLORATORY FISHING FOR ROCK SHRIMP OFF GEORGIA AND SOUTH
CAROLINA (M/V Combat Cruise 13): An exploratory fishing trip (October 2-9, 1957)
for rock shrimp (Sicyonia brevirostris) was made by the U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries chartered vessel Combat in cooperation with the South Carolina
Bears Bluff Laboratory research vessel T-19. Working together in 20-50 fathoms
the two vessels made 14 tows off the South Carolina coast with very poor results.
During this series of tows on no occasion did catches exceed two pounds of heads-on

58 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No.1

M/V COMBAT

shrimp. Previous cruises in the same area
had shown more promising concentrations of
the rock shrimp.

The Combat made 13 additional tows in
5-100 fathoms off the Georgia coast and fail-
ed to catch any shrimp. One two-hour tow
in 75 fathoms yielded a catch of 3,000 large
spot (Leiostomus xanthurus). These fish
averaged one-half pound each. This cruise
completed the charter of the M/V Combat.

Explorations for royal red shrimp
along the South Atlantic Coast were to be
continued in a series of cruises by the
Service's chartered vessel Silver Bay.
scheduled to start in November 1957. Deep-
water fishing will be carried out with ex-

perimental shrimp trawls.
eb
COCFm

LEGEND:
e- SHRIMP TRAWL
STATION.

harleston

M/V COMBAT CRUISE 13 (SEPT.11-12 &
oct. 2-9)

Sport Fishing

GOVERNMENT OPPOSED TO FEDERAL FISHING LICENSE: The opposition

a letter which the Assistant Secretary of
the Interior for Fish and Wildlife sent

to the Sport Fishing Institute. The letter
follows:

"T am indeed happy to give you the
views of the Department concerning the
propriety of the issuance of a Federal
license for sport fishing. It is important
that the views of the Department on this
controversial subject be given the widest
possible distribution.

"The Department of the Interior has consistently supported the principle that
the states should retain all possible responsibility for their internal affairs. Re-
ceipts from sale of fishing licenses provide the primary means for financing fish-
ery management, an activity for which the states have the basic authority. On this
basis alone, the Department would be opposed to the issuance of a Federal license

for sport fishermen.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 59

"Establishing a federal license would create major administrative problems.
For example, if such a licensing system were put into effect with the income to be
shared by the states, a suitable means of distributing the funds between the respec-
tive states would be necessary. We are doubtful that any system could be devised
that would be equitable, or for that matter, acceptable to all the states."

/S/ ROSS L. LEFFLER,
ASST. SECRETARY OF THE INTERIOR

a

Tuna

BIOLOGISTS PROBE MYSTERIES OF ALBACORE SPAWNING: The where-
abouts of the spawning grounds of the albacore may not be the sea's No. 1 mystery,
but it is high on the list of the ocean's secrets which the U. S. Bureau of Commer-
cial Fisheries hopes to solve.

The scientists not only are unaware of where or when an albacore spawns, but
no one has any idea what an albacore larva looks like. Although the albacore is re-
garded by many as the choicest of all of the tunas or tunalike fish, what little bio-
logical information is available relates to those in the middle of the life span. Knowl-
edge of the very young and of the old, mature fish is lacking.

In seeking these unknown spawning grounds, the fishery biologist is motivated
by more than plain curiosity or academic urge. The very definite purpose of the
quest is to be able to tell the fishing industry when and where it can catch albacore
at the least possible cost--and how many it can harvest and keep the resource ata
maximum sustained yield. Before these can be accomplished, the secrets of the
spawning must be known.

Various species of fish have their own peculiarities for spawning. Some, like
the salmon, run into rivers; others go into shallow waters in sheltered places along
the shore; still others spawn on the high seas and put their eggs and the hatch into
the care of the winds, waves, and the ocean currents. Since the albacore has the
broad Pacific, the Indian Ocean, and parts of the Atlantic as its habitat, it is very
likely that the spawning areas, like those of other tunas, is somewhere in the open
sea. It is entirely possible that untold numbers of albacore larva have been taken,
unrecognized, in the plankton hauls made in routine work.

Two approaches are being made in this quest. One is to keep an eye open for
albacore about to spawn, or which have spawned, in an effort to determine when the
next spawning would have occurred. The other is to develop means of identifying
albacore larva, either by tracing a series backwards from known juveniles or by
rearing individual specimens from eggs and then describing the identifiable features
when the larval stage is reached.

Biologists also hope that by knowledge learned of the early stages of the alba-
core's life cycle they may find the answer to another albacore mystery--its strange
disappearance from its customary areas and its unannounced return to the same
areas years later. The most serious of these episodes was in 1926 when a 20-
million-pound harvest off the Pacific Coast disappeared practically overnight.
Twelve years later the albacore returned in numbers and has been available in
California waters at the usual time ever since. The record harvest was 36 million
pounds in 1943. During all these years, however, the fish have been medium-sized
immature fish, 20 to 40 inches in length, with no indication of the whereabouts of
the smaller or larger ones.

60

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

The albacore is known to shun water colder than 57° F. Two or three tagged
albacore which have been recovered indicate that they can travel the width of the
Pacific. Several fish tagged in mid-ocean about one thousand miles north of Hawaii
have been recaptured off the coast of Japan. One of these grewfrom 15 to 50 pounds
over a period of 471 days. Still others, tagged off the coast of California, have
traveled clear across the Pacific.

United States

from 2,739,000 to 2,936,000 metric tons--Japan still remains far in the lead of fish-
ing nations with a total annual catch of 4,763,000 tons in 1956, according to the Year-
book of Fishery Statistics, 1955-56 (Vol. VI), published by the Food and Agriculture
Organization (FAO), Rome, Italy.

United States Fishing Fleet/Additions

AUGUST 1957: A total of 59 vessels of 5 net tons and over were issued first
documents as fishing craft during August 1957--four more than in August 1956. The

sue irst Documents as F ishing Cra

August 1957 with Compari

SourtvAtlantichysrsieleisiclelcietelelels/elere

<O
oo pe SBbann

Table 2 - U. S, Vessels Issued First
Documents as Fishing Craft, by Tonnage,
August 1957

Note; Vessels assigned to the various sec-
tions on the basis of their home ports,

Gulf area led with 22 vessels,
followed by South Atlantic with
13, Pacific 9, Chesapeake 7,

Alaska 4, New England 2, and the Middle Atlantic and Great Lakes areas with 1 each.

iW, INCLUDES BOTH COMMERCIAL FISHING AND SPORT FISHING CRAFT.

é

United States Fishery Landings

DOWN 11 PERCENT FIRST NINE MONTHS OF 1957: The
catch of fish and shellfish in the United States and Alaska
during the first nine months of 1957 reflected a sharp down-
ward trend compared with the same period last year. Fish-
eries which yielded about 3.1 billion pounds during the first
thvee quarters of 1957 produced 3.5 billion pounds during
tht same period in 1956.

Menhaden showed the greatest decline, falling to 1.4 billion
pounds from the 1.8 billion pounds reported during the first
9 months of 1956. New England landings of ocean perch were
down by about 22 million pounds while haddock declined 8
million pounds, On the Pacific Coast, tuna and bonito declined

almost 30 million pounds while Alaska salmon dropped nearly
50 million pounds,

Only four species showed marked increases over the first
nine months of 1956: herring in Maine was up over 20 mil-
lion pounds; herring in Alaska (with the season over) was up
nearly 11 million pounds; whiting in New England increased
36 million pounds; and industrial fish (excluding menhaden)
in Massachusetts was up over 47 million pounds.

From information reported to date, it appears that the
1957 catch will fall 400 million pounds or more below the
record 1956 catch of 5,2 billion pounds,

January 1957

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

United States Catch of Fishery Products, Various Periods,] United States Catch of Certain Species, Various Periods,
1957 and 1956 1/

8 mos,

Gloucester
New Bedford
Provincetown

Rhode Island 2/
New York 2/ —
New Jersey 2/

North Carolina 2/

Atlantic, Chesapeake,

South Atlantic, and|

Gulf States (menhaden
nt

fe)
Louisiana, shrimp

heads-on
Washington (halibut
only 4/)

Halibut 4/

Herring (season
over)

Salmon (season
over)

Total above items

Tota
12 Mos.
1956

cocoo (CHNN) IS) Goo 66

201,228 186,140 | 277,822

147,402

38, 268} Maine
46,097
49,009
16,711

156,116| Maine

142,493 re Total Haddock

1957 and 1956 1/

e To

12 Mos

1956

Anchovies,

86,420
103,759

37,949

srcistere (L,000sEbS.)\-

54,282

21,240

4,340
106,662
8,774

119,776

49,680

140,472
103,759

124,429

33,076

103,759

269,898

|Other
Grand Total

1/ Preliminary,
2/ Excluding menhaden,

4/ Dressed weight,
5/ Data not available,

3/ Includes catch of: anchovies, jack and Pacific mackerel,
tuna and bonito, and squid,

39,340
20,158
1,377,559 } 1,787,112

43,344) 48,862

2,139
97,044

68,347

ft

76,784
47,766
2,076,588

64,967
2,839
83,303

119,348} 151,109

83,402
10,670

Tuna and bonito,
California

199,696] 229,294

Maine
Boston
Gloucester

| Total whiting | | Total whiting |

88,593 52,560

ns
10,714

269,898

183,862
15,790

409,596

61,680

_ of ee above items | 2,638,947]3,045,331
500,180} 488,549

| Grand tort | | Grand tort | 3, | 3,139,127] 127] 3,533,880

3,920,954
1,279,046

5,200,000

br 1/ Preliminary ae 3/ Excluding menhaden,

61

62 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

U. S. Foreign Trade

EDIBLE FISHERY PRODUCTS, SEPTEMBER 1957: Imports: United States im-
ports of edible fresh, frozen, and processed fish and shellfish in September 1957
able 1 - United States Foreign Trade in Edible Fishery} were lower by 25.8
Products, September 1957 with Comparisons percent in quantity and
SSA liom | LL. dupercent in valuesas
compared with the pre-
vious month. Compared
with September 1956,
the imports for this Sep-

Fish & shellfish: tember were up 15.1
Fresh, frozen & percent in quantity and
processed+/,... n ‘ : 20.6 percent in value.

Imports in September

Fish & shellfish: this year were substan-
Processed !/ only tially lower than in Au-
(excluding fresh & gust for groundfish fillets

and raw tuna. These de-
1/INCLUDES PASTES, SAUCES, CLAM CHOWDER AND JUICE, AND OTHER creases mn OGe than off-
SPunta tiles set increases in frozen

shrimp, canned salmon, and fillets other than groundfish. Compared with the same
month in 1956, imports this September were higher for canned salmon and sardines,
shrimp, other fillets, and raw tuna. These increases more than offset declines in
the imports of groundfish fillets and slightly lower imports of a few other items.

Imports for September 1957 averaged 32.5 cents a pound as compared with 31.0
cents a pound for the same month of 1956.

Exports: Processed fishand shellfish exports in September 1957 declined 8.8 per-
cent from the previous month, but were up 18.2 percent above the same month in
1956. The September 1957 value of these exports was up 9.5 percent over the pre-
vious month and was 35.3 percent higher than in the same month in 1956. Increases
in value this September as compared with the previous month and the same month

a year ago were due to larger exports of relatively high-priced cannedsalmon.

* OK Ok Ok Ok

GROUNDFISH FILLET IMPORTS, OCTOBER 1957: During October 1957, U-
nited States imports of groundfish (including ocean perch) fillets and blocks amounted
to 19.1 million pounds. Compared with the same month a year earlier, this was a
decrease of 6.6 million pounds (26 percent). The principal cause for the lower im-
ports was a 4.7-million-pound decrease from Iceland.

Canada in October 1957 led all other countries with 16.2 million pounds--1.1
million pounds less than in October 1956. Iceland was next with nearly 2.0 million
pounds. Imports from Norway, Denmark, Netherlands, West Germany, and Green-
land totaled 1.0 million pounds, 783,000 pounds less than in October 1956. There
were no imports from the United Kingdom and France during October 1957, although
Miquelon and St. Pierre shipped 107,000 pounds.

Imports of groundfish fillets and blocks into the United States during the first
ten months of 1957 totaled 124.3 million pounds--a decrease of 4.4 million pounds
(3 percent) as compared with the corresponding period of 1956. For the first 10
months of 1957 Canada accounted for 77 percent of the total imports, followed by
Iceland with 15 percent; Norway, Denmark, and West Germany together accounted
for 6 percent. The remaining 2 percent came from the United Kingdom, Nether-
lands, France, Greenland, and Miquelon and St. Pierre.

NOTE: SEE CHART 7 IN THIS ISSUE.

Ok KOK ok

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 63

IMPORTS AND EXPORTS OF SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS, JANUARY -
SEPTEMBER 1957: Imports: GROUNDFISH: During the first nine months of 1957
groundfish fillet imports totaled 65.9 million pounds, a 6-percent increase over the
same period in 1956. Imports of blocks through September were 38.9 million pounds,
a 59-percent increase over the same period in 1956. During September 1957, fillet
imports of 6.5 million pounds were 14 percent more than for the same month in 1956
and imports of blocks of 1.8 million pounds were 47 percent less than during the
same month the previous year.

FROZEN TUNA: During the first nine months of 1957, 111.0 million pounds
were imported, a gain of 13 percent over the same period the previous year. Of the
111.0 million pounds, 53.9 million pounds were albacore (an increase of 42 percent
over the previous year) and 57.1 million pounds of other tuna (11 percent less than
the previous year). September 1957 imports totaled 5.0 million pounds, 39 percent
more than in September 1956.

CANNED TUNA: Imports of 31.5 million pounds during the first nine months
of 1957 represented a gain of 3 percent over the same period in 1956. Imports of
tuna canned in oil from Japan totaled 505,000 pounds during the 1957 period as com-
pared with 280,000 pounds for the 1956 period. Almost 3.3 million pounds were im-
ported during September 1957, a gain of only 0.2 percent over the same month the
previous year.

CANNED BONITO: Imports during the first nine months of 1957 totaled 12.2
million pounds, 18 percent more than inthe same period in 1956. Imports of 912,000
pounds in September 1957 were 53 percent greater than for the same month in 1956.

CANNED SALMON: Total imports for 1957 through September totaled 16.4 mil-
lion pounds or 29 percent more than in the comparable period of 1956. September

1957 imports of 4.6 million pounds were over five times more than in that month
in 1956.

CANNED SARDINES: Total imports for this year through September 1957 of
18.3 million pounds were 31 percent greater than for the first nine months in 1956.

September 1957 imports of 1.7 million pounds were 9 percent more than in Septem-
ber 1956.

SWORDFISH: Total imports during the first nine months of 1957 were 4 per-
cent less than for the comparable 1956 period. September 1957 imports of 2.0 mil-
lion pounds were 13 percent less than for the same month in 1956.

SHRIMP: Total imports for the first nine months of 1957 of 46.8 million pounds
were 5 percent less than for the same period in 1956. September 1957 imports of
7.5 million pounds were 24 percent greater than in September 1956.

FRESH AND FROZEN LOBSTERS: Imports during the first nine months of
1957 were 40.0 million pounds or 5 percent greater than in that period of 1956.
September 1957 imports totaled 2.3 million pounds and were 19 percent more than
in that month in 1956.

CANNED CRABMEAT: Total imports during the first nine months of 1957 of
5.0 million pounds were 0.7 percent more than during that period of 1956. Septem-
ber 1957 imports totaled 613,000 pounds, 1 percent less than in that month of 1956.

FISH MEAL: Total imports during the first nine months of 1957 of 66,148 tons
were 12 percent less than in the same period of 1956. Imports of 3,744 tons during
September 1957 were 3 percent less than in September 1956.

64 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

Exports: CANNED SARDINES: Total exports of 10.7 million pounds during the
first nine months of 1957 were 60 percent less than during that 1956 period. Sep-
tember 1957 exports of 402,000 pounds were 45 percent less than during September
1956.

CANNED MACKEREL: Exports during the first nine months of 1957 totaled
14.0 million pounds. September 1957 exports totaled 795,000 pounds, an increase
of 79 percent over the same month in 1956.

FISH OILS: Total exports of 104.2 million pounds during the first nine months
of 1957 were 9 percent less than during the same period in 1956. September 1957
exports of 24.9 million pounds were 44 percent greater than during that month of
1956.

OK Ok KK

IMPORTS OF TUNA CANNED IN BRINE UNDER QUOTA PROVISO: The quan-
tity of tuna canned in brine which may be imported into the United States during the
calendar year 1957 at the 123-percent rate of duty is limited to 44,528,533 pounds.
Any imports in excess of that quantity will be dutiable at 25 percent ad valorem.

Imports under the quota from January 1-November 2, 1957, amounted to
34,923,285 pounds, according to data compiled by the Bureau of the Customs. This
leaves a balance of 9,605,248 pounds of the quota which may be imported during the
balance of 1957 at the 123 percent rate of duty.

NEW FISHERIES RESEARCH VESSEL "'PATH- in honor of Matthew Fontaine Maury, Virginia's-
FINDER:” An essential part of a marine labora- distinguished citizen and America's first oceanog-
tory is the floating equipment from which observa- rapher, The name is doubly appropriate, for it al-
tions are made at sea. Much can be accomplished so describes the exploratory nature of the work in
from shore, from piers, and from small boats in which she will be engaged.

protected waters, but for a well-balanced program : : , ;
Several considerations dictated the size and

characteristics of the Pathfinder. Because of ‘the
violent storms that sometimes sweep Chesapeake
Bay, the vessel had to be capable of operating in
the open sea and had to be as large and seaworthy
as budget limitations would permit. On the other
hand, since she must operate in the Bay and estuar-
ies, where the water is quite shallow, she should
not draw more water than consistent with length
and seaworthiness, She should have a large area
of unrestricted deck space for handling nets and
oceanographic instruments and gear, yet should
contain adequate laboratory and storage space and
comfortable quarters for the crew.

The end result was a vessel that superficially
resembles a shrimp trawler, but departs from
trawler design in several important ways. The en-
gine was placedas far aft as possible, tooccupy space
normally used as a fish-hold. This allowed more
space forward for living quarters and galley, and
released space in the deckhouse for use as a lab-

FIG, 1 = VIRGINIA FISHERIES LABORATORY RESEARCH VESSEL

PATHFINDER, TOTAL CONTRACT PRICE, INCLUDING ARCHITECT'S oratory. Maximum space within the hull was ob-

FEES, WAS $53,000. tained by the use of steam-bent frames in place of
a seaworthy vessel, adequately laid out and equip- the sawn-frame construction typical of Chesapeake
ped, is a necessity. A vessel designed and built fishing boats. The dimensions of the vessel are:
especially for marine research was put into serv- length over-all, 55'3"'; lengthon waterline, 55'8";

ice by the Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, Glouces-| beam, 16'8"; and draft, 5'0".
ter Point, Va., in 1957. She was named Pathfinder,

January 1958

The Pathfinder is also unique in that her crew
is composed entirely of biologists. The crew is
selected from the scientific staff of the Virginia
Fisheries Laboratory according to the nature of the
work to bedoneoneachcruise. At present the ves-
sel is primarily engaged in surveys of Chesapeake
Bay and its major tributaries to measure the dis-
tribution and abundance of fishes and other migra-
tory marine animals, to study their movements and
estimate the catch of the various commercial and
sport fisheries by tagging, to estimate the success
of spawning and attempt to predict the future sup-
ply. It is planned to broaden the program in the
future, to investigate the effects of oceanic currents
upon the survival of young fishes and their move-
ments from the ocean spawning grounds to nursery
grounds in the Bay and estuaries.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 65

overhead. The galley is fitted with a stainless steel
gas stove, an 8-cubic-foot electric refrigerator, a
stainless steel sink, and built-in table and benches
of marine plywood. A gas detector is mounted on
the forward bulkhead, with the sensitive element in
the bilge. The galley is ventilated by a blower and
a 6-inch port. On the starboard side are the toilet
facilities. The stateroom, also on the starboard
side aft of the head contains two bunks, with foam
rubber mattresses, lockers for clothing, and is
ventilated with a 6-inch port. Waste water is pump-
ed overboard by an automatic sump pump.

The engineroom contains a Diesel engine, and
twin-disc hydro-troll marine gear, with 2.96:1 re-
duction gear ratio. The hydro-troll device permits
bleeding off a portion of the hydraulic fluid, causing

ARRANGEMENTS

55-0 LABORATORY RESEARCH VESSE

Ou DESIGNED

FIG. 2 - DETAILS OF M/V PATHFINDER ARRANGEMENT.

Keel and keelson of the vessel are yellow pine,
each in one length, fitted with a wrought-iron worm
shoe. Stem, stem knee, forefoot, cheek pieces,
frames, engine girders and beds, breasthooks, and
quarter knees are white oak; shaft log, deadwood,
sternpost, horn timber, floor timbers, stringers,
clamps, shelves, deck beams, and hull ceiling are
yellow pine. Planking is cypress below the water-
line, fir above, and decking and transom are fir.
Bulkheads are fir marine plywood with oak stiff-
eners; stop waters soft white pine. The deckhouse
is framed of oak and yellow pine, with external sid-
ing of cypress and sheathed inside with marine ply-
wood. The dodger on the flying bridge is framed
of pine and sheathed with plywood. The top of the
house is sheathed with tongue-and-groove pine
covered with 8-oz. canvas. The main deck and
planking are caulked with cotton, oakum, and caulk-
ing compound.

Below decks forward is a chain locker. The
forecastle contains four bunks equipped with 4-inch
foam rubber mattresses, lockers for clothing, and
an electric blower for ventilation. There are two
8-inch ports on each side, and a hatch in the deck

the gear to slip, and permitting an additional reduc-
tion of approximately 2:1 in shaft speed for slow-
speed hauling of nets and scientific gear. The Mon-
el-metal shaft runs in a rubber bearing and swings
a 38" diameter and 30" pitch, 3-blade, bronze pro-
peller. The auxiliary generator isa Diesel, 32-volt,
3,000-watt capacity; the electric system is 32 volts.
Power is stored by two sets of batteries, each of

16 cells. A marine converter transforms 115-volt
shore power to 32 volts when the vessel is docked.
The main engine drives a ii-inch bilge pump, and
a 14-inch salt-water service pump. The auxiliary
drives a 14-inch centrifugal pump to take water
samples for scientific purposes, Fresh water is
delivered to galley, head, and laboratory by a pres-
sure water system. Heating is supplied by a fluid
heat hot-water unit, with convectors in forecastle,
galley, head, stateroom, pilothouse, and laboratory.
Two fuel tanks, each of 400-gallon capacity, and
two water tanks, each holding 150 gallons, are fab-
ricated of #" steel plate, metallized outside with
zinc, and water tanks are coated inside with plas-
tic. Fire protection in the engineroom is provided
by a 75-pound capacity COg cylinder, remote-con-
trolled from the pilothouse. There are individual

66 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

extinguishers in the galley and pilothouse. Two
blowers ventilate the engineroom, one leading from
a galvanized hood over the battery rack, the other
from the bilge.

The pilothouse is provided with engine controls
and an instrument panel with gages for clutch-oil

Vol. 20, No. 1

and lubricating-oil pressure, hydraulic oil and wa-
ter temperature, ammeter, and tachometer. Elec-
tronic equipment includes a radiotelephone, depth
recorder with ranges 0-50, 50-100, and 100-150
feet; and a radio-direction finder.

FIG, 4 - THE ENGINEROOM OF THE PATHFINDER,

NOTE: ALSO SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, MARCH 1957, P. 33,

FIG. 5 - PATHFINDER GALLEY, STARBOARD SIDE,

The laboratory has a biology bench with stain-
less steel sink, and a chemical bench topped with
lead and containing a specially-built lead sink, on
the starboard side. Running salt water, and hot and
cold fresh water are piped to the sinks, and lockers
and drawers are provided below. On the port side
is a work bench with lockers and drawers below,
and an 8-cubic-foot freezer.

On the main deck forward is an anchor windlass,
with 2 hp.-electric motor, chain wildcat, and rope
gypsy. Access to the chain locker is provided bya
steel manhole with grating. The 85-pound and 40-
pound anchors are stowed in chocks on either side
of the windlass. Just forward of the wheelhouse is
a skylight and access hatch to the focsle. On the
afterdeck is a trawling winch, with two drums,
each containing 1,000 feet of #-inch plow-steel wire,
and gypsy. Power from the main engine is pro-
vided by hydraulic equipment. A flush hatch gives
access to the engineroom, and a smaller hatch aft
leads to the lazarette. On the port size, intake and
discharge pipes for the plankton pump project
through the deck.

The vessel is rigged for trawling, with steel
mast, a steel main boom, and smaller booms port
and starboard which serve as boat hoist andtrawl-
ing boom respectively. The 13-foot tender, with
10-hp. motor, is stowed on top of the deckhouse,

All hatches, doors, windows, portholes, exhaust
vents, and funnels, except the wheelhouse doors and
windows, are provided with bronze screens.

--J. L. MC HUGH, DIRECTOR
VIRGINIA FISHERIES LABORATORY
GLOUCESTER POINT, VA.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 67

Wholesale Prices, NO UII 1957

As in the previous two months, there was only a small
change in the edible fish and shellfish (fresh, frozen, and
canned) wholesale price index (121.2 percent of the 1947-49
average) for November 1957. It went up 1.6 percent as com-
pared with October and rose 2.4 percent as compared with
November 1956. Price changes among the individual com-
modities included in the index, however, were numerous.

From October to November 1957 prices declined 2.6 per-
cent for the varieties in the drawn, dressed, and whole fin-
fish subgroup. Sharp increases in fresh drawn large had-
dock prices (up 20.7 percent) at Boston and lake trout prices
(up 15.6 percent) at Chicago were more than offset by declines
in prices for the remaining commodities that make up this
subgroup. Declines in halibut and salmon prices were arti-
ficial in that November prices were for frozen stocks only,
while October prices represented a combination of fresh and
frozen prices. More than seasonally-low catches of haddock
by Boston trawlers resulted in high prices for this species in
November as compared with the previous month and the same
month in 1956. In November 1957 the wholesale price index
for this subgroup was 2.2 percent above the same month in
1956, due to higher prices for haddock and for all the fresh-
water varieties in the subgroup except Lake Superior drawn
whitefish (down 2.6 percent) at Chicago and frozen dressed FIG. 1 - UNLOADING FISH FROM VESSELS AT FULTON

halibut (down 14.6 percent). FISH MARKET DOCKS IN NEW YORK CITY.

Table 1 - Wholesale Average Prices and Indexes for Edible Fish and Shellfish, November 1957 With Comparisons

Point of Avg. Prices1/ Indexes
Group, Subgroup, and Item Specification Pricing Unit (3) (1947-49=100)

Nov. Oct, Noy. Oct. | Sept.
1957 1957 1957 1957 | 1957
ALL FISH &SHELLFISH (Fresh, Frozen, & Ganned). . 2 0 5 5 ee tt ew wl 121,2 119.3 | 120.0

jRinesh\csEsroZenyEISheLyaPLOCUCtSstemeln eh eure MteaeMien(s rs ire t= iiiatil= ails asia os iar-areter=

~ Drawn, Dressed, or Whole Finfish)... 2... eae ae 130.8 128.0
Haddock, Ige., igiranore) drawn ireshie sues 5 122.
Halibut, West., 20/80 lbs., drsd., fresh or froz. 112.9
Salmon, king, Ice, & med., drsd., fresh or froz, |New York 144,9
Whitefish, L.Superior, drawn, fresh . . . .. |Chicago 146.3}
Whitefish, L. Erie pound or gill net, rnd., fresh , |New York 149,
Lake trout, domestic, No. 1, drawn, fresh. . . |Chicago 143.
Yellow pike, L. Michigan&Huron,rnd.,fresh . |New York 80.3

Processed Ereshl(Fashigishellfish)ss ris) el tel ie) eielleliculem-me 135.5
Fillets, haddock, sml,, skins on, 20-lb. tins. . |Boston 117.4
Shrimp, lge, (26-30 count), headless, fresh . . |New York 128.8

Oysters, shucked, standards ........ Norfolk gal,} 5.88} 6.00 145.4 148.5 148.5 148.5)

Processed, Frozen (Fish & Shellfish):. ...... 125.1 119,2/116.9| 118.6)
Fillets: Flounder, skinless, 1-lb. pkg. ... .
Haddock, sml.,skins on, 1-lb, pkg... .

Ocean perch, skins on, 1-lb. pkg. . . .

Shrimp, lge, (26-30 count), 5-lb. pkg. .. ..

Gannedskasherys2Troducts- meee. aeitemlisiteloltante
Salmon, pink,No,1 tall(16 0z.), 48cans/cs. ..
Tuna, lt. meat, chunk, No. 1/2 tuna (6-1/2 oz.),

ASICANS/CSH Nee emer sete ea teste ern eee
Sardines, Calif,, tom, pack,No. 1 oval (15 oz.),
AS) cans /[CSaleiememeucies : 5 sh ye
Sardines, Maine, keyless fil Noe 1/4 drawn

(3-1/4 02,), IMENIS Es coptono6o6co

1/ Represent average prices for one day (Monday or Tuesday) during the week in which the 15th of the month occurs.
These prices are published as indicators of movement and not necessarily absolute level. Daily Market News Serv-
ice ‘‘Fishery Products Reports’’ should be referred to for actual prices.

68 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Fresh processed fish and shellfish prices in November 1957
were up by 6.3 percent from the preceding month, due primar-
ily to higher prices for fresh haddock fillets (plus 19.2 per-
cent) and fresh shrimp (up 12.9 percent). As compared with
November 1956, the index for this subgroup in November 1957
increased by 4.9 percent, due to much higher fresh haddock
prices and a 7.4-percent increase in fresh shrimp prices.
Shucked oysters, in better supply this year, declined slightly
in November 1957,

Frozen processed fish and shellfish prices increased 4.9
percent from October to November 1957 due principally to a
stronger market for frozen haddock (prices went up 15.8 per-
cent). Price increases for ocean perch fillets of 1.8 percent
and for 26-30 count frozen shrimp of 1.5 percent also occur-
red, There was an increase of 5.5 percent in the index for
this subgroup from November 1956 to November 1957 prin-
cipally because frozen haddock fillets went up 17.9 percent.
Ocean perch fillet prices, up about 1.8 percent from October
to November 1957 and from November 1956 to November 1957,

Vol. 20, No. 1

showed the first signs of reacting to the relatively low frozen
inventories, November 1957 frozen shrimp prices at Chicago
were higher by 2.1 percent and flounder fillet prices were
down about one cent a pound as compared with the same month
in 1956.

The subgroup index for canned fishery products in Novem-
ber 1957 remained about unchanged from the preceding month
and also from November 1956. Changes in wholesale canned
fish prices from October to November this year were insigni-
ficant. The most pronounced change from November a year
ago was a decline of 16.2 percent in Maine canned sardine
prices because of a lag in sales. At the end of November pack-
ers of Maine sardines were at the end of the 1957 packing sea-
son. Preliminary Maine sardine pack figures indicate a de-
cline of about 5 percent from the 1956 pack. Tuna canners
were active during the month and prices at the canners’ level
appear firmer than a year earlier. The 1957 California sar-
dine season was a near failure as of the end of November.

Corrections For November 1957 Issue

In the article ''Pacific Coast Whaling Industry Revived" in the November 1957
issue of the Review, pp. 42-43, the last sentence of the first full paragraph on page

43 should read:

"Their primary interest in sperm whales is for oil and meal."

OK OK OK OK

In the article under 'Washington" entitled ''New Fishery for Small Shrimp" in
the November 1957 issue of the Review, the illustration on page 42 is of the pink
shrimp (Penaeus duorarum) found in the South Atlantic and Gulf of Mexico. The
pink shrimp found off the coast of Washington referred to in the article is Pandalus

jordani.

XK OK OK OK

The article ''Oysters: Optimum and Minimum Salinity Tolerance Through the
Setting Stage" on p. 24 of the November 1957 issue of Commercial Fisheries Review
has a photograph captioned ''Oyster Larvae, Highly Magnified.” The correct caption

is Oyster set, highly magnified."

—_ —p <=>

WHY ARE SOFT-SHELL LOBSTERS MORE DIFFICULT TO
HOLD ALIVE THAN HARD-SHELL ONES ?

Even though uninjured by handling, the soft-shell lob-
sters willnot stand as extreme water conditions as hard-shell
ones and are more quickly killed by high temperature or low

concentrations of dissolved oxygen inthe water.

Much of the

difficulty, however, in holding soft-shell lobsters alive is
that they are injured by other lobsters in the same tank.
Then, too, damage caused in handling decreases their chances
of survival.

--Sea Secrets, The Marine Laboratory,
University of Miami, CoralGables, Fla.

January 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 69

International

INTEREST IN DEVELOPING SHRIMP FISHERIES
OF LATIN AMERICA INCREASING

The most significant change in Latin America since 1955 is the increased in-
terest throughout many countries in the development of shrimp fisheries for export
to United States markets, according to a United States Embassy report from Mexico

City, dated September 27, 1957.

This can be attributed directly to the demand for
and the high prices of shrimp in the United States.

If the United States shrimp mar-

ket continues as during the summer of 1957, increased imports can be expected

from all of Latin America.

The new or newer places of interest to watch are: (1)

Brazil--near the mouth of the Amazon and around Santos; (2) Argentina--the coast
of Patagonia; (3) Colombia--west coast from Buenaventura to Tumaco; (4) El Salva-
dor and Guatemala--west coasts; and (5) Surinam,

NOTE: ALSO SEE PP. 76, 77, 79, 82, 84, 90, 95, 96, AND 102 OF THIS ISSUE.

JAPANESE FISHING SURVEYS OFF BRAZIL AND
DOMINICAN REPUBLIC REVEAL TUNA RESOURCES

The Toko Maru, a fisheries trawler-type patrol ship (1,110
tons gross) belonging to the Japanese Fisheries Agency, re-
turned to Tokyo July 25, after completing a 9-months’ around-
the-world voyage in the course of which surveys were made
of fishing grounds off Brazil and the Dominican Republic.

The scientific party aboard was headed by the Director of
the Nankai Regional Fishery Research Laboratory, an out-
standing authority on tunas and spearfishes.

In view of the topography of Brazilian waters, the surveys
were carried out in three steps: (1) the southern part of the
continental shelf, (2) the tuna long-lining grounds off the east-
ern part, and (3) the northern part of the continental shelf
(vicinity of the mouth of the Amazon River).

The most interesting part was the survey of tuna long-lin-
ing grounds off the Eastern Area. From about 22 S. latitude
north to the vicinity of the Amazon’s mouth there are coral
reefs along the coast, and the prospects for coastal fisheries
are slight, so a tuna long-lining survey was made. Long lines
were fished 13 times, and during this period 29 oceanograph-
ic stations were occupied. The stations were distributed
north and south at 50 to 300 miles off the coast. The results
were briefly as follows: (a) Catch rates (number of fish
caught per 100 hooks fished) ranged from a low of 2.5 toa
high of 20, or in terms of weight of a day’s catch, from 700
pounds to an estimated maximum of 5,500 pounds. (b) A fish-
ing ground boundary was found at about 4° S. latitude, where
there was also a sharp change in oceanographic structure.
North of the boundary yellowfin were the most abundant tuna
in the catch, while south of it albacore were the main species.
Quite a few bluefin tuna turned up in the vicinity of the bound-
ary. (c) The northern limit of the northern yellowfin grounds
was not made clear by the present survey. Albacore fishing
appeared to fall off to the sguthward, but fair catches were
still being maintained at 22° S. latitude. (d) Few sharks were
caught, and shark damage to the catch was less than in the
Indian or Pacific oceans. (e) There were steady force 3
winds, mainly from the northeast, which were not thought to
be such as to hamper the operations of a regular long-liner.

In general the area can probably be said to be a superior
tuna long-line fishing ground. Since the grounds are close
to the coast, it is thought that it would be both possible and
profitable to fish them with small vessels.

The scale of long-line fishing on this survey was held down
to about one-eighth that of a commercial boat, but it is esti-
mated that the catch per day for a regular long-liner would
be 3-5 tons on the albacore grounds, or 10-15 tons on the
yellowfin grounds.

It is difficult to form any definitive ideas of the structure
of the South Atlantic tuna grounds as a whole, because of in-
adequate data, but (1) the different current systems form
different habitats, and have different characteristics as fish-
ing grounds, and (2) within a given current system the geo-
graphical differences in the character of the fishing grounds
appear gradually, except where affected by the topography,
and sharp changes, like those between current systems, do
not appear. If this theory is admitted, the areas of each of
the major currents, such as the South Equatorial and the
Equatorial Countercurrent, each has its own different char-
acters as fishing grounds, and they will preserve such char-
acteristics as they are followed offshore to the eastward,
with only gradual changes in fishing ground characteristics
within the current systems.

In terms of distance to the fishing grounds, it will be most
advantageous to base in such port cities of the northeast as
Salvador, Recife, and Fortaleza, whereas southern cities like
Rio and Santos are better from the point of view of markets
and bait supply.

Survey work in waters of the Dominican Republic compris-
ed 1 trawl haul (net torn), 5 hauls with a shrimp net, and 6
long-line sets, with 23 oceanographic stations occupied during
the period. Because of the topography, there was thought to
be little to be hoped for from the coastal fisheries, and re-
sults of the survey confirmed this belief. The area is thought
to be fairly promising as a tuna long-lining ground. Within
the scope of the survey, it was judged that the Caribbean side
is mainly a yellowfin ground and the Atlantic side principally
an albacore and spearfish ground. There were constant north-
east winds of about force 3, which hampered operations of
the small fishing boat used for long-lining but which would
not bother a regular long-line vessel. Since the grounds are
close in, operation by smaller vessels is probably quite pos-
sible. (Nippon Suisan Shimbun, Japanese periodical, July 31,
1957.)

70 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No. 1

WORLD EXPORTS OF MARINE-ANIMAL OILS LOWER IN 1957

Although world exports of all fats, oils, and oil-bearing material in 1957 are ex-
pected to be at a record high level, exports of marine animal oils are expected tode-
cline slightly from the 1956 level. World exports of marine-animal oils in 1957 will
total 725,000 short tons, a decline of about 4.6 percent from the total world exports
of 1956, according to a
September 1957 forecast World Exportsl/ of Marine-Animal Oils, 1935-39 and
by the Foreign Agricul- 1945-49 Averages Annually, 1950-562/ and Forecast 1957

tural Service of the U.S. Type of Oil
Department of Agricul- i
ture. However, Eocal | Year Whale Se eee Total
exports for 1957 willbe Se GOO Shortittons) ieee
about 2.1 percent high- Forecast 1957... 435 90 200 w25
er than the 1935-39av- [1956 ........ 425 125 210 760
erage of 710,000 tons. TIC Teenie eee: Makin aly ot | 420 100 205 725
VO GA Reese es cigryets 455 75 215 745
___ Exports of whale 1953 nee nee ee 420 55 195 670
oil (other than sperm TOS ek Ie ee 460 85 134 679
whale oil) in 1957 have ODI co eee es 435 120 155 710
dropped sharply from TOS Onn see eres 425 55 55 535
the prewar period of Average 1945-49, . | 280 40 85 405
1935-39, a decline of " 1935-39... 545 30
about 20.2 percent. On

the other hand, world

exports of sperm oil have increased 300 percent and fish and fish-liver oils have in-
creased 48.1 percent from the 1935-39 average. The decline in world exports of
whale oil probably reflects the declining population of whales in the Antarctic where
85 percent of the world's whale oil is produced.

Sperm oil exports in 1957, however, are expected to be about 30 percent below
1956. Fish oil exports in 1957 are also expected to drop due to a poor spring her-
ring catch in the North Atlantic by Norwegian fisheries. Whale oil exports are ex-
pected to be up slightly in 1957 as compared with 1956.

Estimated World Production of Marine Animal Oils 1/,
Average 1935-39 and 1945-49, Annual 1950-56

WORLD MARINE-OIL PRODUCTION, 1956

Type of Oil

Marine oil production in 1956 was

SS) Fish (Includ- A
vhale slightly above 1955, a result of a 10-per-

ranula cent increase in sperm-oil output, a 5-

st al keen 3 oe percent increase in fish-oil production
UT AE Ge gicoud 425 125 540 j j
iGEe So ro ta | eae (largely a result of record spring herring
Ts aiid ene 455 75 525 catches by Norway and Iceland), and a
Teen Sea Sel asp 58 re slight increase in world whale-oil produc-
jane a Suaversgoiee srege 435 120 475 tion. (Foreign Crops and Markets, Sep-
Paerase IbAscab ane $3_{| _378 peer 1957. U. S. Department Agricul-
ture.

2 1935-39. .] 545 30 480
U/REVISED, | 2/PRELIMINARY.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION

NINTH SESSION OF THE CONFERENCE OF FAO: The world food situation and
ture Organization of the United Nations in Rome November 2-23, 1957. Representa-
tives of 74 member nations participated.

The Conference examined commodity problems, including food reserves and
distribution of surpluses; FAO technical assistance operations; peaceful uses of
atomic energy in agriculture; world agricultural, fishery, and forest resources as
related to long-range needs; and the Fifth World Forestry Congress which is to be
held in the United States in 1960.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW eel:

After a plenary opening, the Conference was divided into three Commissions
for consideration of specialized matters.

The first considered agricultural polices in relation to
world problems of nutritional needs, agricultural production,
international trade in agricultural products, and food reserves.
The second Commission reviewed the programs of the major
divisions of FAO--agriculture, economics, information, nutri-
tion, fisheries, and forestry--dividing into individual panels
for discussion of the work of each division. The third Commis-
sion considered the administrative and financial questions of
FAO.

The United States delegation to the FAO conference was headed by Ralph S.
Roberts, Administrative Assistant Secretary of Agriculture. Advisers to the dele-
gation included A. W. Anderson, Assistant Director, Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries; and Charles E. Jackson of the National Fisheries Institute.

GATT
TWELFTH SESSION OF THE CONTRACTING PARTIES MEETS IN SWITZER-

LAND: The Twelfth Session of the Contracting Parties to the General Agreement
on Tariffs and Trade (the GATT) opened in Geneva, Switzerland, on October 17,1957.

The Twelfth Session was expected to last about six weeks. It was to be con-
cerned with problems that have arisen under the Agreement since the last meeting
of its adherents which .was held October 11-November 16, 1956.

A meeting of officials concerned with trade policy will be a feature of the Twelfth
Session. At this meeting, which was scheduled to open on October 28, officials hav-
ing responsibilities in the trade policy field were to present the views of their gov-
ernments on the prospects for continued expansion of world trade under the GATT
and discuss the European market integration projects, trends in commodity trade,
and international trade cooperation.

The delegations were also to consider the relationships between the trade obliga-
tions provided for in the General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade, on the one hand,
and, on the other hand, the new Common Market arrangements among the six Euro-
pean signatories of the treaty establishing the European Economic Community.

There will also be a report on the negotiations which have been taking place in
the Organization for European Economic Cooperation (OEEC) between the six Com-
mon Market countries and the United Kingdom and other OEEC countries to estab-
lish a European free trade area in relationship with the Common Market.

Ghana and Malaya, which achieved independence this year, have become con-
tracting parties to the GATT. The addition of these countries brings the total num-
ber of GATT parties to 37. These parties account for over 80 percent of internation-
al trade.

During the past few months consultations, originally proposed by the United
States, have been held under the GATT with a number of countries looking toward
the removal of quantitative import restrictions as balance-of-payments conditions
permit. Consultations with certain countries will continue during the Twelfth Ses-
sion, There will be a report to the Contracting Parties on the results of these con-
sultations.

Though not a part of the Twelfth Session, multilateral renegotiations of certain
tariff concessions granted by Austria, Canada, Ceylon, Greece, and the Union of

72 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

South Africa to the other GATT countries are also taking place in Geneva. These
talks, in which the United States is participating, will continue during and after the
session.

Other matters to come before the Contracting Parties included annual reports
under certain decisions taken in previous years, customs administration matters,
comments on trends and developments in trade in primary commodities, and an ex-
change of views on the related issue of disposal of agricultural surpluses.

INTERNATIONAL PACIFIC SALMON FISHERIES COMMISSION

REVIEW OF 1957 SOCKEYE AND PINK SALMON CATCH AND ESCAPEMENT:
In an October 24, 1957, information bulletin, the International Pacific Salmon Fish-
eries Commission points out that subject to minor corrections the total sockeye and

pink salmon catch
[ [Sockeye Salmon--1957| Pink Salmon--1957

in Convention wa- z
ters (Fraser River No. of Fish | Percent] No. of Fish} Percent
1,526,502 2,777,000

System) for 1957
1,349,041 2,624,000

was distributed as
1/ 171,100
1,603,357
eee sl an

shown in table.
4,650,000 pecemeoeeed |

1/UNITED STATES CATCH DURING TIE-UP OF CANADIAN BOATS OVER PRICE DISPUTE

Total Catch
pproximate
Escapement .

The division
of the catch of both
species between the
fishermen of the
United States and
Canada was not up to previous standards of accuracy because: (1) the 1957 sockeye
run was later and spread out over a longer period of time than the run in 1953 brood
year, (2) the effect of the Bonilla-Tatoosh line on the efficiency of the Canadian fish-
ing fleet, (3) a record-breaking jack or three-year old male sockeye run which made
available a sizable catch of these small fish to the effective United States purse-
seine fleet, but which were unavailable to the Fraser River gill-net fleet, (4) the
failure of the Canadian gill-net fleet to catch a normal quantity of pink salmon dur-
ing the fishing time provided, (5) the unprecedented early "drift back'' of both sock-
eye jacks and large numbers of pink salmon from the Gulf of Georgia which result-
ed in unexpected high catches by United States fishermen in the Point Roberts area
on September 2, 3, and 4, and (6) the necessary long weekend closed seasons in all
fishing areas made it extremely difficult to anticipate either catch or escapement,.
Every action was taken consistent with the provision for adequate escapement to
obtain equality in the catch, but the large number of variables during the 1957 sock-
eye and pink salmon runs made it impossible to reach the degree of accuracy usual-
ly obtained by the Commission,

The catches and total runs of both pink and sockeye were generally in accord-
ance with the Commission's official preseason predictions. The 1957 sockeye run,
instead of equalling the possible total of 6 or 7 million fish, totaled 4,650,000 fish,
down 12 percent from the brood year. This decline was anticipated prior to the
opening of the season and follows the pattern of poor ocean survival as set for the
1955 and 1956 annual runs.

The escapement of sockeye was not only greater in 1957 than in the brood year
of 1953, but spawning conditions were far superior. In 1953, of the 105,000 sockeye
spawning in the Horsefly River over 20,000 fish died unspawned due to early arrival
and above normal water temperatures. The conditions affecting spawning of the Late
Stuart run in 1953 were even worse than those of the Horsefly River and over 50 per-
cent of the 350,000 spawners in the Late Stuart spawning area died without spawn-
ing. In 1957 the escapement to the Horsefly was over twice that of the brood year
and three times as effective. The Late Stuart escapement in 1957 was over 500,000

January 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 73

fish or about three times as effective in eggs deposited than was the case in the

brood year of 1953.

The remarkable rehabilitation record of the two main populations of the year,
namely the Horsefly and Late Stuart runs, based on spawning escapement is shown

in table.

The 1957 pink salmon run in Conven-

tion waters was the third poorest in the

history of the fishery--the years 1941 and
1943 producing poorer catches than did the
1957 population. Present estimates of the
total Fraser pink salmon escapement, pos-
sibly subject to important correction ata
later date, is approximately 2 million fish.
The major escapements are locatedin the

following areas listed in the sequence of
their importance:

5,500
24,000
147,000
350,000
1/525,000

1,100
3,000
20,000

108,000
1/225,000

SUBJECT TO POSSI BLE CORRECTION WHICH WOULD
NOT SERIOUSLY CHANGE THE RELATIVE SIZE OF
THE ESCAPEMENT

Harrison River; Main Fraser from Mission, British Columbia to

Hope, British Columbia; and Thompson River below Kamloops Lake, Vedder River,
and Seton Creek. The areas other than the Vedder and Harrison Rivers comprise
the early segment of the annual run and the latter two streams produce the late

segment of the annual run.

INTERNATIONAL NORTH PACIFIC FISHERIES COMMISSION

FOURTH ANNUAL MEETING HELD: The attention of the
fishing world was focused on Vancouver, B. C., during the
week of November 4, 1957, when representatives of three of
the world’s greatest fishing countries gathered for the 4th
Annual Meeting of the International North Pacific Fisheries
Commission (INPFC).

The meeting was scheduled to review the scientific research
and developments in the convention area during the past year
and plan its programs of future investigations.

Created in June 1953, under a treaty between Japan, the
United States, and Canada, INPFC has the responsibility of
developing conservation programs for species of fish of joint
interest in the North Pacific Ocean. This area, covering
some 32,000,000 square miles, extends from the equator
north to the Arctic Ocean and from the shores of Asia to those
of North America. Besides the Pacific itself, it includes the
adjacent seas, such as the Bering Sea and the Sea of Okhotsk.

Altogether, the North Pacific convention area encompasses
about one-sixth of the earth’s surface and yields some 20 bil-
lion pounds, about one-third of the world’s fish landings. Ja-
pan is the leader in this annual production, her catch amount-
ing roughly to 8 billion pounds each year. The United States
catch in the convention area is about one billion pounds and
Canadian fishermen account for approximately 700 million
pounds, The balance is taken by various other nationals,
particularly those of Russia and China.

The Commission is directly responsible for the develop-
ment of the research program, for the coordination of the
work, and for the interpretation of the results of the investi-
gations in which the three countries participate. Management
procedures recommended by the Commission on the basis of
these scientific findings and other pertinent factors respect-
ing each fishery are subject to individual ratification by the
treaty nations.

While the Commission’s broad terms of reference spread
its responsibility over the fisheries generally, the research
program has been primarily concerned, thus far, with the
various species of Pacific salmon. Other important species
are herring and halibut, and recently considerable attention
has been given to the stocks of king crabs in the eastern Be-
ring Sea which, at present, are exploited by Japan and the
United States.

The meeting brought together delegates from as far apart
as Washington, D. C., Ottawa, and Tokyo, from the coasts of
the Bering Sea in the north and the Mexican Border in the
south. Observers from various other international fisheries
organizations were present.

The Canadian delegation, headed by Commission Chairman
George R, Clark, included Commissioners John M, Buchanan
and Roger T. Hager of Vancouver, B. C., and James Cameron,
Madeira Park, B. C. The United States Commissioners weré
Milton E, Brooding, San Francisco, Calif., Edward W. Allen,
Seattle, Wash., John H. Clawson, Anchorage, Alaska, and
Hon. Ross L, Leffler, Washington, D. C. Representing Japan
were Commissioners Iwao Fujita, Koh Chiba, Kenjiro Nishi-
mura, and Kyuhei Suzuki, all of Tokyo. Each delegation was
also accompanied by scientific and technical advisors.

Japanese catches of salmon in Aleutian waters by that coun-
try's mothership fishery dominated the thinking at the meeting.
The subject was the main concern of the United States dele-
gates. Intermingling of North American and’ Asiatic salmon in
the area of Japanese fishing west of 175 west longitude, itis
estimated by United States experts, gave the Japanese fleet a
larger catch of red salmon of Bristol Bay (Alaska) origin than
was taken by the United States fishery in Bristol Bay this year.
The United States catch there was between 5 and 6 million red
salmon. The total Japanese sockeye catch in Aleutian waters
was just short of 20,000,000 fish.

Under the terms of the treaty, in an effort to establish a di-
viding line which would separate stocks of Asiatic and North
American origin, a provisional north-and-south dividing line
was established--the 175th West Meridian. Japan agreed not
to fish east of this line, and has abided by this agreement. The
present controversy is occasioned by the fact that the area of
intermingling of the stocks is west of this line--where Japan
is free to fish them. At least, that is what appears to be the
case on the basis of 1957 experience. Further, evidence indi-
eates that the salmon of North American origin in the area of
intermingling are of Alaskan origin, but there is no evidence
as yet that salmon of Canadian origin are involved.

The United States made two specific requests of the Com-
mission in connection with the intermingling problem. These
were contained in the opening address of one of the United
States Commissioners. He said, in part:

"The data also show that the Japanese high seas salmon
fleet has taken increasingly large numbers of salmon in the
area of intermingling, particularly during the 1957 season.

"The United States Commissioners recognize that because
of the breadth of this area of intermingling, the differences
in distribution and migration pattern of the several species of
salmon, and some variation in these characteristics from year
to year, the problem of determining the line or lines which
most equitably divide salmon originating from the two sides of.
the Pacific Ocean will not be an easy one to solve.

74 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

"In order to proceed expeditiously, we propose that an ad
hoc committee be appointed immediately to undertake a suit-
able study of the problem and report its findings and recom-
mendations at the earliest possible date. The United States
Commissioners further recognize that this ad hoc committee
may not be able to complete its assignment in time for action
by the Commission prior to the next fishing season.

"In view of this situation we consider it essential that, pend-
ing action changing the provisional lines in accordance with
the provisions of the Convention, and in order to carry out the
spirit and intent of the Convention, some interim steps should
be taken by the Parties to the Convention without delay. We
are convinced that there are a number of measures which can
contribute toward achieving the desired objective.

"We propose therefore, pending an appropriate change inthe
provisional lines, that the Commission shall recommend to the
respective Parties that the adverse effect of fishing in the area
of intermingling be minimized by cessation of fishing in areas
where, or at times when, a substantial proportion of salmon of
North American origin are found."

The ad hoc committee to study the scientific evidence and
whether or not the provisional line should be changed was es-
tablished by the Commission. As anticipated by the United
States Commissioners, this committee will not produce action
before the next fishing season. Indeed, since its terms of ref-
erence were not detailed, this committee can do very little be-
fore the next meeting of the Commission.

On the second proposal--a cessation of fishing in the area
of intermingling--the United States delegates were unable to
obtain agreement that this question should be brought before
the Commission, at this session, for discussion. Japan took
the position that research was not adequate and that, further,
a committee had been set up to study this question, Canada
also felt that more research was necessary. Therefore, the
proposal did not receive any formal consideration.

The first reaction of the United States salmon industry to
the results of the Vancouver meeting were expressed on No-
vember 11 at a meeting of the Association of Pacific Fisher-
ies in Seattle. At that meeting, one of the United States Com-
missioners gave a detailed report on the annual meeting of
the Commission, and concluded by emphasizing the grave dan-
gers facing the Bristol Bay red salmon fishery.

Under the terms of her treaty with Russia, Japan had a
quota this year of 120,000 metric tons of salmon. This was
divided as follows: motherships in the Pacific area--87,000
tons; motherships in Okhotsk Sea--13,000 tons; and land-
based drift nets and long lines--20,000 tons.

Voll 20;sNose

The Japanese Fisheries Agency tabulates the 1957 catch
of this 67,000 tons taken by the Japanese mothership fishery
in Aleutian waters as follows:

5,874,765 | 10,322,415 | 3,604,711 | 19,801,891
. . . .| 3,839,355] 4,177,023 | 1,213,653] 9,230,031
oper 330,833 | 8,320,625 |12,402,557 | 21,054,015
ees 7,726 331,769 339,529

19,129 9,714 31,113
22,546,916 [17,562,404 | 50,456,576

Speaking at the opening plenary session, the Commission
Chairman had this to say about research results to date:

"First, the data obtained so far show that there is a continu-
ous distribution of salmon across the North Pacific. But itdoes
not necessarily follow that there is intermingling or mixing of
the stocks of salmon of North American origin and of Asian or-
igin throughout the entire area of distribution, However, there
is apparently no line of separation between all stocks of Asian
origin and all stocks of North American origin, Salmon have
been taken from the shores of Asia to the shores of North A-
merica in all qvaters north of approximately 40° N, latitude in
winter and 48° N. latitude in summer. The distribution extends
as far northward into the Bering Sea as the research ships have
been able to operate.

"Second, there is a strong indication from results to date that
salmon from Asia and salmon from the portions of Alaska west
of Kokiak mingle in the central areas of the North Pacific ocean.
The degree of mixing and the extent of offshore movement ap-
pear to differ to some extent with the species involved.

"Third, the oceanographic investigations are giving us a broad
general knowledge of the physical characteristics and variations
in the water in which the salmon spend their ocean life. Such
knowledge is of the utmost value in providing information which
must, essentially, predict the movements of salmon from the two
continents in future years.

"Fourth, we believe that we have largely passed through the
stage of development of techniques and methods of coordination
and, through the research agencies of the three countries, there
is now a coordinated and efficient-organization able to make an
effective all-out attack on the most critical problems and areas.

"Fifth, we are convinced that every line of investigation which
has been adopted is successfully leading to the required knowl-
edge and that the various approaches, in general, are tending to
lead to the same conclusions.

"I cannot say that we are yet in a position to recommend per-
manent changes in the position of the provisional line dividing
the stocks of salmon. However, before this meeting is over I
expect the scientists will have presented further evidence bear-
ing on this question, which is foremost on our agenda."

NORTHWEST ATLANTIC FISHERIES COMMISSION

MEMBER COUNTRIES: With the adherence of the Federal Republic of Germany
to the International Convention for the Northwest Atlantic on June 27, 1957, the fol-
lowing countries are now members of the Commission: Canada, Denmark, France,
Germany, Iceland, Italy, Norway, Portugal, Spain, the United Kingdom, and the Unit-
ed States. At the request of West Germany and as decided at the 1957 Annual Meet-
ing of the Commission, West Germany became a member, from July 1957, of Panel
1--the panel dealing with Subarea 1, the West Greenland waters, according to New-
letter No. 25 dated October 7, 1957, issued by the Commission covering its activities

during July-September 1957.

COD AND HADDOCK TRAWL FISHERY REGULATIONS: The regulations of the
trawl fishery for cod and haddock in Subareas 3, 4, and 5 proposed by the Commis-
sion at its 1955 Annual Meeting and slightly amended at the 1956 and 1957 meetings
include as their main items: a minimum mesh size of 44 inches or 114 mm. in Sub-
area 4 and 5 and of 4 inches or 102 mm, (stretched inside measure, wet and used);
rules for the application of protective covers (prohibition of use of multiple cod
ends); and minor exemption rules to avoid impairment of fisheries conducted pri-

marily for other species.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 75

The amendments approved in the 1957 Annual Meeting have been transmitted to
the Depository Government, for circulation to and consideration by the Governments
concerned.

In the meantime the regulations have
been or are being enforced in part by vari-
ous countries: Canada made the minimum
mesh sizes effective March 13, 1957; France
has enforced the minimum mesh sizes and
according to a decree published in ''Peche
Maritime" (Aug. 1957) the regulations, in-
cluding the 1957 amendments, will be en-
forced as of January 1, 1958; Italy and Por-
tugal are preparing the enforcement to take
place upon the ratification by the countries
concerned; Spain enforced the minimum
mesh size as from January 1, 1957; the Unit-
ed Kingdom enforced the regulations in Sub-
area 5, and prepares to enforce them in
Subareas 3 and 4 as of January 1, 1958,
provided they have by then been ratified by
the countries concerned--in the meantime
the fishing industry is following the regu-
lations voluntarily; the United States has
introduced the minimum mesh sizes for
their vessels fishing in the Convention Area.

Greenland
65-

Denmark
France
Germany

Iceland

2

Canada
France
Italy
Portugal

Italy

Norway

Portugal

Spain
Labrador

Thus all countries carrying out sub-
stantial fisheries in Subareas 3, 4, and 5
and being members of the corresponding
panels have enforced the regulations or are
preparing to do so in the near future. Four
months after ratification by the countries cab
being members of the panels concerned, the WEN
regulations become effective for all ICNAF SA. Italy Spain
countries. 5 > |

It was expected that by the beginning of 1958 the regulations with their attached
amendments would be effected to their full extent.

The accomplishment of these regulations affecting a vast area, 11 countries,
and large fisheries is another important measure taken by ICNAF towards the "pro-
tection and conservation of the fisheries of the Northwest Atlantic Ocean, in order
to make possible the maintenance of a maximum sustained catch from those fisher-
ies'' (the 1949 Convention for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries).

FISHING IN NORTHWEST ATLANTIC: Danish Fishery on the Grand Banks:
This year for the first time a Danish vessel has been fishing on the Grand Banks of
Newfoundland. The fishing schooner Hertha returned in August to its home port
Esbjerg with 170 metric tons of salt cod from the Grand Banks. The captain stated
that.the fishery had been "over all expectations."

German Factoryship: The first German factoryship Heinrich-Meins, 825 gross
tons, which left Germany for its first trip, sailed for the West Greenland waters.
It is worth noting that the Convention Area has a pronounced attraction for factory-
ships.

Italian Trawler: The Italian trawler Genepesca I, 1,630 gross tons, returned
in July to Livorno from a trip to the West Greenland fishing banks. The vessel
carried nearly a complete load of salt cod and in addition 200 tons of frozen fish.

76 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

Norwegian Vessels: A number of Norwegian fishing vessels returned during
July and August from fishinginthe West Greenland and Newfoundland waters. From
West Greenland, 20 vessels landed in all 2,570 tons of salt cod and 167 tons of fresh
halibut. From the Newfoundland Banks, 7 vessels landed 1,130 tons of salt cod and
50 tons of fresh halibut. The halibut landings made up a somewhat higher percentage
of the landings from West Greenland (6 percent) than of those from the Grand Banks
(4 percent).

Spanish Fishery: Spanish trawlers and pair trawlers returned during May-
June 1957 from their first trip to the Convention Area. Their results are consider-
ed satisfactory. The cod fished were of considerable size. During the campaign
the vessels were hampered by ice; a captain reports ''the fleet had to fight great
difficulties owing to the icebergs which were more abundant than has been the case
for the last 50 years."

The Spanish fleet left its home ports in January, earlier than in previous years,
but bad weather and extreme cold hampered the fishery and only in May-June could
they return with full loads. Thirty-four pair trawlers are fishing this year, the
major part of these using St. Pierre for unloading their catches to cargo vessels,
About 30 trawlers are taking part in the fishery.

The total of the Spanish production of dried cod last year was 45,000 metric
tons or about 20,000 tons less than the amount consumed in Spain. When the new
fishing vessels planned to be launched 1958-1961 enter the fishery, it is expected
that production and consumption of dried cod will be on the same level.

WHALING

INDUSTRY TRENDS: Norway is worried about the amount of whale oil remain-
ing unsold from the 1956/57 season's catch. The 1957/58 season began in October
1957, yet there remains a surplus of 100,000 long tons of which Norway possesses
30,000 tons.

The expansion of the Japanese and Russian industries is giving concern to the
Norwegian authorities, and they have tried to restrict the building of whaling ships
and bring about stricter international control,

Although Japan has shown some degree of willingness to consider the Norwegian
proposals, the Russians have signified their disinterest with the announcement that
they are building a floating whale-oil refinery of 45,000 tons which will start work
in 1959.

An international agreement has been reached on the number of whale catchers
to be used in the coming season. Norway will have a limit of 95, Japan 68, Britain
37, and Holland 14. The figures are virtually the same as last season's except in
the case of Japan, whose acquisition of a South African expedition increased her
total by 12. (The Fishing News, September 13, 1957.)

Se

Argentine Republic

SHRIMP FISHERY TRENDS: Landings: The Argentine
shrimp landings are separated into two categories: ‘‘langos-
tino’’ or large shrimp (Hymenopenaeys mulleri) and ‘‘cama-
rones’’ or small shrimp (a mixture of small H, mulleri and
Artemesia longinaris). The best area and season for large
shrimp is the coast of Patagonia between October and Febru-
ary. Landings fluctuate widely from season to season appar-
ently owing to changes in the availability and/or abundance
of shrimp.

Argentine Shrimp Landings (Heads on), 1955-56

531
562

January 1957 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 17

Exports: Owing to fluctuations in landings, annual shrimp
exports vary considerably. In 1955 only 2.8 metric tons of
frozen shrimp were exported, whereas 45.6 tons were export-
ed in 1956.

ern king crab) for export. If the venture is successful, more
trawlers will be brought from Japan.

One United States company, now operating on the Mexican
Gulf Coast, was reported preparing to set up a shrimp opera-
Developments and Outlook: Increasing interest in Argentine | tion in Patagonia for export.
shrimp for export is being shown by Argentine, United States,
and Japanese concerns. A Japanese subsidiary fishing com-
pany expected the arrival of one 500-ton trawler the latter
part of September with a 7.5-ton freezing unit. This boat is

to fish experimentally for shrimp and ‘‘centella’’ (the south-

Increasing exports of frozen shrimp to the United States
can be expected from Argentina. (United States Embassy
dispatch, September 27, 1957, from Mexico City.)

Barbados

FISHING INDUSTRY TRENDS, 1956: During 1956 the number of power-equip-
ped fishing boats increased considerably and it is estimated that close to 300 boats
will be power driven for the 1957/58 fishing season.

Problems of marketing and storage remain to be solved. A new Central Public
Market is near completion, but facilities for the cold storage of fish have not been
provided. Toward the end of 1956 a cold-storage expert from the United Kingdom
surveyed the situation in Barbados, but this report has not been made public as yet.
The Barbados budget for 1957/58 includes a tentative allotment for the construction
of cold-storage facilities, states an October 2, 1957, dispatch from the United States

consul,

Brazil

SHRIMP FISHERY TRENDS: Landings: In Rio Grande do
Sul the 1957 shrimp run, though considerably better than in
1956, was about average. An estimated 1,600 metric tons
were received at the plants in Rio Grande. Most of the land-
ings were canned for local consumption and a few canned
shrimp were for export to Canada and Uruguay. A small
portion of the catch was frozen for local consumption. Land-
ings, estimated at 10,000 tons, appeared to be normal for
the remainder of Brazil.

Exports: Brazil, as yet, has very little export trade in
shrimp. In 1957 one company reported that they exported
2,000 cases of canned shrimp to Canada.

Development and Outlook: The Brazilian Government has
been changing its policy with respect to the operation of for-
eign boats. Previously, foreign boats and crews were pro-
hibited. Now permits are being granted for the use in limited
numbers and for a limited time (2 to 4 years) of foreign fish-
ing boats and crews. One Japanese company has four trawl-
ers of 60 to 100 tons storage capacity operating out of Santos
and permission to bring in one more. These boats are catch-
ing fish and shrimp for the local markets. Their principal
catch is corvina (Micropogon), Although they were not get-
ting enough shrimp to develop an export market, their oper-
ations had just begun (early August 1957) and their explora-
tions had not been of sufficient compass nor duration to de-
termine abundance and availability of shrimp. The area be-

tween Santos and Rio Grande may soon start producing shrimp
for export, or it may be that the shrimp are too scattered for
economic trawling. Since capable fishermen and modern gear
are now on the grounds, information should be forthcoming
soon about shrimp trawling possibilities along the coast of
southern Brazil.

In Belem, two of the owners of a United States company
formerly owned and operated a shrimp freezing plant in
Guayaquil, Ecuador, which they sold in mid-August 1957 to
another United States concern. The firm at Belem was com-
pleting a shore freezing plant for shrimp for local and export
markets and for fish for local markets. When completed the
plant will be able to freeze about 12,000 pounds of shrimp
daily, store 150 tons of frozen fish and shrimp, and make 20
tons of flake ice daily with storage for 50 tons. This concern
had two shrimp trawlers and were expecting several more.
Reports on their catches indicated that they were still in the
exploratory stage. No large aggregations of shrimp had been
found. Tidal currents were reported to be so strong as to
hamper trawling operations,

It is too early to forecast the results of these two pioneer-
ing ventures in Brazil, one in the south and the other in the
north near the mouth of the Amazon. If either or both are
successful, Brazil will soon be exporting frozen shrimp to
the United States. (United States Embassy dispatch, Septem-
ber 27, 1957, from Mexico City.)

ok KOK OK

SPINY LOBSTER INDUSTRY: During the two-year period
beginning July 1, 1955, and ending June 30, 1957, 367 metric
tons of frozen spiny lobster tails were exported to the United
States from Recife and Fortaleza in Northeast Brazil, accord-
ing to statistics furnished by the steamship line employed by
the two American firms engaged in catching spiny lobsters
in the northeast of Brazil. No tails were exported from
Northeast Brazil until the second half of 1955 when 40 tons
were shipped to the United States from Fortaleza. Recife
began exporting the second half of 1956. As far as can be
determined, all exports of frozen spiny lobster tails were
made to the United States.

The spiny or rock lobster (‘‘lagosta’’ in Portuguese) ap-
pears to be plentiful in the warm waters off the coast of the
northeastern Brazil’s bulge, especially from September to
February. Lobster fishing seems to be especially good near
Fortaleza. Spiny lobsters are trapped by local fishermen
who use ‘‘jangadas”’ (balsa rafts with sails). Traps are
somewhat like wicker baskets, some made of steel, often
measuring as large as 3 x 2 x 2-1/2 feet. Baited with fish
heads, they are lowered from the ‘‘jangadas’’ to the shallow
ocean bottom. Lobsters are purchased by three firms, two
American and one Brazilian, at designated points and times
on the beach near Fortaleza and Recife. It is believed that

78 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

‘‘jangada"’ fishermen are paid from 12-14 cruzeiros a kilo
(7 to 8 U. S, cents a pound) for whole spiny lobsters, and that
the export price for frozen tails is US$0.50-$0.60 a pound.

Production figures are hard to arrive at, but it is estimated
that 841 tons of spiny lobsters were caught off the shores of
Northeast Brazil in 1956. The estimate is arrived at as fol-
lows: Total export of spiny lobster tails was 187 tons, mul-
tiplied by 3, since but one-third of the lobster is exportable,
gives 561 tons. Assuming about 50 percent more is caught
for local consumption, the total amounts to 841 tons.

Northeast Brazil’s Exports of Frozen Spiny Lobster
Tails to United States

From From Total from
Period Recife} Fortaleza | Northeast Brazil

1957: January-June

1956: January-June 3 36 36

July-December | 68 83 151
Rotalenset wa |ENG6 119 (|

h955: January-June = - | =

July-December = 40 _ 40
Pee. = 40 40. «|

It is estimated that the two American companies have a
monthly production capacity of approximately 120 metric tons,
which is not reached because of the infiequent freighter serv-
ice (with reefer space) to the United States and by the con-
sequent lack of sufficient refrigeration storage in Recife and
Fortaleza. As has been mentioned, both firms utilize freight-
ers which stop at the two ports on an average of perhaps once
every six weeks, It is also necessary to lighter the lobsters
to ships at Fortaleza.

NOTE: VALUES CONVERTED AT THE RATE OF 89 CRUZEIROS EQUAL US$].

Vol. 20,) No; 1

Of the three firms engaged in the lobster industry in North-
east Brazil, one is owned by an American, with offices in Re-
cife. Formerly this company had three small boats which
had been motorized, but due to difficulties in having repairs
made and in getting parts, the boats were sold and the com-
pany now buys exclusively from local fishermen, This com-
pany is now operating out of Ceara and sends partially pro-
cessed spiny lobster tails daily to Recife via air freight,
where they are held in cold storage. The company is said to
have its own freezer in Fortaleza with a capacity of 30 tons,
but because of the lightering problem there, it prefers to
use storage in Recife. The frozen spiny lobster tails are
exported in 15-pound boxes under a label.

The second is a Brazilian company run by an Italian. It
has a 45-ton freezer in Recife. This company ships an un-
known quantity of tails to southern Brazil. Although it is
believed to have exported some tails to the United States, it
supplies principally the Brazilian market.

The third company, headed by an American, operates out
of Fortaleza. According to O Povo, the Fortaleza periodical
of November 30, 1956, this firm was authorized by the Min-
istry of Agriculture and the Ministry of the Navy to bring 12
vessels to Ceara for spiny lobster fishing, provided that half
of the yield be used for Brazilian domestic consumption as
lobster tails, while the other 50 percent could be exported.
Up to that time O Povo stated that the company had been
exporting all of its catch to the United States. After two
years, the American company will have to be incorporated
as a Brazilian company, and the ships pass to Brazilian com-
mand with two-thirds Brazilian crew. No information is
available on the packaging of spiny lobster tails except that
an article appearing in the January 12, 1957, issue of the
Folha da Manha of Sao Paulo probably refers to this com-
pany and points out that ‘‘1,900 boxes of cooked lobsters,
each weighing 10.459 kilos (22 pounds), were loaded into the
refrigerators of a foreign ship in Fortaleza, destined for the
United States.’’ This company is reported to have refrigera-
tor storage space of 60 tons in Fortaleza.

Canada

REHABILITATION OF OYSTER BEDS IN NEW BRUNS-
OTIA PLANNED: A three-year reha-

Research Board of Canada, according to their General Series
Circular No. 29 of April 1957.

In some of the areas concerned, up to 90 percent of the
original stock was killed by the end of 1956. The Research
Board is not absolutely positive of the cause of these oyster
diseases, but has found the characteristics very Similar to
a past crisis which vexed Malpeque Bay, P. E. I., in 1918.
By gathering the known resistant oysters into lease holds
and crossbreeding them, all Prince Edward Island oyster
beds were restored; also it was found that a large number
of the oysters became resistant to the so-called Malpeque
disease.

Accordingly the Canadian Department of Fisheries has
planned to transplant 10,000 barrels of these disease-resis~
tant oysters over a three-year period to the hard-hit zones
in Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. The first transfer (1,500
barrels) was completed by June 1957.

In brief the method of distribution is as follows: three
barrels will be given free to each lessee for each lease he
or she has in good standing. The lessee will be responsible
for keeping these oysters in their lease areas during the
period of recovery.

The program will undergo its final phases in 1958 and 1959
when 3,500 and 5,000 barrels, respectively, of Prince Edward
Island oysters will be transferred to nurse the faltering New
Brunswick-Nova Scotia industry back to health. The Board
is optimistic towards the success of the project.

FISHERIES CENTER COMPLETED IN OCTOBER 1957:

The Mutwal Fisheries

Center, under construction for about six ‘years, was formally opened on October 2,
1957. The Center was made possible by a gift of rupees 5,000,000 (about US$1,042,000)
from the Canadian Government to the people of Ceylon under the Colombo Plan.

The Center includes a cold-storage and freezer plant, a byproducts plant, and
a machine shop. Two fishing trawlers, one a gift from Canada, are employed in

January 1957

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

79

catching fish for the new Center, states an October 4, 1957, dispatch from the Unit-

ed States Embassy in Colombo.

NOTE: SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, SEPTEMBER 1954, P. 58.

Chile

LANGOSTINO AND SHRIMP FISHERIES: Shrimp: The
Chilean shrimp fishery is insignificant and for local consump-
tion only. The record year was probably 1954 when 101 met-
ric tons were landed.

Langostinos: The plated lobster or ‘‘langostino’’ has be-
come important in recent years and has entered the United
States import market. Three species of Galatheidae are
called ‘‘langostinos.’’ These are Munida gregaria, Pleuro-
heodes monoden, and Cervimunida johni. The last apparently
comprises the bulk of the catch. They are taken by trawls
in the same general area as the hake, usually around 80 fath-
oms.

Before 1953, the landings were small and not recorded.
In 1956 over 5,700 metric tons were taken, The ‘‘langostinos’’
are taken along the coast of central Chile. Of the total
landed, 4,824 tons were landed in the Valparaiso area, 782
tons in the Coquimbo area, and 100 tons in the San Antonio
area,

Chilean Landings of Langostinos

Metric Tons 1/

1/Weight as caught.

The ‘‘langostinos’’ are landed whole, un-iced, usually in
boxes, the same day they are caught. They are boiled in
sea water, drained, allowed to cool, and then peeled by hand.
The head (cephalothorax) is quite large compared to the tail
(abdomen) and the yield of cooked meats is reported to be
only about 7 percent of the total raw weight.

Two plants are reported processing ‘‘langostinos’’ for
export. The cooked meats destined for export are layer-
packed by hand in metal trays, covered with water and fro-
zen in a compression-plate freezer. After freezing they

are packed in transparent plastic containers which are ship-
ped in wooden boxes,

The heads and shells are processed into meal, but owing
to the low protein content, the demand for the meal is very
light.

Several trial shipments of ‘‘langostinos’’ were sent to
the United States in 1954, but commercial-scale shipments
did not begin until 1956. According to Chilean records,
0.3 metric tons of frozen ‘‘langostinos’’ were exported in
1955 and 99.7 tons in 1956 (these figures are lower than
United States import records for 1956), It is believed that
all of these exports were to the United States.

United States import records show that 84,000 pounds
of fresh or frozen shrimp and 441,000 pounds of lobsters,
not canned, were imported from Chile during 1956. It is
believed that these two items are frozen ‘‘langostino’’
meats. The Chilean catch of lobsters is small (about 123
tons in 1956) and the local demand so great that better
prices are obtained in Chile than could be obtained in the
United States export market. Chile does not export lob-
sters to the United States. Some pandalid shrimps are
taken along with the ‘‘langostinos’’ and it is possible that
some were exported to the United States in 1956, but pro-
bably not in the amount of 84,000 pounds.

The Chilean Government is in the process of review-
ing its financial policy and some of the privileges, which
for practical purposes amounted to a subsidy, have been
withdrawn, temporarily at least, from the fishing indus-
try. The future of the ‘‘langostino’’ export business de-
pends to a great extent upon Chilean policy and accept-
ance of the product by the United States market.

Undoubtedly the stocks of ‘‘langostinos’’ are sufficient to
maintain present production. How much the catch can be
expanded is a matter of conjecture because so little is known
about the distribution, habits, and abundance of these forms,
It is not likely though that they will be found in commercial
quantities other than along the coast of central Chile. (Unit-
ed States Embassy dispatch dated September 27 from Mexi-
co City.)

Colombia

SHRIMP FISHERY TRENDS: Landings: According to Co-
lombian figures, 128 metric tons of shrimp were landed for
local consumption in 1956. These figures are admittedly in-
complete. It is estimated that about 750 metric tons of shrimp
were consumed locally and that another 50 tons were export-
ed during 1956.

Exports: The year 1956 was a poor year for Colom-
bian shrimp exports to the United States. During 1954 and
1955 Colombia shipped an average of 350,000 pounds of
frozen shrimp to the United States. Shipments dropped to
100,000 pounds in 1956. The drop was caused by govern-
mental policy. With the new administration, which took
over in mid-May 1957, governmental policy has become
much more favorable and exports of shrimp to the United
States should show considerable increase during the last
six months.

Colombian export statistics group all fresh, frozen,
cooked, or salted crustaceans under one heading. Fur-
thermore, the figures are not complete.

Colombian Exports of Fresh, Frozen, Cooked,
or Salted Crustaceans

Country of Destination

1/LESS THAN 115 POUNDS.

Developments and Outlook: The atmosphere for fishery
development is much more favorable than a year ago. The
present administration is considering the immediate appli-
cation of regulations that would aid fishery development.
Among these are: (1) exemption from import duties on boats,
gear, machinery, and equipment; (2) relief from certain
taxes; (3) exemption from a portion of the 15-percent export
tax that is applicable to all exports.

80

There are two shore plants in Buenaventura freezing
shrimp. One, entirely locally-financed, is reported to be
quite small and poorly equipped. Two trawlers (one small)
are working for this company. The other company with local
and United States capital is reported to be expanding. At
present, this plant has a blast freezer and nine trawlers,
Reports are that a compression-plate freezer and more
trawlers will be added soon. In addition to the above, there
are three independent trawler-freezer boats. One of these
is United States-owned. The other two are locally-owned,

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol, 20, No. 1

The Caribbean coast, other than for local consumption,
can be ignored as a shrimp-producing area. The Pacific
coast is rapidly increasing its facilities and exports of
shrimp from Colombia can be expected to increase. If pre-
vailing favorable circumstances persist and are extended,
which seems likely, Colombia may soon approach Ecuador
with respect to volume of shrimp exports. (United States
Embassy dispatch dated September 27, 1957, from Mexico
City.)

JAPANESE TUNA FISHING VESSEL ARRIVES: The Sumi-
yoshi Maru, a Japanese vessel, arrived at the port of Habana
on September 25, 1957, and unloaded the frozen fish catch of
its initial voyage to Cuba. The 3-year-old long-liner’s crew
of 36 men unloaded about 330 short tons of frozen yellowfin
and skipjack tuna, wahoo, and other species. The vessel plan-
ned to depart with six Cuban fishermen trainees on October 1,

1957, for a two months’ cruise.

The long-line fishing gear used consists of about 35 miles
of line, divided into 400 5-hook baskets or sections, according

to a September 27, 1957, despatch from the United States Em-
bassy in Habana. The Japanese captain of the vessel stated
that the maximum daily catch was about 66,000 pounds.

The next trip of the Sumiyoshi Maru from Cuba was planned
for the windward side in the lesser Antilles near the area
covering the northeast part of South America. The vessel —
had already fished this area with good success after transiting
the Panama Canal, but had thereafter proceeded to a position
off the coast of Africa near Angola before heading for Cuba.

Denmark

LOANS FOR RENEWAL OF FISHING FLEET TO BE CONTINUED: The Danish

Prior to this announcement it was possible for fishing vessel loans to be financed
by funds made available from the operation of certain Government functions, such
as the postal service, and by open market sales of Government obligations,

This new ruling does not mean an extension of credit for the construction of
fishing vessels. It merely reflects the increase in interest rates which have forced
the Government to use a contingency fund which had been specifically set aside for
this purpose. This fund has been available upon application of the Minister of Fish-
eries with the approval of the Minister of Finance, states an October 21 dispatch
from the United States Embassy in Copenhagen.

OK ok KK

WITHOUT HEATING RAW MATERIAL: A Danish engineer,
H. M. Ehlert, has developed a method which makes it possible
by cold processing (without the traditional heating of the raw
material to 212° F. or more) to extract the oil from industri-
al herring and fish. The manufacturing process is very
simple, and it is claimed that the herring oil produced is
odorless.

The unusual part of the method is that with the help of en-
zymes the fish is liquified by cold processing and the oil
separated by centrifuging. The first machine installed by a
Danish firm manufactures partly oil and partly de-oiled liquid
herring, The de-oiled product has unusual! keeping qualities,
and the method indicates a possibility of almost unlimited
preservation of ground raw material. Experiments have also
indicated that it is possible to evaporate the mixture to 50-
percent dry material from which it is possible to produce a
herring powder of high quality.

Products produced experimentally by the new process to
date are: (1) de-oiled herring pulp, (2) herring oil, (3) spray-
dried herring pulp, (4) a fodder supplement, and (5) spray-
dried cod fillet powder claimed to have a protein content of
81-84 percent,

The new cold treatment procedure is as follows:

The fish is transformed into fluent fish pulp by chopping
and mixing with certain enzyme cultures which are extracted
from bacteria and fortified by more enzymes, Two methods
are used since two types of cultures are provided,

(a) Using one type of culture with lean fish, the admixture
can be acidulated to a pH making it adequate for storage as
desired. The pulp is a highly valuable fodder supplement.

(b) Using the second type of enzymes with fat fish, the ad-
mixture can be centrifuged into oil and pulp at a temperature
not exceeding 122. F. The de-oiled fish pulp can be either
acidulated, as under (a) for use as a fodder supplement, or
spray-dried into almost nonperishable fish powder with all
the good points of the fresh fish.

The new method claims the following advantages:
(1) All the original characteristics (vitamins, enzymes,

fish factors, etc.) of the fish are kept in the ideal proportion
found in nature in the ready-made fish byproducts,

January 1958

(2) Even big quantities of fresh fish can be treated immedi-
ately after landing, precluding thereby any spoilage of raw
material. The process, being short and simple, demands only

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 81

(4) The proteins of the fish are hydrolized into free amino
acids, which are easily digestible for humans and animals.
Pulp and the fish powder therefrom have long keeping quali-

ties, and are rich in proteins, which to a high extent are hy-

very simple machinery and allows storage of the semi-proc~ ; ; :
drolized into vital as well as growth-svimulating amino acids,

essed product for later successive processing into final prod-

ucts. (United States Embassy dispatch of September 5, 1957, from

Copenhagen.)
(3) The fish oil is centrifuged from fat fish under tempera-
tures so low that the original characteristics of the fish pulp
remain intact.
I Se I

MINISTER OF FISHERIES REVIEWS FISHING INDUSTRY PROGRESS: The Dan-
ish Minister for Fisheries aroused by pre-election criticisms regarding State sup-
port for the fishing industry, responded at length with a defense of the State's activi-
ties and a report to the press on improvements in the industry under his administra-
tion. The Ministry for Fisheries was created as a separate ministry in 1947.

In his reply to the criticisms he stated that in the last ten years the catch has
doubled and the value risen more than 100 million kroner (US$14,478,000). In 1947
exports brought in 175 million kroner (US$25,336,000) while in 1956 they were valued
at almost 300 million kroner (US$43,434,000). While there are only 17,000 active
fishermen, there are between 75,000 and 100,000 persons employed in the entire fish-
ing industry.

He also stated that State support has been found necessary by the decisions of
Folketing sessions consistently for the last 20 years. For this reason the Fisheries'
Bank was created, and beginning in 1938 was supported by State loans. Through the
years this project has been enthusiastically supported by all parties, and the use of
funds for this purpose is considered the most effective in trade economics.

The Minister contended that credit facilities available through State-supported
loans have helped young fishermen to buy their own vessels, since first mortgages
are more difficult to obtain for cutters than for real estate. Furthermore he main-
tained that not only have the loans been profitable to the industry, but have not caused
loss to the State. On the other hand, private banks can only afford to make supple-
mentary loans to borrowers who cannot obtain government loans, he stated, and ac-
commodate borrowers for motor changes, new equipment, and new instruments,
costing up to 40,000 kroner (US$5,791), but not for new shipbuilding.

Since creation of a separate ministry of fisheries, the fishing interests had been
advanced by a whole series of new legislation, including salt- and fresh-water fish-
ing regulations, quality standards laws, laws regulating loans for sale and disposal
of fish, laws regulating building and equipment of fishing vessels, and the proposal
for abolishment of eel farming rights. An experimental hatchery was created in
Bréns to further fresh-water fish production, and the experimental fishing vessel
Jons Vaever has succeeded in transplanting plaice to better locations, among other
successful experimental projects.

For future tasks of the Ministry, the importance of its furthering fishing in
foreign waters and State support for the industry's efforts in this direction in the
form of a limited State guarantee of the value of such catches were emphasized. In
addition, the Ministry looks forward to the completion of a commission survey of wa-
ter contamination, to protection of fishing rights in connection with land reclamation
projects, and to efforts toward revision of the North Sea Convention according to
Danish fishing requirements (United States Embassy in Copenhagen, dispatch May 3,
1957).

XK OK OK OK

82 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 1

PLANS FOR A PLASTIC FISHING VESSEL COMPLETED: A Danish manufac-
turing firm, according to newspaper reports, has completed detailed plans for afish-
ing vessel made from plastic. It was also reported that the firm hopes to begin pro-
duction of the plastic-hulled fishing vessel within a year.

The vessel is described as being of 15 tons deadweight, designed for a speed

of 12-14 knots.

This is about six knots more than the average Danish vessel of this

size now inuse. The selling price is estimated to be about 75,000 kroner (US$10,858).

These craft will be the first of this size to be made of plastic.

(United States Em-

bassy at Copenhagen, dispatch of October 25, 1957.)

ok KK OK

STEEL BOTTOM VESSEL WITH TWO FISH HOLDS DEVELOPED: In order to

more effectively separate and store the catch for food from the portion of the catch
destined for reduction or industrial use, the Danes have developed a two-hold steel
bottom fishing cutter or vessel. The double fish hold was designed for dual-purpose
fishing trips--during the early part of the trip fish used for food is caught and stored
in one part of the double fish hold and during the last part of the trip fish for indus-
trial use is caught and stored in the second part of the hold.

The bottoms of these vessels (70- to 80-ton class) are presently made in the
Netherlands, but an Esbjerg shipyard is preparing for their construction in Den-

mark.

Results obtained by an experimental vessel have been satisfactory, although in-
formation on the expense of upkeep and the rate of deterioration of the steel bottoms
as compared with wood bottoms is still incomplete (United States Embassy dispatch,

October 21, 1957).

Dominican Republic

CANNED MACKEREL MARKET: There is no packing of
canned mackerel in the Dominican Republic. No statistics
are available showing the quantity and value of canned mack-
erel imported during the last two years, states a recent dis-
patch (September 13, 1957) from the United States Embassy
at Ciudad Trujillo. In 1956 the Dominican Republic imported
US$208,085 worth of all types of canned fish, of which Canada
supplied US$93,693, the Netherlands US$30,932, the United
States US$25,278, Norway US$21,614, and the balance from
other countries,

Consumption of canned mackerel and similar canned fish
is mostly limited to field laborers, sugar-cane cutters, and
other low-income groups in general. Of the canned fish sold,
95 percent is packed in 6-7 oz. cans and 5 percent in 15-oz,
ovals. About 10 percent of the canned fish is in tomato and
90 percent in vegetable, cottonseed, and other oils. The 6-7

Z

oz. can of canned fish generally found in the markets retails
for 15 cents and the 15-oz. oval can for 45 cents. Practically
all canned fish, including mackerel, found in the Dominican
Republic is sold as ‘‘sardines.’* Consumers have a marked
preference for ‘‘sardines’’ canned in oil.

In order to expand the market for United States canned
mackerel in the Dominican Republic, it is suggested by var-
ious leading importers that the lowest possible prices be of-
fered to them as there is much competition from products
originating in other countries, especially Canada. Shipments
from Maine, Massachusetts, and Maryland are preferred by
importers as there are regular weekly shipping connections
between New York and the Dominican Republic. Recently Ca-
nadian ‘‘sardines’’ and mackerel were offered at US$7.25
f. o. b. Halifax in cases of 100 cans (6-3/4 oz, net weight).

Ecuador

SHRIMP FISHERY: Landings: No official statistics are
kept on shrimp landings in Ecuador. It is estimated that 1956
landings were about 4,000,000 pounds (headless weight), and
1957 landings are expected to run between 4,000,000 and
5,000,000 pounds.

Exports: Ecuadoran exports of shrimp to the United States
are expected to continue rising. It is expected that by the
end of 1957 all boats operating on shrimp in Ecuador will be

under local registry. During the past few years a number
of vessels operating in Ecuador have been United States flag
vessels.

Because of the above and also because Ecuador, in export
statistics, groups frozen shrimp and fresh and frozen lobsters
under the one category of ‘‘live lobsters,’’ the export figures
for Ecuador are greater than those shown under United States
imports of shrimp from Ecuador. It is believed that a closer

January 1958

approximation of actual shrimp imports from Ecuador can be
obtained by subtracting United States imports of Ecuadoran
lobsters from Ecuadoran expofts of ‘‘live lobsters.’’ This
procedure has been followed in the accompanying table.

Estimated United States Imports of Frozen Shrimp
serom ecuedooal

. (In 1,000 Lbs.)

Ecuador’s Exports of
‘‘Live Lobsters’’

'U. S. Imports of
Lobsters from Ecuador... 712

Estimated U.S.
Shrimp Imports 1/

Listed U.S.
Shrimp Imports 2/... :

U/THIS 1S OBTAINED BY STARTING | WITH ECUADOR? Ss EXPORTS, OF LIVE LOBSTERS
(1 NCLUDING LOBSTER AND SHRIMP) , SUBTRACTING ACTUAL LOBSTER IMPORTS AS

LISTED BY THE UNITED STATES, AND ARRIVANG AT THE ESTIMATED SHRIMP EX-
PORTS FROM ECUADOR,

2/ESTIMATED EXPORTS IN ALL INSTANCES SEEM TO BE HIGHER THAN THOSE LISTED
AS \|MPORTS FROM ECUADOR BY UNITED STATES IMPORT STATISTICS.

1,872

Ecuador exports of the ‘‘live lobsters’’ category, other than
to the United States, are believed to be almost entirely lob-
sters to Peru.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 83

Developments and Outlook: In the fall of 1955, there were
about 35 trawlers, 1 freezer boat, 2 land freezers (one of
which operated mostly on tuna), and 4 companies engaged in
the capture and processing of shrimp in Ecuador. In July
1957, there were about 70 trawlers, 2 freezer boats, 4 land
plants (two of which specialized in tuna), and 5 companies
working on shrimp. Fifteen more shrimp trawlers were re-
ported under construction and one land freezer (combined
tuna and shrimp) was being erected. The shore plant at Po-
sorja was adding more storage, office, and working space
and was installing a still for fresh water and a 20-ton daily
flake-ice machine with storage space for 50 tons of ice. The
shore plant at Manta was reported to have been completely
reconditioned with new equipment installed.

In 1955 small shrimp--the ‘‘titi’’ (Xiphopenaeus) and
‘‘pomada’’ (Protrachypene)--were either discarded by the
trawlers along with the trash fish or sold on the local market.
In 1957 both these species of shrimp, which are small in size,
were being peeled and deveined by hand and frozen for the
United States market. It is estimated that about 700,000
pounds of these small peeled and deveined shrimp will be
exported to the United States in 1957.

Negotiations were in progress for an organization from the
United States to purchase the two largest shrimp producing
outfits in Ecuador, (Latest information indicates that the
largest shrimp firm in Panama purchased the largest Ecua-
doran operation and a United States firm purchased the other.)

With increasing numbers of trawlers and freezing facilities
and greater use of existing stocks of shrimps, Ecuador can
be expected to increase exports to the United States.

El Salvador

_ FISHING INDUSTRY UNDERDEVELOPED: The fishing
industry of El Salvador, although potentially important, is
very poorly developed. The average working man has a diet
of tortillas (corn pancakes) and frijoles (red beans), the lat-
ter about the only source of proteins. The Pacific Ocean
waters reportedly full of fish are only a few miles from any
point in El Salvador and there are good arterial highways.

It is, therefore, to be regretted that this great source of low
cost protein, which it is estimated the El Salvadorans could
consume at the rate of 10-15 million pounds a year, is not
available in greater quantities.

Some of the reasons for this situation are apparent. Aside
from an unknown number of canoe fishermen, there are only
four sizable fishing boats in operation, the largest of which
is capable of landing about a million pounds a year. There
are only two very small ice plants to produce the ice neces-
sary for handling fish in a warm climate.

The underlying reasons for the lack of interest in the fish-
eries resources are not clear. With a large quantity of fish
available, a moderate investment in fishing vessels and ice
plants would appear to be quite practical, but few investors
(and none of any size) seem willing to venture into the busi-
ness.

There are no Statistics to show the quantity of fish landed
in El Salvador; none are kept officially covering the four fish-
ing boats, and there is no way of estimating the catch of nu-
merous canoe fishermen. Perhaps the catch of the four mod-
ern-type boats is 2,500,000 pounds a year of fish and 250,000
pounds of shrimp. The fish are of several varieties, bearing
local names which are not always subject to translation. into
English, but the best from the point of view of flavor are x
‘‘boca colorada’’ and California corvina. Both of these, when
obtained fresh and cooked properly, are very tasty, states a
September 23, 1957, despatch from the United States Embassy
in San Salvador.

In addition to the edible fish, it has been proposed that the non-
commercial fish be utilized for fish meal. This proposition,
too, has languished undeveloped.

The value of the catch is usually calculated at about 14 U.S.
cents a pound for fish at dockside and about 50 U. S. cents a
pound for shrimp ex-dock.

The catching, distributing, and marketing of the fish is done
in a primitive manner. The four fishing boats discharge their
catch at small piers at La Union in the Gulf of Fonseca. They
necessarily carry a certain amount of ice, but the quantity is
generally believed to be far too little. At ‘the dock, the fish or
shrimp are weighed--often in the sun--and packed in 100-pound
boxes with crushed ice, again usually in insufficient quantities
for safety. The boxes are then transported to inland cities and
delivered to markets and fish stores. As a rule, a large quan-
tity of the fish has spoiled during this procedure due to insuf-
ficient ice.

The Government’s policies and programs have been for the
most part directed toward the regulation of the fishing industry
rather than its promotion and expansion. There are elaborate
requirements for licenses, for fishing enterprises, and even
for single embarkations for fishing purposes. These are set
forth in the Government’s decree 1961 of October 25, 1955,
which consisted of a fisheries law, and decree No. 77 of Sep-
tember 12, 1956, which contained the regulations implementing
the previous decree. Of significance to foreigners is the fact
that, while the fisheries law (decree 1961) stated in its Article
17 that foreigners would be allowed to fish, at least for bait
(anchoveta), in El Salvadoran waters, provided they had a li-
cense, the regulations which the law stated would be forthcom-
ing have yet to be promulgated, and foreign boats now fish at
their own risk.

The Government’s industrial development corporation
(INSAFOP) has made a survey of a potential fishing industry
but has yet to find funds to establish one. There is in effect
an industrial processing law, which was designed to encourage
investment in new industries, and which would grant incentive
tax concessions to such a new industry if it were founded.

The potentialities of the shrimp-fishing industry are good.
The shrimp caught in El Salvador are considered to be second
to none in quality, and there is no doubt that it could find a
ready market in the United States.

% OK OK OK OK

84 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

SHRIMP FISHERY: Shrimp exports from El Salvador to the United States be-
gan during 1957. The freezership Leonardo I, formerly based at Acapulco, Mexico,
transferred to Salvadoran registry early in 1957. It has been reported, but not con-
firmed, that six Mexican trawlers from the Carmen area will soon move to La Union,

El Salvador's maximum potential is estimated to be about 2 million pounds of
headless shrimp a year. (United States Embassy dispatch from Mexico City dated
September 27, 1957.)

Ady,

ph

aes

German Democratic Republic

MARKET FOR CANNED SARDINES IN OIL GOOD: Canned sardines in olive
oil are in great demand in East Germany and are imported mainly from Portugal
and Morocco,

Due to a bad season, catches were only fair during 1956 in those countries.
Prices of canned sardines in oil have increased and canners in those countries can-
not obtain a sufficient quantity of olive oil to satisfy production needs.

Canned sardine stecks were scarce in East Germany, points out the Spanish
fishery periodical Industria Conservera (March 1957).

Guatemala

SHRIMP FISHERY: Several ventures have started or are about to start on
Guatemala's Pacific Coast, One included a freezership. The other was an experi-
mental shore-based operation, probably out of San Jose. Recent reports are not
available.

The maximum annual production potential of headless shrimp in Guatemala is
estimated to be about one million pounds. (United States dispatch from Mexico City

dated September 27, 1957.)
‘N

India

DEVELOPMENT OF FISHING INDUSTRY, 1956/57: The catch of fish in India
during the fiscal year (April-March) 1956/57 totaled about 1.1 million long tons, as
compared to a need for about 4 million tons to fulfill minimum nutritional standards
(estimated by the Ministry of Food and Agriculture), The present per capita con-
sumption of fish in India is estimated at 3.9 pounds a year. The industry employs
about 75,000 craft of various types along a coastline of 3,000 miles and gives em-
ployment to about 750,000 fishermen.

A total of Rs.55 million (US$11.5 million) was provided in the First Five-Year
Plan for the development of fisheries and the production during the period increased
by about 10 percent. The Second Five-Year Plan provides Rs.120 million ($25.2 mil-
lion) for fishery development and production is expected to rise by about 33 percent
by 1960/61. Out of the Rs.120 million, Rs,37 million ($7.8 million) will be Central
Government expenditures toward improving fishing methods, development of deep-
sea fishing, provision of fishing harbors, and organization of fish transport, storage,

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 85

and marketing. The work in respect to these activities was initiated during the pe-
riod under review.

Marine fisheries development projects during the year related mainly to in-
creasing the supply of fishery requisites, such as boats, yarn for nets, timber, sail
cloth, and foodstuff at concessional rates, provision of quick transport, mechaniza-
tion of fishing operations, and preservation. Inland fisheries development projects
undertaken during the year included a survey of culturable waters, collection of fish
seed, reclamation of derelict tanks, beels, swamps, and stocking them with fry and
fingerlings. The activities of the deep-sea fishing station at Bombay were intensi-
fied with the three additional vessels received under Technical Cooperation Mission
(TCM) aid for conducting exploratory fishing with gill nets and shrimp trawls, With
the increase in the fleet, the scope and field for training were increased consider-
ably. About 60 fishermen completed their training during the year.

Grants and loans given by the Central Government to the maritime states dur-
ing the year amounted to about Rs.3.3 million ($0.7 million) for providing financial
assistance to fishermen for the purchase of fishing equipment and also for organi-
zation of fishermen's cooperative societies and transport. Material and equipment
worth Rs.362,000 ($76,020) received under an Indo-United States technical assistance
program and other requisites worth Rs.600,000 ($126,000) was allotted to the Kerala
State under the Indo-Norwegian assistance program.

Three more marine fisheries training centers were opened at Veraval (Saurash-
tra), Tuticorin (Madras), and Cochin (Kerala) under the guidance of a Food and Agri-
cultural Organization (FAO) expert. An FAO marketing specialist conducted a sur-
vey of marketing conditions and another marketing specialist also arrived in India
just before the close of the fiscal year, Five extension units were established, one
each at Gauhati, Hyderabad, Bhopal, Allahabad, and Mandapam in addition to the ex-
isting unit at Calcutta.

Under the TCM aid program additional equipment of 6 jeeps, 9 'dan' boats, 54
marine engines, 12 outboard motors, and machinery and parts for ice plants were re-
ceived. The ice and cold-storage plant was allotted to Andhra Pradesh. Thefisheries
community development project under the Norwegian aid program made satisfactory
progress inKerala. The Norwegian fishing schooners continued their experimental
trawling.

The monetary value of assistance received by India in the shape of specialists,
fellowship grants, and equipment from all foreign sources totaled Rs. 1.8 million
($378,000) during the fiscal year.

An All-India Fisheries Conference was held in September 1956 at Madras. Var-
ious aspects of fisheries development, such as development of inland and marine
fisheries, fish preservation, and utilization of fisheries byproducts, marketing and
transport of fishery products, organization of fishermen's cooperatives, fisheries
training and extension, and fisheries research and statistics were discussed. A
meeting of the standing committee of the Indo-Norwegian fisheries project was held
at Bombay in December 1956 and it was decided to establish a pilot project for the
commercial exploitation of shrimp for purposes of export to the United States,

At the Central Inland! Fisheries Research Station, Calcutta, there was all-
round expansion in research activities and 33 trainees attended the training course.
In addition, four trainees of the Philippine Fisheries Bureau and one from the Cey-
lon Fisheries Department were also given training in inland fishery work.

Exports of salted and unsalted dried fish and salted wet fish, during the year
April 1, 1956-March 31, 1957 totaled 25,276 long tons valued at Rs.51 million ($10.7
million) as compared to 20,505 tons worth Rs.38 million ($8.1 million) in 1955/56.
Ceylon, Burma, and Singapore were the principal importing countries of Indian dried

86 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

fish. Shipment of small quantities of frozen shrimp to the United States was started
in 1955. During the first three months of 1957 exports to the United States totaled
about 152 tons valued at Rs.733,972 ($155,394). Unlike the small dried shrimp ex-
ported to Burma, exports to the United States were of selected types of larger
shrimp.

Efforts were continued by the Government to organize multi-purpose coopera-
tive societies to improve socio-economic conditions of fishermen and assist them
to undertake cooperative fish marketing. (United States Embassy, New Delhi, Octo-
ber 11, 1957.)

Indonesia

_FOREIGN TRADE IN FISHERY PRODUCTS, 1956: Indone-
Sia’s import trade in fishery products during 1956 totaled

close to 75 million pounds (valued at US$3.5 million). The

leading shippers of fishery products to Indonesia in 1956

TpuTable i= tndonesiata imports of Fishery Rroductey Tose ~— were Thailand (57.1 percent), Japan (15.4 percent), Singapore
| (10.4 percent), and Hong Kong (9.2 percent). These four

Country QUANTITY VALUEL/
f

f= Patted and ice and] countries accounted for 92 percent of Indonesia’s imports of
Smoked] Pickled | Canned Smoked] Pickled | Ci d i i i
Origin moked | eiebled ij Ceaned lorie 2] pemokes | peibile | game, Other2/ fishery products (see table 1). The leading products imported
Ea aeecrr 500 Lbs,)... saa |r uss 000))\= eS were Salted fish (82.9 percent) and canned fish (14.5 percent),
Vapentrysse se | ee eee Rots foaat : eT Oe esata [sence with the balance made up of pickled, smoked, and fish prepa-
|Singapore ...... | 15 | 7,801 - - 3.3 339.3 - - rations in combination with other foods.
jHong Kong - 6,836 | 22 30 382.2 1.6 2.2

Malaya... .

= . | i 5; : = = . « < :
BERS een on | Us || aie 433)|| 88291/0 2.6 SIA: 08) eas.<9) (52-5 The United States share in Indonesia’s imports of fishery
China (Communist) 312 - - 10.6 : = products was negligible and consisted of almost 42,000 pounds
Dataaaiates Soe | (a = 3:0 2 = of canned sardines.
2

3.2
, - = eu. = - - 16] -
ToteliseRrTs 33__ | 62,126 [10,900 [1,871 | 5.9 | 2,792.0 | 611.3 [113.1
7 2.9 cust

PiaM EQUAL UE
SH PROOUCTS HIKED WITH OTHER INGREDIENTS.

Fishery products exports from Indonesia in 1956 were quite
light and consisted of only 2.4 million pounds of fresh fish
(valued at US$259,000). Of this total about 1.9 million pounds
= were shipped to Malaya and about 0.5 million to Singapore.

lrish Free State

EXPANSION OF SHARK FISHING FOR FISH MEAL PLANNED: The shark fish-
ing industry along the west coast of Ireland is likely to be expanded. One firm,
which anticipates a greater demand for fish meal, has been exporting considerable
quantities of fish meal processed from sharks, Carcasses are transported from
Irish Republic seaports to the company's plant at Lissue, near Lisburn (near Bel-
fast). A new fish meal plant being built in Killybegs (County Donegal) will alsoproc-
ess sharks.

Some 1,500 metric tons of shark are used each year by the Irish to manufacture
fish meal and liver oil, but almost as many more are thrown back into the sea be-
cause of lack of demand.

Off Achill Island (a noted area for basking shark) where the sharks are caught
in nets and speared to death, only 1 in every 3 carcasses goes for processing into
meal. Once the liver has been removed the carcasses have been deemed worthless,
Now, however, it is hoped to change this attitude when expansion of the fish meal
industry comes into full operation. The shark-liver oil is exported to Great Britain
and other European countries tobe used chiefly in tanneries and for tempering steel,

Fishermen operating in Keem Bay, Achill, have welcomed the announcement.
They claim they can provide all the sharks required, Sharks have been so numer-
ous this season off Achill Island that crews have become selective in the types sin-
gled out for capture and liver extraction, (The Fishing News, August 30, 1957.)

ES

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW : 87

Italy
MARKET FOR JAPANESE CANNED TUNA FAVORABLE: the first half of 1956, but sales picked up during the second
The current c. i. f. price in Italy of Japanese canned tuna in half of that year. Imports from Japan during the period July
7-oz, cans is approximately US$7.20 a case of 48 cans. Re- to December 1956 rose to-530 tons, or 6.5 percent of total
cently the price was $6.55 a case. Japanese light-meat tuna, canned tuna imports; during the first half of 1957 imports
the only type imported from Japan, is currently the least ex- totaled 362.8 tons or 10.4 percent of total canned tuna imports.
pensive in the Italian retail markets, and, because of this,
has encountered considerable favor among the Italian con- Imports from Japan would probably have shown an even
sumers. greater increase but for the quota imposed in line with the
Italo-Japanese trade agreement and protection of the Italian
Through June 1956, the import of tuna from Japan was in- fish canning industry.
significant. Only 41 metric tons were sold in Italy during
=—
2)
Japan

BARTER OF CANNED SALMON FOR BRITISH ATOMIC POWER REACTOR
company) have asked the Japanese Ministry of International Trade and Industry to
arrange the import of a British Calder Hall-type atomic power reactor in a barter
exchange for 650,000 cases of canned red salmon to be exported to England thisyear.
The Ministry replied unfavorably, to the effect that the British would probably not
agree to such exchange for one year's exports alone, and since it appears that it will
be difficult to get action on the request at the administrative level, a decision has
been made to shift to negotiation at the political level. (Nippon Suisan Shimbun, Jap-
anese periodical, July 31, 1957.)

KOK OK OK OK

EXPORTS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS Japanese Exports of Edible Fish and Fish Preparations to the
TO THE UNITED STATES, JANUARY- United States, January-June 1957 and 1956

January-June 1957| January-June 1956

preparations to the United States in May
1957 totaled 4,532 metric tons (valued at
US$3.3 million) and in June 1957 totaled
8,058 tons (valued at $4.0 million). The
total for the six months period ending
June 1957 was 45,071 tons (valued at
$25.0 million) as compared with 43,894
tons (valued at $23.7 million) for the sim-

Tuna, canned....
Crab meat, canned

: : 2 Other canned fish , 4,853
ilar period in 1956, Unclassified..... 8,045 3,756
In addition, Japan exported to the

United States in the first half of 1957 ma-
rine and fish oils valued at US$2.0 million as compared with $1.9 millionin the first
half of 1956.

7K OK OK OK OK

FOREIGN TRADE IN MARINE-ANIMAL OILS, 1955-56: Exports by Japan of
marine-animal oils totaled 78,829 metric tons in 1956, an increase of 45 percent as com-
pared with the 54,384 tons exported in 1955. The increase was due to a sharp rise
in the exports of oils derived from whales, partially as a result of the increase in
size of the Japanese Antarctic whaling fleet in 1956.

West Germany and the Netherlands were the largest importers of all types of
Japanese marine oils in both 1956 and 1955, The United States was the most impor-
tant importer of Japanese cod-liver oils in both 1956 and 1955. During 1956 and

88 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

Table 1 - Japanese Imports and Exports

of Marine-Animal Oils, 1955-56

1956 | 1955 | 1956 | 1955

pest
go [ras 3

1/1NCLUDED IN "OTHER FISH-LIVER OILS” IN 1955,

1955 the United States received
about 12 percent of Japanese
exports of marine-animal oils.

Japan is primarily an ex-
porter of oils derived from ma-
rine animals. Small quantities
of crude fish oils were import-
ed from South Korea and Tai-
wan. Imports into Japan from
all sources in 1956 were only
140 metric tons and 44 tons in
1955. Imports were practical-
ly all liver oils (fish, shark,
and cod). (United States Em-
bassy in Tokyo dispatch dated
April 18, 1957.)

Exports

Cesare dF od- eou ou! | Shark- sear Lteer Oe | ou isha Laver oun} ous en ous! | Whale oi1 [Sperm ou4
[1955 | 1956 |

[ 1955 | 1956 [1955 | 1556] 1955 |

AT Te Oe ay hat
eee ere

1/MOSTLY CRUDE OIL. 3/IN 1955 SMALL QUANTITY OF MARINE MAMMAL OJLS INCLUDED,
2/INCLUDED IN FISH-LIVER OIL IN 1955. 4/INCLUDED WITH WHALE Olt IN 1955.

Ocean had packed 404,250 cases (48 65-oz. cans). As of ee 31,1956, ae 377,000
cases were packed and the final 1956 pack totaled 427,350 cases. The quota for the
1957 season was 337,000 cases. The factoryships fishing in the Okhotsk Sea (4-fleets)
and the Bering Sea (1 -fleet) ended the season in August, according to the September
1957 ''Monthly Report of Fisheries Statistics'' of the Japanese Fisheries Agency.

In addition to the factoryship operations, there will be additions to the final pack
of crab meat from the shore-based crab fishery off Hokkaido, Based on the Au-
gust 31, 1957, factoryship pack of 404,250 cases plus the Hokkaido shore-based pack,
the total 1957 crab meat pack will be substantially higher than preliminary estimates
of 400,000 cases from all sources made at the beginning of the 1957 season.

NOTE: SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, JULY 1957, P. 25.

* OK OK Ae 3s

TUNA FISHING IN MARQUESAS AREA: For the first time a Japanese tuna long-
line vessel fished off the Marquesas Islands. The No. 1 Seiju Maru sailed from
Shimizu, Japan, on August 5 for the Indian Ocean, but receiving reports that the fish-
ing was not very good there, it changed course completely and cut across the Pacif-
ic ona southeasterly course to a ground 800 miles east-northeast of the Marquesas
Islands, around 2° §., 121° W. This is the first time a Japanese tuna boat has fish-
ed so close to South America.

At first the fishing was not so good, only about 4 tons a day, but the catch grad-
ually picked up and lately has run about 14 tons a day, which is good for a vessel of

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 89

this class. The fishing was good for yellowfin and big-eyed tuna. The vessel was
scheduled to fish about 70 more days and was expected to return to port early in
December 1957, The area cannot be said to be an especially good fishing ground,
and the operators are worried about how the fishing will hold up.

The area has been pointed out by United States biologists as a promising tuna
ground because of differences in the surface and deeper currents. The attention of
Japanese vessel operators has been attracted to the area. It is a completely un-
known ground, but depending on fishing results, some vessels may work there, since
in straight-line distance it is closer to Japan than the Indian Ocean, The area has
no fueling bases, as the Indian Ocean area has, and because it is close to the Amer-
ican mainland the feeling of vessel operators is that they would rather land fish
from the area in South America than bring them back to Japan. (Nippon Suisan Shim -
bun, September 27, 1957.)

JAPANESE GOVERNMENT,

Malaya

TUNA FISHING FIRM TO BE FORMED WITH JAPANESE AID: An agreement
has been arranged with a Japanese fishing firm for technical assistance and advice
in establishing a M$2 to $5 million (US$730,000-$1,800,000) tuna fishing venture,
the Malayan Minister of Agriculture announced following a visit to Japan. He stated
that two 300-ton tuna fishing vessels would be sent from Japan, probably to fish out
of Penang or the Province of Wellsley. The venture will be financed by private cap-
ital and Malayan cooperatives would be encouraged to buy shares.

It is believed that the new firm's vessels will fish in the Indian Ocean and off
the coast of Borneo, with the catch processed at a proposed cannery to be built in
Penang. As most Malayan fishermen are inexperienced in deep-sea fishing and are
reported to be reluctant to spend more than a few days at sea, the fishing vessels
Willinitially be manned by Japanese crews (United States Embassy in Kuala Limpur,
dispatch dated October 11, 1957).

fe

Mexico
CERTAIN FISHERY PRODUCTS PLACED UNDER IMPORT CONTROL: The

the Ministry of Economy, and includes the following fishery items (tariff classifica-
tion number in parentheses):

(043.00.00) Anchovies and pastes thereof, preserved.

(043.00.97) Foods containing fish, crustaceans or mollusks, her-
metically packed, not specified.

(043.00.98) Crustaceans or mollusks, preserved, not specified.
(0043.00.99) Fish, preserved, not specified.

The above items were added to the list of commodities under import control ef-
fective September 13, 1957.

OC OK OK OK

90 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

FISH CANNING TRENDS: As of the end of September 1957 there were seven
major canneries operating in Ensenada, Baja California, processing a variety of
fishery products and representing an investment of over 50 million pesos (US$4 mil-
lion), The largest cannery destroyed by fire in December 1956 has been rebuilt and
is now operating at capacity. This plant is reported to have a maximum daily raw
material capacity of 450 metric tons.

The suspension of letters of credit by United States banks for importers to
Singapore and Taiwan raised some fears that the market for canned products in the

Far East would disappear.

A campaign to stimulate the consumption of more canned fishery products in
Mexico has been started, a dispatch dated October 7, 1957, from the United States

Consul in Tijuana states.

NOTE: ALSO SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, JULY 1957, P. 28 AND MARCH 1957, P. 49.

KOK OK OK

MEXICO SHRIMP INDUSTRY: Landings: The 1956 Mexi-
can shrimp landings, about 27,000 metric tons headless
weight, were the largest on record. These were about 1,000
tons more than the 1955 landings which, in turn, were about
6,000 tons greater than during 1954. Increased production
during 1955 and 1956 resulted primarily from: (1) an excel-
lent harvest of shrimp along Mexico’s Pacific Coast during
the fall and winter of 1955/56; (2) an increase in the number
of Mexican shrimp trawlers in the Gulf of Mexic6; and (3) an
increase in export demand and prices for the smaller sizes
of shrimp,

Table 1 - Mexican Shrimp Landings, 1/
1955, 1956, Jan.-June 1957

Pacific Coast | Gulf of Mexico

1/most Ly RAW HEADLESS, ALTHOUGH SOME RAW WHOLE, DRIED WHOLE, AND DRIED
PEELED ARE INCLUDED,

For the first six months of 1957, Mexican shrimp landings
were only about 77 percent of those for the same period in
1956. Gulf Coast landings were about the same for these two
periods, The big drop occurred on the Pacific Coast where
landings were only about two-thirds those during January-
June 1956,

The percentage distribution of the landings has gradually
been rising on the Gulf Coast owing to: (1) an increase in the
number of shrimp trawlers in that area and (2) a decrease in
the Pacific Coast catch.

Table 2 - Percentage Distribution of Shrimp Landings
Between Pacific and Gulf Coasts of Mexico

Percentage of Total Landings

The only available records as to sizes and species of
shrimp landed in Mexico are those of a sample from Ciudad
del Carmen taken by commercial trawlers and consisting of
about 56 metric tors of headless shrimp covering the entire
period from January 1 to June 30, 1957. In this sample, by
weight, 39.2 percent were white shrimp (Penaeus setiferus),
18.3 percent were brown (P. aztecus), and 42.5 percent were
pink (P, duorarum),

The brown shrimp averaged larger than the white and the
white larger than the pink. About 76 percent of the browns,
47 percent of the whites, and 13 percent of the pinks were
25 count or under (headless) to the pound,

Table 3 - Shrimp Landings / by Months, 1956 and
January-June 1957

Pacific Coast |Gulf of Mexico

raver [1986 | soon [soos | aosr [1056
January .. 1,715.1

February . 1,635.9

March... 1,830.9

Pris ve 1,158.7 4

Maye vetetts 1,246.4] 1,648.5
June .... 1,951.5] 2,267.3
REA Oo ao = 1,902.7
isonet cone - 1,982.8
September - 3,017.6
October .. - 3,168.7
November. = 2,276.6
December. 795.1 2,237.5

.

9,080.2 = 26,966.7
3,734.5 |9,538.6}12,380.9

1/MOsTLY RAW HEADLESS, ALTHOUGH SOME RAW WHOLE, DRIED WHOLE, AND DRIED
PEELED ARE INCLUDED

Ex-vessel prices for shrimp in Mexico are based on cur-
rent prices in the United States. In the Carmen area the
general practice for noncompany-owned boats is to pay ex-
vessel 14 to 15 cents U. S. currency per pound less than the
going primary-wholesaler price in Brownsville for packaged
frozen shrimp, It is reported that in some places on the Pa-
cific Coast this differential may reach as high as 30 cents a
pound, Liquidation is generally made on pack-out weight.

Table 4 - Size Distribution of a Samplel/ of Ciudad
Del Carmen Shrimp Landings in Percent

Number of
Heads-Off

1/ABOUT 56 METRIC TONS OF HEADS-OFF SHRIMP TAKEN BY COMMERCIAL TRAWLERS
JANUARY 1, 1957-JUNE 30, 1957.

Vessels: In six months between March 15, 1957, and Sep-
tember 15, 1957, the Mexican shrimp trawler fleet increased
by more than 20 percent--117 boats were added to the Gulf
fleet and 47 to the Pacific fleet. The Gulf fleet increased by
about 38 percent and the Pacific by about 10 percent.

January 1958

Table 5 - Mexican Shrimp Fleet
ay

September 15, 1957] March 15, 1957

perated by Cooperatives

nder Contract with Owners:1/
Pacific Coast..........
Gulf Coast

(07

otal. ee 950 2l4 214

U/ONLY LEGALLY -RECOGNIZED COOPERATIVE FISHERMEN ARE PERMITTED TO CATCH SHRIMP IN
MEXICO, BOATS NOT OWNED BY COOPERATIVES ARE OPERATED BY COOPERATIVES UNDER CON-
TRACT WITH OWNERS.

2/aT LEAST TWO ARE TRAWLER-FREEZERS.

There appears to be no Slackening in the construction of
shrimp trawlers in Mexico. It is anticipated that Mexico
will have at least 1,000 trawlers by the end of 1957. Con-
struction and acquisition rates are greater on the Gulf than
on the Pacific and the difference in the size of the fleets on
the two coasts is rapidly diminishing. On March 15, 1957,
there were 308 trawlers in the Gulf and 478 in the Pacific.
On September 15, 1957, there were 425 trawlers in tne Gulf
and 525 in the Pacific.

The tendency is towards larger trawlers. Steel vessels
are becoming more and more popular on the Pacific. The
cost of producing steel trawlers in Mexico is somewhat under
that for wooden.

There are four shrimp freezer vessels operating on the
Pacific Coast of Mexico and none on the Gulf. Buy boats are
not used in Mexico. The transport vessels, of which there
are four, are not under Mexican registry. These vessels
are used to transport frozen shrimp from ports on the Mexi-
can Gulf coast to ports in the United States, usually Browns-
ville, Texas, and New Orleans, Louisiana.

Fishermen: There are an estimated 5,850 fishermen work-
ing full time aboard the Mexican trawler fleet. About 2,125
are aboard trawlers in the Gulf and 3,725 in the Pacific. In
addition, there are about 5,500 fishermen working part time
in the bays and lagoons along the West Coast and another
1,200 in the Gulf. In all, it is estimated that there are about
12,550 part- and full-time shrimp fishermen in Mexico.
About 9,225 are in the Pacific and 3,325 in the Gulf.

Freezing and Canning Plants: There are 36 shore freezing
plants in Mexico operating full- or part-time on shrimp. It
was expected that the 37th plant in Coatzacoalcos, Veracruz,
would be in operation by the end of October. This plant has
a freezing capacity of 20,000 pounds daily and a storage ca-
pacity for 125,000 pounds.

There are 22 freezing plants in operation on the Pacific
Coast and 14 on the Gulf of Mexico. Total daily freezing ca-
pacity is estimated at 750,000 pounds of which 450,000 is on
the Pacific and 300,000 on the Gulf.

There are seven canneries, all on the Pacific, that operate
part-time on shrimp. Another shrimp cannery is reported
to be under construction in southwest Mexico. The pack,
which is entirely wet pack, is estimated at about 25,000 cases
a year, though this is highly variable depending on the runs
of small shrimp and the price paid for competing sizes for
freezing.

Types of Products and Packaging: By far the greater amount

of frozen shrimp produced in Mexico is packaged in the 5-
pound institutional pack. Most of this is headless, but some
are peeled, or peeled and deveined. However, 3-pound and
24-pound cartons of headless, peeled, and peeled and de-
veined are also produced as well as 12-, 10-, and 8-ounce
consumer packages. There appears to be a trend towards
producing more of the smaller size packages and more peeled
and deveined shrimp.

Number of Employees: About 2,500 part- and full-time work

ers are employed in the freezing plants and another 350 in the
canneries,

Fishing Seasons--Pacific Coast: The open fishing season
for shrimp on the Pacific Coast for the inshore bays, estu-
aries, and lagoons is from September 1 through April 15 the
following year. In southern Sinaloa and in Nayarit where
‘‘tapo’’ or weir fishing is permitted, inshore fishing, al-
though permitted until April 15, generally stops around the
first of December owing to scarcity of shrimp.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

91

Trawling for shrimp is prohibited in all inshore waters of
Mexico, In offshore waters along the Pacific Coast from
Baja California through Nayarit, trawling is prohibited from
March 16 to April 15. This closed season may be extended
until May 15 depending upon the proportion of spawning
shrimp appearing in samples taken by officials of the Bureau
of Fisheries and Allied Industries. In 1957 the closed season
lasted until May 15. It is probable that the 1958 closed sea-
son will be for two months also.

There is no closed season for trawling for shrimp in off-
shore waters south of the State of Nayarit.

Exports of Shrimp: Mexico’s shrimp exports are princi-
pally frozen shrimp to the United States. In 1956 Mexico
exported about 24,798 metric tons of frozen, 87 tons of fresh
or iced, 34 tons of dried, and 1 ton of canned shrimp. During
1955, 1956, and the first six months of 1957, over 99.8 per-
cent of frozen shrimp exports and, during the last two periods,
all of the fresh or iced shrimp exports were shipped to the
United States.

—

Table 6 - Mexican Shrimp Exports, 1955-56
and January-June 1957

Product and Country
of Destination

Frozen:

United States..... 8,702.0 24,746.6 20,539.6

Canada......... = 19.1 20.1

Guba erect > = 1/

Guatemala....... 6.0 10.0 4.9

dEIENG 6G 0a. 0-000 2 22.7 2

Puerto Rico..... 0 F = 10.3
sROtallvometretaterenel es 8,708.9 24,798.4 20,575.0

Fresh or Iced:
United States.....
Guatemala.......

|
bpriea (with or without
shell):

United States..... 1/ 0.2 1/
El Salvador ...... = 1/
Guatemalatue arene = 33.6 1/
JERE oO Good ooo D0 S 1/ 1/
Panamavwener-ietsrerene = > 1/

Totaly ces 1/ 33.8 1/

Canned:

United States.....
British Honduras ..
Guatemala

perererereren A IL
1/LESS THAN 100 POUNDS.

About 34 metric tons of dried shrimp were exported in
1956. Most of this went to Guatemala.

Canned shrimp exports have been insignificant in recent
years. Less than 1.5 tons were exported during 1956, mostly
to Guatemala.

Qutlook for Pacific Coast Landings: The 1955/56 fall and
|winter catch of shrimp on Mexico’s west coast was the best
in years. The 1956/57 catch was good but considerably below
that of the previous season. The 1957/58 crop was just be-
ginning to appear on the fishing grounds and it was too early
to estimate accurately their abundance. The bay season open-
ed in the Pacific on September 1 and from advance reports
it appeared that a catch, much larger than last year’s, was
in evidence. The Topolobampo freezer was reported flooded
with shrimp and many were being dried. In the first two
weeks of this season, La Reforma landings were considerably
ahead of those for the entire season last year, which was al-
most a complete failure for that area. The ‘‘tapo’’ or weir
catches south of Mazatlan were reported to be running con-
siderably ahead of last season’s.

92 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

The trawlers were optimistic. They expected good catches remain about the same although some slight increase in local
when the season got into full swing in October. sales might occur. The market and sales prices are control-
led primarily by export demand, which continues excellent.

Outlook for Gulf Landings: Although there is a tendency

for the Gulf landings to rise during summer, the seasonal Export Outlook: 1957 exports were expected to continue
pattern of the shrimp catch is not nearly so pronounced as under the total for 1956, unless an excellent catch of shrimp
in the Pacific. Fishermen in this area were pessimistic. was produced on the Pacific Coast this fall and winter. Early
Even with many more boats than last year, the total catch indications were that the West Coast would have a better than
was running about the same. Individual boat catches were average run of shrimp for the remainder of the year.
down, It is not anticipated that there will be much change
during the remainder of 1957. It is too early for a 1958 pre- It is much too soon to hazard a guess at 1958 exports.
diction, Mexico’s catch and exports no longer depend on fishing and

freezing facilities. There is a sufficiency, if not an overa-

Domestic Consumption: With a favorable bay crop in the bundance, of both. Spawning success of the shrimp stocks
Pacific, it looked like Mexico would have more dried and can- and the United States market are now the controlling factors.
ned shrimp available for local consumption in 1957 than in (United States Embassy despatch from Mexico City dated
1956. The local fresh and frozen markets were expected to September 27, 1957.)
OK OK OK OK

WEST COAST SHRIMP INDUSTRY DAMAGED BY STORM: Although the amount
somewhat according to the source of the information, it is evident that the shrimp
fleet of 182 vessels suffered serious losses. Damage to shore-side freezers and
plants was not as serious as reports indicated.

Newspaper reports of October 29 stated that damage to the Mazatlan shrimp
industry would amount to US$8-9.5 million. It was reported that 40 shrimp trawlers
were completely destroyed, 36 vessels seriously damaged, and 20 more slightly
damaged. In addition, the four freezing plants were unable to freeze any shrimp and
the freezers in Culiacan, Topolobampo, and other nearby ports had to be utilized.

A later article by the same newspaper stated that the Mexican Minister of Marine
reported that various accounts of the damage were contradictory and to arrive at the
truth a careful investigation was under way.

Industry spokesmen have stuck to their figures of the losses to the shrimp fleet,
but have stated that accounts of damage to processing and freezing plants were ex-
aggerated. Actually only one plant was badly damaged ant that two of the plants were
back in operation, The major shipyard in Mazatlan was badly damaged and the slip-
ways blocked by a grounded freighter. It is estimated that between the date of the
hurricane and the end of the year there would be a loss of 2,000 metric tons in shrimp
landings. Other sources of information estimated that the loss in shrimp landings
would not exceed 1,000 tons, an October 30 dispatch from United Embassy in Mexico
City reports,

Norway

BUILDING OF LARGER FISHING VESSELS URGED BY GOVERNMENT: A con-
version to bigger and more modern fishing vessels for the Norwegian fishing indus-
try is being urged by the Norwegian Fisheries Minister. In a talk at Norway's west
coast port of Aalesund, he said such a move was essential to facilitate participation
in offshore and ocean fisheries. He also stressed the need for reducing the number
of fishermen and for changing operating methods. The government spokesman, more-
over, suggested that the question of vacations for year-around fishermen should be
considered.

The Minister said many factors accounted for the low earnings of fishermen.
Prices in general have gone up and technological development of the fisheries,
though necessary, is very costly. In regard to the important cod fisheries, mod-
ernization has failed to produce bigger catches. In recent seasons, both the cod
and the fat herring fisheries have failed, more or less, At the same time, Norwe-
gian fish and fish products are meeting keen competition in foreign markets.

January 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 93

Norway has some 7,500 full-time fishermen and nearly 70,000 part-time fish-
ermen. Fish exports are valued at about Kr.700 million (US$98 million) a year, or

one-fifth of Norway's total exports.

%* ok OK kK

DEMAND FOR HERRING FILLETS FROZEN IN ALGINATE JELLY INCREASES:

a Norwegian firm in 1956 with the export of 200 metric tons to West Germany. In

1957 the same firm expects to export 400 tons.

The herring fillets in alginate jelly

have been well received, due to their superior keeping quality, as compared with the

usual ice-glazed fillets.

When treated with the alginate jelly, the fillets are protected by a protective
film that is practically impervious to air and thus dehydration, Fillets treated in
this way retain the original fresh fish luster to a high degree. Tests have demon-
strated that fillets coated with alginate jelly have retained their quality after 12
months of storage. Without the alginate, herring fillets become discolored and de-
velop an off-flavor after a few months of cold storage (Norwegian Fishing News,

no. 3, vol. IV, 1957).

KK KK

FISHERIES TRENDS, THIRD QUARTER 1957: On the whole
returns from Norwegian fisheries reported in the third quar-
ter of 1957 were fairly good as compared to the third quarter
of 1956. However, fishing after the first half of the year is
always of minor importance (about 80 percent of the total
catch is landed in the first six months of the year). Accord-
ingly, the third quarter’s results will not counteract appre-
ciably the poor winter and spring catches, an October 14, -
1957, despatch from the United States Embassy in Oslo
states.

The catch of cod and other groundfish from the major fish-
ing grounds during the third quarter rose from about 50,000
metric tons in 1956 to about 70,000 metric tons in 1957. Only
29,600 metric tons of fat and small herring were caught dur-
ing July-September 1957 as compared with 48,700 metric
tons during the corresponding period in 1956.

After several years of very poor catches, the 1957 brisling
herring season has been very encouraging. As of July 20 this
year, the total canned pack of brisling sardines amounted to
412,000 cases, against only 108,000 cases as of the same date
in 1956. A normal year’s total pack amounts to about 500,000
cases, a level which may well be reached this year.

Herring fishing off Iceland for salting, which started July
5, was ended in September with a total production of 181,000
barrels of salted herring, compared with 193,000 barrels
during 1956. All the salted herring has been sold. Sweden,
the main buyer, took 110,000 barrels.

Encouraging results from the experimental herring fishing
off Iceland for the fish oil and meal industry point to the pos-
sibility of expansion in this branch of the fishing industry.
Only a very few vessels went to the Iceland grounds for this
purpose this year. However, interest has been developed to
such an extent that Farmand, a commercial weekly, reports
that as many as 200 or 300 purse-seine fishing vessels may

OK OK

participate next year. Conservatively estimated, on the basis
of this year’s results, if 150 vessels participate next year,
the oil and meal industry will be supplied with an extra 55,000
metric tons of fish.

With rising operating costs and declining fish prices, the
cod fishermen claim that they are not receiving a proportion-
ate share of the general rise in the standard of living. During
past boom years, export taxes were levied on high-priced cod
and other fish and fish products and accumulated in a fish
price regulation fund, It seems probable that this fund may
be exhausted by the end of the year through its use in main-
taining price levels higher than market prices. Accordingly,
the fishermen have turned to the Government for financial
support. A price regulation fund for herring also exists.
However, prices paid from the fund to the herring fishermen
have been kept in line with prices obtained in world markets,
There has been no consequent drain on the fund and no special
demands have been made on the Government from the herring
fishermen.

The cod fishermen through their marketing association
(Norges Raafisklag) issued demands upon the Government in
July, the principal demand being for a guaranteed minimum
price for fish. In September, at a meeting between the Gov-
ernment and a five-man delegation from the fishermen, the
Government refused to take a position on this matter. How-
ever, with the consent of the fishermen, it appointed a com-
mittee under the chairmanship of the Director of the Bank of
Norway, which is to submit a proposal for a permanent solu-
tion of the problems with which the fishing industry is faced.
Its proposals are expected to be presented in the summer of
1958. At the same time the Government stated that it would
assist the fishermen by extending until the end of the year a
temporary fish price increase originally made effective until
October 1, 1957. It also offered to reduce the price of fuel
oil to the fishing fleet after the end of the year.

38 OK

the body of the whale and kills the whale in two seconds, The gas then causes the
whale to float to the surface without the necessity of pumping air into the body.
(Fisheries Newsletter, Australian Commonwealth Director of Fisheries, September

1957.)

Kok kK OK

94 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

SCIENTIST EXAMINES EFFECTS OF 12-MILE TERRITO- fishery off the Shetland Islands in Scotland would be signifi-
RIAL WATERS LIMIT ON FISHERIES: The effects of a 12- cantly reduced, probably by 50 percent.
mile international fishery boundary or territorial waters
limit on the Norwegian fisheries are examined by Birger Trawling for brisling off Skagen in Denmark will be greatly
Rasmussen, Research Scientist with the Norwegian Director- affected. The probable reduction is estimated to be 50 per-
ate of Fisheries Ocean Research Institute. He points out the cent, The seal fishery off Newfoundland would be very great-
following effects on Norwegian fisheries: ly affected, with the reduction placed at 75 percent.

The herring fishery off Iceland would under normal condi- For the dogfish fishery off the Shetland Islands, the trawl-
tions probably be reduced about 50 percent. However, the ing for brisling in the Kattegatt, and the seal fishery off New-
fishery occurs today, because of nature’s whims, a long way foundland, territorial limits or fishery boundaries of 6 and
from Iceland’s coast, An extension of territorial waters to 8 nautical miles would mean less of a loss to Norwegian fish-
12 nautical miles would, therefore, not make an immediate eries than a 12-mile boundary.
reduction in the Norwegian herring fishery off Iceland. The
reduction mentioned is calculated on the basis that the fishery If other countries’ territorial waters were increased to 12
in the future would take place in the old area. nautical miles, the Norwegian fisheries would suffer a total

loss of 17,500 metric tons valued at about 15 million Nor-

The line fishery off Iceland would be reduced about 10 per- wegian kroner (US$2.1 million). This is a reduction in the
cent, Norwegian fishery off other countries’ coasts of about 25 per-

cent, Including the Norwegian fisheries off the coasts of

The cod fishery off Greenland would be affected very little other countries outside the 12-mile zone, on the high seas,
by an eventual 12-mile boundary, The reduction is estimated and the Norwegian coastal fisheries, an international 12-mile
at about 10 percent of the volume. The Norwegian dogfish territorial waters zone would mean that the volume and value

of the Norwegian catch would drop 10 percent.

Ok OK ke ok

WHALING INDUSTRY TRENDS: A dispute over wages plus the percentage share
of estimated earning profits which the officers and crews of Norway's Antarctic
whaling fleet should receive continued for many weeks. It was resolved temporarily
on October 15, 1957, with the appointment of a Compulsory Wage Board. Following
this development the officers and crews agreed to man their ships and leave for the
Antarctic whaling grounds. The dispute had delayed the departure of three expedi-
tions planning on early season sperm whaling. Whether or not the delay in depar-
ture of the expeditions will affect the 1957/58 production remains to be seen. Prior
to this settlement the engineering officers had agreed to an average increase of 3.4
percent (engineers aboard catcher boats received up to 8 percent). Deck officers
and crewmen rejected an offer of a 3.4-percent increase.

The Norwegian whaling industry was pleased that the October 3, 1957, deadline
had passed without any objections raised by the parties attending the International
Whaling Convention in London to the 14,500-blue-whale-unit quota. This is the same
total that was allotted for the previous 1956/57 season.

In the early part of October the remaining stocks of 20,000 metric tons of whale
oil were sold for £.75 (US$210) a ton. The average price received for the 1956/57
production was close to £85 (US$238) a ton, or about the same as the 1955/56 aver-
age price.

Norway's production of 904,453 barrels (about 6 barrels to the ton) of whale oil
for the 1956/57 season was very good as compared with 720,013 barrels for the
1955/56 season, The production of sperm oil in the 1956/57 season of 99,241 bar-
rels was lower by 33,228 barrels from the 1955/56 season, Prices for sperm oil,
however, were better, £80 (US$224) in 1956/57 as compared with £71 (about US$199)
a ton the previous season,

Nine Norwegian factoryships, assisted by 94 catcher vessels, will operate dur-
ing the 1957/58 whaling season, This is the same number as last winter. However,
the Norwegian land station at Husvik Harbor, South Georgia, which in 1956/57 oper-
ated 7 catchers, has now been discontinued.

Approximately 6,700 Norwegians will be engaged in Antarctic whaling during
the next 5-6 months, or about 600 fewer than in the previous season. Some 4,400
man Norwegian expeditions and 2,300 serve aboard foreign flag vessels.

The 150,000 tons (904,453 barrels) of whale oil produced by Norwegian expedi-
tions last season were sold for Kr, 255 million (US$35.7 million) while 16,600 tons

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 95

(99,241 barrels) of sperm oil, plus byproducts, grossed Kr. 29.7 million (US$4.2
million), to make a grand total of Kr. 284,700,000 (US$39.9 million),

g

Panama

OPERATION OF FOREIGN VESSELS IN TERRITORIAL 0 days, may b i i =
WATERS PERMITTED: The Director of the Consular and eee arty} dane ai aaa orien ane eat EA
Shipping Section of the Ministry of Finance and Treasury

stated informally that the Government of Panama does not
prohibit the operation of foreign vessels within its territo-
rial waters. The Government does, however, require com-
pliance with provisions in its national navigation regulation.
This regulation requires each foreign vessel to obtain a
special navigation license from the Ministry of Finance and
Treasury and to maintain on board the vessel, for the dura-
tion of validity of the license, a regular Panama customs
inspector. The special license, which is valid for a period

The Director also stated that foreign vessels operating with-
in the jurisdiction of Panama for extended periods in excess
of six months do not automatically become subject to Pana-
manian registry. However, some shipowners find that it is
desirable to apply for Panamanian registry. Such procedure,
he added, eliminates the requirement to renew the licenses
every 90 days, as well as the necessity for maintaining a cus-
toms inspector on board, an October 16, 1957, dispatch from
the United States Embassy in Panama states.

OK OK OK OK

SHRIMP FISHERY: Landings: No official records of shrimp landings are kept.
From estimates of local consumption and exports of frozen peeled and deveined and
unpeeled frozen headless, it is believed that landings during 1956 were about 8 mil-
lion pounds, headless weight.

Exports: All exports of frozen shrimp, other than an estimated 100,000 pounds
a year sent to the Canal Zone, are to the United States. Almost 6 million pounds of

frozen shrimp were shipped to the
Panama's Exports of Frozen Shrimp United States in 1956. Between 15
IG os oe 711.3 46.6 reach about 8 million pounds.
: i. aiate Developments and Outlook:

= a The most striking change in Pan-
ama's shrimp fishing between November 1955 and June 1957 was the increase in the
number of trawlers. In 1955 there wasan estimated 90 trawlers and in mid-June
1957 there were 157 in operation and 50 under construction. The average trawler

size is increasing. In 1955 the average was about 50 feet over-all length. The new-
er boats are now 60 feet.

All plants have expanded their facilities and capacities. Estimated daily freez-
ing capacity (10-hour day) was 45,000 pounds in 1955. It is now about 90,000 pounds.
Two plants have glucose-brine freezers; one with a continuous process can handle
2,000 pounds of individually -frozen tails an hour. Greater emphasis is being placed
on peeling and deveining the smaller-size shrimp than in 1955. A project torear
shrimp in ponds is being sponsored by the Food and Agriculture Organization.

The rapid increase in number of boats, which began about mid-1956 and is ex-
pected to reach 200 in operation by January 1958, is causing considerable concern
amongst the present boat owners. They are anticipating an appreciable decline in
the catch per individual boat. They are already experiencing difficulty in obtaining
suitable crews.

With the equipment now available and in the offing, Panama will soon be ap-
proaching maximum productivity of white shrimp. With the increase in boats and
processing facilities, the landings and exports of pink shrimp should increase, pro-
viding the runs, which come between January and April, are as good as they have
been the past two years, Fishing in waters deeper than now fished might produce

96 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

pink shrimp throughout the year. This has not yet started. At present when the pink
shrimp runs occur, the plants sometimes become swamped and the boats are fre-
quently placed on limits or required to behead the catch at sea.

In 1958 Panama shrimp exports can be expected to be as large as and probably
greater than those for 1957. (United States Embassy dispatch from Mexico City,
dated September 27, 1957.)

Peru

SHRIMP FISHERY: There was no appreciable change since 1955 in Peru's
shrimp fishery and none is expected. Peru's shrimp fishery is limited by environ-
mental conditions to a narrow strip of coast extending south about 30 miles from
the Ecuadoran border, Probably most of the shrimp taken in Peru are migrants
from the Gulf of Guayaquil. (United States Embassy dispatch from Mexico City

dated September 27, 1957.)
‘ bd
/

Philippines

CANNED FISH PRICES, OCTOBER 1, 1957: Retail and wholesale prices on
October 1, 1957, for canned sardines and canned salmon in Manila were:

Product Canned Sardines: Sanned Salmon:
(48 15-o0z. Cans) (48 16-oz. Cans)

US$/Cs. WE ¢ an US$/Cs. We f Can
Not quoted 8 31.50-32.00 OE

10.80-11.00 20-25 31.75-32.00 63-73

Portugal

CANNED FISH PACK, JANUARY-
JUNE 1957: The total pack of canned Portuguese Canned Fish Pack, January-June 1957
fish for January-June 1957 amounted to | Canners’

15,508 tons as compared with 5,809 tons pres
in the similar period of 1956. Canned
sardines in oil (6,545 tons) accounted for _[m Olive on:

42.2 percent of the January-June 1957 aah ree in I OO he
total pack, much higher than the pack of Anchovy fillets . SA NS
1,204 tons for the same period in 1956. ther buccica (uel, eualiA veh eke
For the first 6 months of 1955 the total lim Brine an Sa iage: he wide
pack of all canned fish amounted to 9,897 Greresee ae

tons (5,779 tons was sardines in oil), = aEG SE ie

The Portuguese pack of canned sar-
dines in oil amounted to 2,156 metric tons during June 1957. The pack of all canned
fish in June 1957 amounted to 6,305 tons, the October 1957 Conservas de Peixe re-
ports. me

OK OK KOK

January 1958

CANNED FISH EXPORTS, JANUARY-AUGUST 1957: For
the first eight months of 1957, canned fish exports amounted
to 30,886 tons, valued at US$19.1 million. Sardines in olive
oil exported during the first eight months of 1957 amounted
to 19,927 tons, valued at US$12.1 million (Conservas de Peixe,
October 1957).

During January-~August 1957 the leading buyers of canned
fish were: Italy 5,549 tons (valued at US$3,368,834), Ger-
many 4,535 tons (US$2,737,217), Great Britain 3,263 tons
(US$1,955,478), the United States 2,690 tons (US$2,298,295),
and France 2,299 tons (US$1,443,373). These countries pur-
chased 59 percent of the quantity and 62 percent of the value
of all Portuguese exports of canned fish. Exports of sardines
in olive oil for the first eight months of 1957 to the United
States amounted to 1,093 tons (valued at US$881,634), and
1,204 tons of anchovies (valued at US$1,200,347).

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 97

Portuguese Canned Fish Exports, January-August 1957

~August 1957

ardines in olive oil

Sardinelike fish in olive oil ..... 2,857
Sardines & sardinelike fish

pou o od ad OO BOO DOCS 280

eget s 1,400

una & tunalike in brine 186

IMackerel in olive oil

KK KK

FISHERIES TRENDS, AUGUST 1957: Sardine Fishing:

During August 1957, the

Portuguese fishing fleet landed 10,634 metric tons of sardines (valued at US$1,506,608

ex-vessel, or $142 a ton).
landed.

In August 1956, a total of 11,411 tons of sardines were |

Canneries purchased 57.9 percent or 6,165 tons of the sardines (valued at
US$955,234 ex-vessel or $155 a ton) during August. Only 43 tons were salted, and
the balance of 4,426 tons, or 42 percent of the total, was purchased for the fresh

fish market.

Matosinhos lead all other ports in August landings of sardines with 5,270 tons
or 49.5 percent, followed by Portimos 1,513 tons (14.2 percent), and Olhao 1,361

tons (12.7 percent).

The Augu

st 1957 landings of fish other than sardines consisted

Other Fishing:
of 705 tons (value US$80,070) of anchovy, 3,109 tons (value US$187,130) of chinchard,
1,146 tons (value US$237,991) of tuna, and 99 tons of bonito (value US$18,957). (Con-

servas de Peixe, October 1957.)

Republic of Korea

s‘JNA LONG-LINE FISHING VENTURE: The initial suc-
lcess of the deep sea long-line tuna fishing venture being
‘carried out through the cooperative efforts of the Republic
‘of Korea’s Office of Marine Affairs’ Fisheries Experiment
Station, the Jae Dong Fishing Company, and the Office of
Economic Cooperation (OEC) Fisheries Demonstration and
Training Project has created widespread interest in both the
Government and the fishing industry. The Korean Minister
of Commerce and Industry has published an advertisement
advising fishermen with suitable boats to contact him person-
ally if they are interested in this type of fishing, OEC Fish-
eries Branch personnel are discussing the problems of out-
fitting other boats of Korean registry for this type of fishing.
If successful, and supported by the Government to enable
owners to obtain supplies for their boats, this type of fishing
in near and distant waters could rather quickly increase the
foreign exchange earnings of the country.

The former U. S, Fish and Wildlife vessel Jinam (ex-Wash-
ington) was brought to Korea under the ECA Program in Jan-
uary 1950. Some months after arrival she was operated by a
Korean fishing company for a short time, then transferred to
her present owner, another Korean fishing company. In 1951,
the vessel was used to carry iced yellowtail tuna to Japan.
Late that year attempts were made to carry live fish and eels
to Japan, but the latter venture was not successful, After
several years of inactivity, the OEC Fisheries Branch again
held several discussions with the owner and local government
officials in an effort to get the boat utilized. Up to this time

she had been a liability to her owner and to the entire pro-
gram for improving fishing vessels and fishery methods.
These discussions resulted inan agreement on May 15 between
the owner, the Government, and OEC that the vessel would
be outfitted for long-line operation under the Demonstration
and Training phase of the OEC fiscal year 1956 Fisheries
Project. The OEC Fishing Operations Adviser, in coopera-
tion with the Fisheries Experiment Station, would assist in
installing the equipment and training the crew in its use. The
owner would put the vessel into condition and provide funds
for operation of the vessel to fish for tuna on the deep-sea
fishing grounds in the Southwest Pacific.

The vessel was ready for sea June 26, 1956, but a number
of difficulties both ashore and at sea hampered the vessel
operations. Reports from the vessel to the owner indicate
that by August 20 about 50 tons of tuna had been caught and
frozen southeast of Formosa.

The owner reports he has a verbal contract to ship up to
600 tons of fish from Singapore to the tuna cannery in Puerto
Rico or Samoa by the end of December 1957. He, therefore,
wants to keep the boat fishing in that area until the end of the
year.

The success of Korea's first deep-sea fishing venture at
this stage depends primarily upon the support given by the
Government in making either British pounds sterling or dol-
lars available to the owner in exchange for Korean hwan.

ag Sng

98 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 1

Spain

BILBAO FISHERIES TRENDS, SEPTEMBER 1957: Opera-
tors of fishing vessels inthe Bilbao area report that the albacore
tuna catches through September 1957 were not abundant, but
because they were getting the excellent price of about 18.4
U.S. cents a pound for the whole fish the season was consid-
ered satisfactory. Last year the average price was about
13.9 U.S, cents a pound as compared with an average of 8.6-
9.7 U.S. cents a pound in 1955,

As a rule about 60 percent of the albacore landings is set
aside for canning and the remaining 40 percent sold for fresh
consumption, This year, however, the local canners received
inadequate supplies to meet their canning needs, and they
have charged the fishermen with having illegally sold their
catches at sea to French buyers at prices estimated between
20.8-27.0 U.S, cents a pound, The canners also charge that
the Spanish market has been deprived in this fashion of ap-
proximately 11 million pounds of albacore (valued at US$2.1
million),

The local press reports that the Comandancia de Marina
has officially advised the fishing associations in the ports of
Bermeo, Lequeitio, Ondarroa, and Elanchove that severe
measures, including the confinement of the vessels to port,
will be taken should further clandestine sales continue to be
made at sea,

Reports from other sources indicate that although a certain
amount of albacore has been sold illegally every year on the
high seas (amounting to about 450,000 pounds), the scarcity
of albacore in this area is due not to the unlawful sales as
much as to the unusual course which the fish have traveled
this season, Normally the albacore circle Spain from the
Mediterranean waters and follow the coastline along Coruna,
Santander, Bilbao, San Sebastian, and the southern part of
France, This year after reaching Cabo Mayor, about 2 miles
east of Santander, the albacore headed out to sea at a distance
of more than 120 miles from the Spanish coast and did not
return to the coast until the schools had passed Bordeaux,
France,

Sardines in commercial quantities have practically disap-
peared in northern waters during the past few years. Those
that are being sold locally are brought in from the Mediter-
ranean, Some sardine canners have already either moved
pe or established branch factories in southern and eastern

pain,

Operational costs of fishing vessels are said to have in-
creased about 35-40 percent since October 1956, an average
“‘pareja’’ (a pair of vessels) costing about US$7,140 a month.
Fishing gear, such as steel cables, hemp, rope, nets, etc.
has increased as much as 50 percent in price as compared
with a year earlier (United States Consulate in Bilbao, Octo-
ber 2, 1957).

OK KOK OK

VIGO FISHERIES TRENDS, JUNE-AUGUST 1957: Fishing:
Fish catches landed at Vigo during June-August 1957 amounted
to 38.5 million pounds (value about US$4 million), This
amounts to an increase of about 6 percent in quantity and
over 10 percent in value as compared with the similar peri-

od of 1956.

The albacore (Germo alalunga) catch during July and Au-
gust was 6.2 million pounds and sold ex-vessel for about 17.3
U. S. cents a pound on the average. For the similar period
of 1956, the catch was about 7.4 million pounds with an aver-
age price of about 14 U. S,. cents a pound,

The sardine (Sardina pilchardus W. ) fishery shows an im-
provement over last year with an increase of over 265,000
pounds over the July and August 1956 catch of 735,000 pounds,

Aguja (Scombresox saurus), although caught in lesser quan-
tities than some other species, continued to be an important
fishery, as it sells well in the interior due to its good quality
and low price. The aguja catch was 3,100 pounds in June,
967,000 pounds in July, and 2.3 million pounds in August.

The price dropped from 4.5 U. S. cents a pound in June to
about 3.2 U. S, cents in August.

Jurel (Trachurus trachurus) competes favorably with aguja
in interior markets because of its availability and low price,
although less desirable as a food fish. A total of 7.8 million
pounds of this species was landed during June-August. The
average price in August dropped about 1.0 U. S, cent a pound
from thg June price of 3.5 U.S. cents.

Although no figures were available, it appeared that the
September landings of sardines were better than the previous
month, The rise in albacore catches was lower than antici-
pated. With the continuing good weather it was hoped that the
aguja fishery wouM reach its peak in October, and that good
jurel landings would continue through that month.

Canning: The tinplate shortage continued to plague the
canners. Predictions were that with the newly-opened steel
plant in Aviles the scarcity would be solved, once the plant
is in full production. Spanish tinplate prices have risen, but
those for imported tinplate remained the same.

Olive oil has been in good supply at reasonable prices, and
the price of fuel and lubricating oil for the fishing fleet was
stable and the supply adequate.

Exports of canned fishery products to the United States
were still considered to be inadequate. Canners maintain
that they need an exchange rate of over 50 pesetas to US$1
to compete successfully with other countries.

Fish canneries were operating at 20-25 percent of capac-
ity. This increase of about 8 percent over last year is at-
tributed to the good aguja and jurel catches. In general,
canneries were plagued with the persistent shortage of sar-
dines, this year’s leaner albacore catch, the slow but per-
sistent rise in prices, the failure of fish to maintain its
portion of the increased over-all consumer demand, illegal
sale of fish to French ships on the high seas, the bleak ex-
port picture to the United States, and the shortage of tinplate,

The solution, according to industry spokesmen, is to cut
costs and produce more. To this end the government has an-
nounced a credit of US$6 million, matching a similar credit
given in 1953. Most of the grant, according to editorials,
should go towards modernizing of the fishing fleet. It is esti-
mated that 70 percent of the 1953 credit went to ship construc-
tion, and it is felt a similar investment should be made in the
next few years.

Efforts were made by a group in Galicia around two years
ago to buy United States-type tuna clippers, Due to govern-
ment reluctance in the face of a dollar shortage and fear of
competition with Spanish shipyards, this group was allowed
only to purchase plans and some equipment for the construc-
tion of these specialized ships in La Coruna, Spain. Two of
these ships should be completed during October 1957.

If these tuna clippers are successful, it is hoped that the
Government will allow the fishing industry to buy these ships
complete from the United States since Spanish shipyard ca-
pacity is nearly full,

In a speech before ‘‘E] Caudillo,’’ the Chief of the National
Fisheries Syndicate outlined the needs of the group as being:
(a) enlarged financial assistance; (b) revision of tax laws ad-
versely affecting the industry; (c) control of the fish exchanges
(now Government-run) by the trade or the syndicate; (d) re-
duction of production costs; (e) more authority to the industry
or the syndicate to control prices, and to police the market
(October 2, 1957, dispatch from United States Consulate in
Vigo),

NOTE: VALUES CONVERTED TO US$ EQUIVALENT AT RATE OF 42 PESETAS EQUAL US$].

January 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

99

Sweden

FISHERIES LOAN FUND INCREASE REQUESTED: The Swedish fishery asso-
ciations are requesting the Government to increase fishery loan funds from the 5
million krona (US$965,000) proposed by the Fisheries Board to 7 million krona
(US$1,158,000 for next fiscal year. They also seek to have the minimum loan total

increased from 120,000 krona to 150,000 krona (US$23,200 to $29,000).

The fisher-

men believe that an increase in the maximum loan total is necessary because fish-
ing boats have become larger and the required equipment is more expensive. A
modern sea-going Swedish fishing vessel, built in accordance with the rules of the
Sea Fishery Association, and approved by the Royal Department of Commerce, will
cost about 400,000-460,000 krona (US$77,200-$88,780).

Loans from the Swedish government fund for
the promotion of the fishing industry are granted
for the acquisition of fishing boats, motors for
such boats, fishing gear, or-for vehicles intended
for the transportation of fish, for the building of
fish ponds, or for the building of minor establish-
ments for the processing or refining of fish prod-
ucts, Loans are not granted for fish freighters or
for the equipment of such vessels.

The loans are free from amortization or inter-
est for two years and must thereafter be repaid
during 4, 7, or 9 years. Loans to be repaid in 9
years are only granted for the acquisition of new-
built large fishing vessels; loans for the purchase
of older fishing vessels and motors must be amor-
tized during 7 years, at the most, and loans for the
purchase of fishing gear during 4 years. Upon the
expiration of the interest-free period interest is
paid at the rate of 3 percent.

Other terms are as follows:

1. All part-owners of fishing vessels or motors
seeking loans must sign as borrowers.

2. Further, there must be at least three sure-
ties, respectable persons who are not part-owners.
For borrowers as well as sureties age certificates
must be attached to the application.

3. To the application shall be attached an order
contract or a purchase contract, showing that the
vessel, motor, or gear for the acquisition of which
a loan is sought, has been ordered or purchased.

4, Before a loan may be received a mortgage
on the pledged vessel shall also be submitted, if
possible.

5. A person under guardianship may not be a
surety and, with the exception mentioned below,
may not be a borrower.

The following general conditions also prevail:

1. In order that a loan may be granted for the
ordering of a new fishing vessel or the purchase
of an older fishing vessel of a length of 50 feet or
over, the part-owners Shall be at least three pro-
fessional fishermen who are of age and who have

proved themselves, by means of certificates from
trustworthy persons, to have participated in pro-

fessional fishing for three years or longer. In ex-

ceptional cases and for particular reasons, the fi-
nance Section of the loan granting authority may,
however, permit that one of the part-owners be a
minor, provided that he will reach an age of at
least 18 years during the year when the loan is
paid and provided he can prove that he has partici-
pated in professional fishing or theoretical fishing
training for a total of three years.

2. A fisherman who will reach an age of 67
years during the year when the loan is to be paid
will as a rule not be accepted as a borrower.

3. A part-owner of a vessel referred to above
for the acquisition of which a fishery loan has been
obtained, who has joined or formed another fishing
team, will not be granted a fishing loan or part of
such a loan for the acquisition of another fishing
vessel until at least 5 years have elapsed since a
loan for the vessel first above mentioned was re-
ceived, unless the team first above mentioned has
been dissolved entirely.

4, A new loan for the purchase, within the fish-,
ing team, of part of a vessel for which a fishery
loan already exists, will not be granted.

5. The taking over of a fishery loan because of
partial ownership changes for reasons other than
deaths or compulsory sales, will not be permitted
until at least 5 years have elapsed from the date
when the loan was received.

6. When processing applications for fishery
loans for smaller vessels the above prescriptions
in the main serve as a guide, with such modifica-
tions, however, aS may be caused by the circum-
stances,

Fishermen are discouraged from applying for
loans unless the boat or the motor ordered is es-
timated to be ready for delivery before May 1,
1958. By applying for a loan prematurely the ap-
plicant himself will suffer a direct loss of interest
and, further, as the means available for loans are
limited, such an applicant may cause a reduction
of the total amount available to other applicants
for loans.

NOTE: SEE ALSO COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, MAY 1957, P. 63.

100 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

Taiwan

TAIWAN-JAPANESE FISHING COMPANY PROPOSED: Following a meeting of
the Joint Committee for the Promotion of Sino-Japanese Cooperation, a Japanese
delegate stated that Taiwan and Japan had agreed during the meeting to establish a
joint fishing company to engage in tuna and other types of fishing around Taiwan and
areas to the south. The proposed company would be privately financed, with Taiwan
and Japan each supplying four 350-ton vessels to be manned primarily by Japanese.
It was also stated that Taiwan had agreed to allow Japanese fishing vessels to enter
the ports of Keelung and Kaohsiung for fuel and provisions.

It is believed that a joint fishing venture would benefit Taiwan (1) by increasing
the fish catch and (2) by training Taiwan fishermen in Japanese fishing techniques.
The Taiwan Government now operates four 350-ton fishing vessels and the joint fish-
ing venture, if successful, may lead to additions to the fleet.

‘

Union of South Africa

ALUMINUM BOATS USED FOR SPINY LOBSTER FISHING: In the Union of
South Africa, 12-foot long and 5-foot beam aluminum boats are used for spiny lob-
ster fishing. The craft are so designed that they can be stowed one inside the other
without damage and without wasting any time either when stowing or launching from
the parent craft. The construction is arc-welded. Line production methods have re-
duced the cost and have made these aluminum boats competitive with wood and fiber-
glass ones, (The South African Shipping News and Fishing Industry Review, Novem-
ber 1956.)

United Kingdom

ALL-WELDED FISHING TRAWLER LANDS FIRST TRIP: The Aberdeen Enter-
prise, first all-welded trawler built in Britain, landed a £3,300 (US$9,240) catch

from her last 15-day trip, and her owners are well satisfied with her performance.

The managing director of the owners said that if the vessel turns out to be an
efficient fish catcher, others of her class are likely to be ordered.

"While modifications have been found necessary,'' he said, ''we are satisfied
with the ship's performance, viewed from both her money-making and seaworthi-
ness. She seems to have increased power and speed compared with orthodox trawl-
ers of the same dimensions," =

His firm has been able to make a big saving in costs with this type of trawler.
The firm has not yet considered placing further orders, but at least two other Aberd
deen firms have orders for similar vessels under consideration (The Fishing News,
August 30, 1957.)

IMPORT QUOTAS FOR JAPANESE CANNED SALMON AND TUNA: The Brit-
ish Board of Trade announced on October 25, 1957, that the import quota for Japa-
nese canned salmon for the first six months of the 1957/58 quota period is £.2,610,000
(US$7,308,000) c.i.f. This exceeds half of the 1956/57 quota by £165,000 (US$462,000).

January 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

101

The import quota of canned Japanese tuna for the first half of the 1957/58 quota pe-
riod was reduced by £165,000 (US$462,000).

In 1956/57 the quota for Japanese canned salmon was allocated in two parts,
an interim allocation of £1,500,000 (US$4,200,000) c.i.f. was announced in Septem-
ber 1956, and the balance of 13,400,000 (US$9,520,000) was allocated in March1957
following the completion of the Trade Agreement.

The distribution of the canned salmon by British importers remains unchanged,
with 85 percent going to importers who were first-hand distributors for the Govern-

ment during the period of control, and the

remaining 15 percent through brokers or

distributors of canned fish other than salmon.

OK OK

Wave, are described in a bulletin recently issued: ‘‘Report
on an Experiment into the Freezing of Fish at Sea.’’ The
trawler used was converted for the purpose, but afterwards
restored to her previous condition and returned to the owners,
since it was not thought advisable for certain technical rea-
sons to retain the plant on the vessel for commercial opera-
tion. The main purpose of the experiment was to discover
whether it was practicable, from both the technical and com-
mercial standpoints, to freeze at sea the early part of a dis-
tant-water trawler’s catch. Such vessels operate at consid-
erable distances from their home ports and their voyages
normally last about 20 days. The experiment showed that to
freeze whole white fish at sea is technically practicable, and
the resulting product is generally acceptable. The economics
of freezing fish at sea are less definite, but bearing in mind
the experimental nature of the operation and factors which
could offset higher operating costs, the conclusions tend to be
favorable. However, they hinge an improved discharging-fa-
cilities (which would be necessary) and adequate cold-storage
facilities on shore, should many vessels adopt quick freezing
at sea, 2

The experiment was sponsored jointly by the Government,
the Distant Water Vessel Owners’ Development Committee,
and the White Fish Authority. The Department of Scientific
and Industrial Research carried out preliminary work on the
éxperiment, and participated throughout in its supervision.

The experiment showed that it is technically practicable to
freeze whole white fish at sea in a converted modern distant-
water trawler under all weather conditions, and that the freez-
ing operation can be handled by members of an ordinary fish-
ing crew. Tests of the frozen fish carried out in the labora-
tory showed them to be suitable after thawing for filleting,
smoke curing, and handling and distribution in the same way
as unfrozen fish. Generally, the trade agreed with this con-
clusion; no difficulty was experienced in preparing and distri-

1956: Findings of a study recently completed by the British
White Fish Authority into the costs and earnings of inshore
fishermen and vessels were given in its sixth annual report.

The inquiry covered 1956 and related to 264 vessels. The
aggregate value of landings reported represented more than
15 percent of the total British white fish landings from in-
shore waters.

The analysis revealed that the average annual earnings of
each man aboard the vessels was £507-551 (US$1,420-1,543)
in Scotland and £430 (US$1,204) in England and Wales. There
were 264 vessels in the sample--119 in Scotland, 145 in Eng-
land and Wales--averaging 41-50 feet in Scotland, 33.5 feet

.in England and Wales.

oe) sk 3K

* OK

buting the thawed fish in the form of wet or smoked fillets.

At times, however, it was reported that the thawed fish lacked
the typical “‘bloom’’ (attractive appearance) of top-quality
iced fish and that some of the fish from certain voyages did
not smoke well, The views of the retailers and fish friers,
together with those obtained from a small sample of custom-
ers, were generally favorable.

Regarding the economics of freezing at sea, the report is
not so definite. The frozen fish might be expected to sell for
more than the early-caught wet fish which it would replace
because it is of better quality and can be stored until market
conditions are favorable; but the length of the experiment and
the quantities of frozen fish produced were not sufficient to
enable firm conclusions to be drawn about marketing possibil-
ities. Further, the method of marketing necessary for experi-
mental purposes did not give a clear picture of what might be
realized commerially for the frozen fish. For these reasons,
and because of production and operating considerations, it is
difficult to give a firm assessment. It seems probable, how-
ever, that, if the fish were held for times of short supply, the
higher prices received should normally cover the higher costs
of production and storage.

The report gives some information about costs of production,
which enables some tentative conclusions to be reached about
the costs of operating a freezing installation. It concludes that
the trawler with a freezing installation can have certain eco-
nomic advantages over an ordinary trawler, which may in
total offset the additional costs of production.

The report contains a suggested layout for a standard 185-
foot steam trawler and the essential points of a design and
specification for a freezing plant. It also states that if many
vessels were fitted with quick-freezing equipment the facilities
for discharging the cargo would be inadequate, especially in
Hull, and a quicker and more satisfactory method would need
to be evolved; and notes that considerable capital investment
in suitable cold-storage facilities would be necessary before
any significant quantities of sea-frozen fish could be effec-
tively handled on shore.

Total earnings for boats from Scotland, England, and Wales
were £1,307,731 (US$3,662,000) and expenses amounted to
£1,173,613 (US$3,286,000), leaving a surplus of £134,118
(US$376,000), For Scotland, earnings totaled £946,359
(US$2,650,000), expenses £845,403 (US$2,367,000), leaving a
surplus of £100,956 (US$283,000). For England and Wales,
the earnings were £361,372 (US$1,012,000), expenses were
£328,210 (US$919,000), leaving a surplus of £33,162
(US$93,000),

The study revealed that 216 of the 264 vessels showed a
profit on the year’s earnings. In Scotland 104 out of 119
vessels showed a profit. In England and Wales 114 out of 145
showed a profit. The average net profit for all vessels in
the sample was £508 (US$1,422). For Scotland the average
was £848 (US$2,374) and for England and Wales it was only
£229 (US$641) per boat. (The Fishing News, September 13,
1957.) i

* OOK

102 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

QUALITY GRADING FOR FISH CONSIDERED BY TRAWLER OWNERS: British
distant-water trawler owners are considering introducing and operating a scheme
for grading fish for quality. The White Fish Authority (WFA), which made the sug-
gestion, believes grading would benefit the industry and consumer and is anxious to
see it introduced.

The idea has been accepted in principle by the owners concerned. They are now
grappling with the problem of introducing and administering a grading scheme.

News of this development emerged from a WFA press conference in London for
the presentation of its sixth annual report.

The WFA chairman said quality was one of the four main problems that confront
the industry. Many held the view that an improvement would lead to an increase in
consumption, Quality in this sense was synonymous with freshness, and that was
why a grading scheme was suggested. (The Fishing News, September 13, 1957.)

6

Venezuela

SHRIMP FISHERY: The only change reported in Venezuela's shrimp fishery
was that a small cannery was in operation at Maracaibo. The product was for local
consumption.

Some interest was being shown in trying to develop shrimp trawl fishing along
the central Caribbean coast of Venezuela where several large lagoons occur. There
does not appear to be any immediate prospects of Venezuela exporting any quantities
of shrimp. Costs are high and trawling is prohibited within eight miles from shore,
(United States Embassy dispatch from Mexico City dated September 27, 1957.)

gar

Editorial Assistant--Ruth V. Keefe Illustrator--Gustaf T, Sundstrom
Compositors--Jean Zalevsky, Alma Greene, Helen Joswick, and Vera Eggleston

OOK OK OK AK

Photograph Credits: Page by page, the following list gives the source or pho-
tographer for each photograph in this issue. Photographs on pages not mentioned
were obtained from the Service's file and the photographers are unknown.

Cover--J. A. Posgay, Woods Hole, Mass.; pp. 2, 3, and 48-56--F. B. San-
ford, Seattle, Wash.; p. 14--Photographic Laboratory, University of
Minnesota, St. Paul, Minn.; p. 58--H. R. Bullis, Pascagoula, Miss.; pp.
64 and 65--Bob Bailey, Virginia Fisheries Laboratory, Gloucester Point,
Va.; p. 66--Phil Flournoy, Va. State Chamber of Commerce; p. 67--J.F.
Shea, Woods Hole, Mass., p. 107--Reni Newspaper Service.

January 1958

— a
ots

BG. y
fQ!
y

Department of Agriculture
AGRICULTURAL MARKETING SERVICE

VIEWS ON U. 8. STANDARDS OF
FROZEN RAW BREADED
SHRIMP REQUESTED:

Proposed United States Standards for
Grades of Frozen Raw Breaded Shrimp
were set forth in a notice published in
the Federal Register of May 18, 1957.
The Federal Register publication of
July 30, 1957, provided an additional pe-
riod of time, until October 16, 1957, for
the submission of comments and sugges-
tions concerning the proposed grade
standards.

In consideration of comments and sug-
gestions received indicating the needfor
further study of the proposed grade stand-
ards, notice was given in the November 7,
1957. Federal Register of a further ad-
ditional period of time until November 23,
1957, within which written data, views,
or arguments could be submitted by in-
terested parties for consideration in con-
nection with the aforesaid proposed Unit-
ed States Standards for Grades of Fro-
zen Raw Breaded Shrimp. Processors,
buyers, distributors, and other interest-
ed parties were requested to send their
views to the U. S. Department of Agri-
culture which has legal responsibility
for promulgating such standards.

The research and development of the
Standards have been the responsibility
of the U. S. Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries. The National Fisheries Institute,
acting as the contract research agency
for the Bureau, has supplied the liaison
with the breaded shrimp industry essen-
tial to the standards program and has
supplied consulting services at meetings

and conferences.
NOTE: SEE COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW, JUNE
19575 Pa CSc

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

EDERAL @
Bs ACTIONS 2

103

Department of Commerce

WORLD TRADE ADVISORY
COMMITTEE ESTABLISHED:

The Secretary of Commerce announced
on December 6, 1957, the establishment
of a World Trade Advisory Committee of
60 prominent United States business ex-
ecutives to advise his Department in
formulating policies and programs pro-
moting international trade, travel, and
investment.

In making the announcement, the Sec-
retary said: ''We in the Department of
Commerce plan to meet periodically with
these businessmen who have so generous-
ly offered their time and experience in
accepting membership on this Committee.
In this fast-moving era, it is imperative
that we obtain as full knowledge as pos-
sible of the interests, needs, and views
of the United States foreign trade com-
munity as well as their assistance in de-
termining how the Department's foreign
trade responsibilities can best be car-
ried out.'

The first meeting of the Committee
was held on December 16 in Washington,
D. C. Among the topics discussed were
East-West trade, export control policies,
pending renewal of the Trade Agreements,
Act, United States private investment
overseas, the international trade fair and
trade missions programs, and prospects
for further development of world trade,

Members of the Committee were in-
vited to serve on the basis of their busi-
ness experience and interest in foreign
trade. Representing a cross-section of
United States business, they come from
both large and small business and indus-
trial firms located in every part of the
United States. Members serve on a vol-
untary basis and without compensation,
The Committee is expected to meet in
one-day sessions four times a year,

104

None of the members are directly
connected with fishery and allied indus-
tries.

The Secretary of Commerce told the
group that international trade is a grow-
ing enterprise of great volume and stress-
ed its importance to the United States
economy both to industry and workers,
"I think it is possible,'' he said, "to steer
a middle course between free traders
and protectionists, maintaining present
liberal trade policies while at the same
time preventing damage to domestic in-
dustry."

Department of Interior
FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE

REGIONAL OFFICES ESTABLISHED
FOR BUREAU OF COMMERCIAL
FISHERIES:

The establishment of four new re-
gional offices and a new southern Cali-
fornia program office for the Bureau of
Commercial Fisheries of the United
States Fish and Wildlife Service and the
appointment of regional directors to head
up the new field organizations were an-
nounced on November 22, 1957, by the
Assistant Secretary of the Interior for
Fish and Wildlife. All of the new direc-
tors are present members of the staff of
the Service.

The new regional offices will be lo-
cated at Gloucester, Mass.; St. Peters-
burg, Fla.; Ann Arbor, Mich.; and Seat-
tle, Wash. The fifth regional office al-
ready is in existence at Juneau, Alaska.
The new program office in southern Cali-
fornia will be located at San Pedro,

The new regional directors appointed
are: Joseph F. Puncochar, at Glouces-
ter, Seton H. Thompson, St. Petersburg;
Samuel J. Hutchinson, Seattle; W. F.
Carbine, Ann Arbor; and John Gharrett,
Juneau,

The function of the new regional of-
fices will be to implement the expanded

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 1

commercial fishery program authorized
by the Fish and Wildlife Service Act of
1956 and to improve services to the fish-
ing industry and the general public by
better coordination of field activities.
The new southern California program
office will supervise the semitropical
fisheries work of the Bureau off that
coast,

The Assistant Secretary stressed that
the establishment of these new offices
will not affect the present regional pat-
tern of the Fish and Wildlife Service's
Bureau of Sport Fisheries and Wildlife
activities. They will continue to be lo-
cated at Boston, Mass.; Atlanta, Ga.;
Minneapolis, Minn.; Albuquerque, N.
Mex.; Portland, Ore.; and Juneau, Alaska,

Seattle was selected as the site for
the direction of Pacific operations be-
cause the Bureau of Commercial Fish-
eries already has several important proj-
ects located there--Pribilof seal manage-
ment, the North Pacific technological
laboratory, Pacific Coast fishery investi-
gations, a Market News and Statistical
office, and research activities in connec-
tion with the North Pacific Fisheries
Commission.

Juneau is already the site of the pres-
ent administrative office for Service ac-
tivities and is the home of the Territorial
government.

Gloucester, Mass., was chosen because
of its importance as a fishing port, its
proximity to Boston, its central location
in the fishery, and because of plans for a
technological laboratory and other instal-
lations there.

Because of the many fishery activities
which the Bureau conducts from Texas to
North Carolina and because St. Peters-
burg is centrally located and has the nec-
essary transportation facilities, it was cho-
sen for South Atlantic-Gulf headquarters.
This region is important for its big shrimp
industry, its large menhaden fishery, its
oyster and crab operations, and because
of substantial landings of mullet, red snap-
per, and Spanish mackerel.

The southern California site at San
Pedro for a program office is centrally

January 1958

located with respect to the important
semitropical fisheries of that area. Im-
portant problems of this office relate to
the tuna and sardine fisheries. They
are separate problems from those re-

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

105

lating to the North Temperate Zone fisher -
ies of the Pacific Northwest. Asinthecase
of the Bureau's program office in Hawaii,
the southern California office will report
to the Bureau Director in Washington.

White House

TRADE POLICY COMMITTEE
ESTABLISHED:

The President on November 5 WETS
established a Trade Policy Committee,
The Committee, composed of seven Cab-
inet members, will make recommenda-

tions to the President on basic trade pol-
icy issues arising inthe administration of
the Trade Agreements Program, The an-
nouncement of the order establishing the

Committee as it appeared in the Novem-
ber 27,1957, Federal Register follows:

TITLE 3—THE PRESIDENT
EXECUTIVE ORDER 10741

ESTABLISHING THE TRADE POLICY
COMMITTEE

By virtue of the authority vested in me
by the Constitution and statutes, includ-
ing the Trade Agreements Act approved
June 12, 1934, as amended (48 Stat. 943;
57 Stat. 125; 59 Stat. 410; 63-Stat. 698;
65 Stat. 72; 69 Stat. 162; 19 U. S.C.
1351-1354), it is ordered as follows:

Section 1. There is hereby established
the Trade Policy Committee, consisting
of the Secretary of State, the Secretary
of the Treasury, the Secretary of -De-
fense, the Secretary of the Interior, the
Secretary of Agriculture, the Secretary
of Commerce, and the Secretary of
Labor, or of alternates designated by
them. Such alternates shall be officials
who are required to be appointed by the
President with the advice and consent of
the Senate. The Secretary of Commerce
or his alternate shall be the Chairman of
the Committee. The Committee may

invite the participation in its activities
of other Government agencies when
matters of interest thereto are under
consideration; provided that such par-
ticipation shall be limited to the heads
of such agencies, or their alternates
who are required to be appointed to
office as above described.

Sec. 2. The Trade Policy Committee
shall make recommendations to the
President on basic policy issues arising
in the administration of the trade-

agreements program, which, as approved

by the President, shall guide the Inter-
departmental Committee on Trade
Agreements established by paragraph 1
of Executive Order No. 10082 of October
5, 1949 (hereinafter referred to as the
Trade Agreements Committee) , in carry-
ing out its functions.

Sec. 3. Each recommendation made
by the Trade Agreements Committee to
the President, together with the dissent
of any agency, shall be transmitted to
the President through the Trade Policy
Committee, which shall submit to the

President such advice with respect to
such recommendation as it may deem
appropriate. The said Executive Order
No. 10082 is hereby amended accord-
ingly.

Sec. 4. The Trade Policy Committee
shall make recommendations to the
President as to what action, if any, he
should take-on reports submitted to him
by the United States Tariff Commission
pursuant to section 7 of the Trade
Agreements Extension Act of 1951, as
amended (65 Stat. 74; 67 Stat. 472; 69
Stat. 166), and pursuant to Executive
Order No. 10401 of October 14, 1952.

Sec. 5. Agencies of the Government
shall furnish the Trade Policy Commit-
tee available information upon request
of the Committee therefor for use in
connection with the carrying out of the
functions conferred upon the Commit-
tee by this order.

Dwicut D. EISENHOWER

THE WHITE HousE,
November 25, 1957.

Following the announcement by the White House
that the President had established a Trade Policy
Committee, the Secretary of Commerce, Chair-
man of the Trade Policy Committee, said:

"A major objective of the new Cabinet Commit-
tee will be to strengthen the American economy
through the sound and vigorous development of
world trade.

"International trade is not something apart
from American industry or a substitute for it.
Rather, it is a projection and an aid to American
industry and commerce. Hence its healthy devel-
opment both safeguards the nation's economy from
weakening influences and provides increasing op-
portunities for expanded business and employment,

"Instead of creating hazards to domestic busi-
ness, its proper development strengthens the econ-
omy and thereby helps all business and those em-
ployed by business.

"Among the new steps to promote the reciprocal
trade program are the following:

sk sk oS
KK OOK 3

(1) A policy-recommending unit at Cabinet
level reflecting widespread responsibilities in
foreign economic policy and domestic affairs.

"(2) Since 1934 an interagency committee known
as the Trade Agreements Committee has made rec-
ommendations to the President on the administra-
tion of the Trade Agreement Act. Such recom-
mendations will now be reviewed by the Cabinet
Committee before going to the President.

"(3) An extremely important new function as-
signed to the Cabinet Committee is to advise the
President on action to be taken by him on recom-
mendations by the Tariff Commission in escape
clause cases, The President thus will receive
counsel reflecting a wide scope of experience and
responsibility.

"The new arrangement is another demonstra-
tion of the importance which the Administration
places on the development of vigorous trade pro-
grams with a favorable impacton the entire econo-
my. It will be a sort of 'watchdog' group, giving
constant consideration to the progress of the na-
tion's reciprocal trade program.

de ke
mm OO*K

106

PRESIDENT'S PROPOSALS ON
RENEWAL OF THE TRADE
AGREEMENTS ACT:

At the President's meeting on De-
cember 3, 1957, the Congressional lead-
ers were informed of his proposals with
respect to renewal of the Trade Agree-
ments Act, which are designed to pro-
vide the necessary new tariff bargain-
ing authority for an adequate period with
safeguards for the American economy,
The Secretary of Commerce and the Dep-
uty Under Secretary of State for Eco-
nomic Affairs announced on December 9,
1957, details of the Administration pro-
posals,

It is proposed that authority to enter
into trade agreements would be extend-
ed for five years from the date of its
expiration on June 30, 1958. New tariff
reduction authority will be proposed as
follows:

The President would be authorized
to reduce any rate of duty existing on
July 1, 1958:

(1) By 5 percent of the duty annually
for five successive years, However,as
an alternative, he could reduce a duty by
this same total amount over a 3-year
period if no yearly reduction exceeded
10 percent of the duty.

(2) By three percentage points ad
valorem, without any yearly reduction
exceeding 1 percentage point.

(3) To 50 percent ad valorem if an
existing duty is in excess of that amount,
In such cases not more than one-third
of the total reduction could be made in
any one year.

These would be alternative methods
which could not be used cumulatively.

All safeguards for American industry
contained in the present act would be
continued. In addition, increased author-
ity will be sought to raise duties to rem-
edy threatened or actual serious injury
to domestic industries when found neces-

sary after ''escape clause'' investigations,

The President would be authorized to
raise the duty in such cases to 50 per-
cent above the rate of duty in effect on

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol, 20, No. 1

July 1, 1934 (instead of 50 percent above
the lower duties of July 1, 1945, as in
existing law).

The President's proposals would also
authorize the immediate institution of
"escape clause’ proceedings after peril-
point investigations disclose that existing
rates of duty threaten or cause serious
injury, rather than delaying such investi-
gations until after the President has
sought to negotiate increases in duty with
foreign countries, in accordance with ex-
isting law. These changes will enable
more prompt and effective action in seri-
ous injury cases.

The next five years will be of critical
significance. In Western Europe the six
governments of Belgium, France, Ger-
many, Italy, Luxembourg, and the Nether-
lands have taken a tremendous step to-
ward freeing international trade among
themselves with the establishment of the
European Economic Community. The
Community was expected to come into
being on January 1, 1958. Thereafter,
over a period of several years, trade a-
mong the six countries will become pro-
gressively freer, anda single tariff will
be established with respect to imports
from other countries.

It will be of great importance to the
economic well being of the United States
and to other free world countries that
the new common tariff of the European
Economic Community be reduced as low
as possible in order that all may benefit
more fully from trade with this new mar-
ket of 160,000,000 customers, To this
end it will be necessary to conduct com-
prehensive tariff negotiations between
the Common Market countries and other
free world countries prepared to parti-
cipate. Such negotiations will require
extensive preparations and will take some
5 years to complete.

The Common Market countries, in the
Treaty Establishing the European Eco-
nomic Community, have declared their
willingness to enter into negotiations on
a reciprocal basis with nonmember coun-
tries. It remains for other countries and
especially the United States, to respond
to this initiative. If it is to do so, an ef-
fective 5-year extension of the trade-a-
greements legislation is essential.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 107

Eighty -Fifth Congress FOOD COSTS: Food Cost Trends
(Hearings before the Subcommittee on
(First Session) Consumers Study of the Committee on
Agriculture, House of Representatives,
The following hearings are being re- Eighty-Fifth Congress, First Session,

ported to complete the history of actions | May 7, 8, and July 18, 1957, Part I, 128

that directly or indirectly affect the fish- | pp., printed. Statements submitted on

enVelss the various costs that enter into the dis-
tribution of food products.

RADIO SPOT ANNOUNCEMENTS SELL FISH

A recording containing thirteen radio spot public service announcements
has been sent bythe Bureau of Commercial Fisheries to each of the more than
3,000 radio stations in the
UnitedStates. The an-
nouncements range from 10
seconds to one minute. One
of the 20-second announce-
ments reads as follows:
"Fish on Friday? You bet!
But... fishon Saturday, Sun-
day, Monday, too! Every
dayisfishday! Aftera rich
harvest from the sea... the
biggest haul in years... fish
prices are lower than ever.
Buy any variety you like...
fresh, frozen, canned... but
buy fish now while they're
inexpensive! Servefish to-
day!"

Surveys are being made
in various parts of the coun-
try to determine the effec-
tiveness ofthe announce-
ments. The results thus far
have beenvery gratifying.
For example, a radio sSta-
tion covering the populated
northeastern portion of the
United States is broadcast-
ing these announcements 14
times aweek over a 6-
months period. Similar re-
DON RICHARDS, STATION WTOP, MAKING RADIO SPOT anNouNce- POrts have been received
MENT TO SELL FISH. from other stations all over
the country.

Members of the industry who believe they can encourage local station use
have requested copies of the record, whichare availablefor this purpose. Pro-

motion-minded members of the industry have found a way to follow up these
public service announcements with their own local radio advertising campaigns.

108 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vols 20; No.l

INDICATORS

CHART | - FISHERY LANDINGS for SELECTED STATES

11 QS. 1957 - 283.5
Teen 19562720
1956 - 277.8

In Millions of Pounds

LEGEND:

MASSACHUSETTS

CUMULATIVE DATA

FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG

JAN FEB

MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FLORIDA

LOUISIANA2/

CUMULATIVE DATA

S. 1957 - 32.0}-—
1956 - 46.3
1956 - 57.1

CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR A

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA

- 1957 - 105
1956 -
1956 -

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 Qs.
10

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG
T/ONLY PARTIAL--iNCLUDING PRODUCTION OF MAJOR FISHERIES AND MARKET FISH

LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS.

SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

January 1958

———

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CHART 2 - LANDINGS for SELECTED FISHERIES

HADDOCK
(Maine and Massachusetts) -— 1957

CUMULATIVE DATA

In Millions of Pounds

LEGEND:

6
CUMULATIVE DATA

11 MQS. 1957 - 125.7

OCEAN PERCH
(Maine and Massachusetts)

109

VW a 1956 - 146.4
12 1956 - 1

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

(Guif States?
CUMULATIVE DATA

l SHRIMP

including Florida West Coast)

WHITING
(Maine and Massachusetts)

JUAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
1/LA. & ALA. DATA BASED ON LANDINGS AT PRINCIPAL PORTS AND ARE NOT COM-

PLETE.

MENHADEN
(East and Gulf Coasts)

In Thousands of Tons

1956 -

ee LOSMOS/ mn]
iop
12

1956 - 62.3

PACIFIC AND JACK MACKEREL
(California)
CUMULATIVE DATA

JAN FEB MAR _APR_ MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

PILCHARD
(California)

CUMULATIVE DATA
_| 1957/58 SEASON,

AUG. - OCT. - 11.6
1956/57 SEASON,
AUG, - OCT. - 25.3
1956/57 SEASON,

TOTAL =) 307

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

/

AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

VANS

FEB

MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY

a — 957/58

/7

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/RECEIPTS BY CALIFORNIA CANNERIES,

!MPORTS .

110 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20; No: 1

| CHART 3 - COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS and FREEZINGS
of FISHERY PRODUCTS x

U. S. & ALASKA HOLDINGS Ha
-_—— 1957
=a eal

¥ JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

NEW ENGLAND HOLDINGS!/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MIDDLE WEST HOLDINGS3/

JAN_FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
S/OHIO, 1ND., ILL., MICH., WIS., MINN., IOWA, MO., N. DAK., NEBR. & KANS,

WASHINGTON, OREGON, AND ALASKA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY

JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

*Excludes salted, cured,

U. S, & ALASKA FREEZINGS

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 mgs. 1957 - 261.6 | __
10 | 1956 - 282.6
12 1956 - 325.0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

MIDDLE & SOUTH ATLANTIC HOL DINGS2/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/ALL EAST COAST STATES FROM N.Y. SOUTH,

GULF & SOUTH CENTRAL HOLDINGS4/

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
4/ALA., MISS., LA., TEX., ARK., KY, & TENN.

CALIFORNIA HOLDINGS

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

and smoked products.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW tala

| CHART 4 - RECEIPTS and COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS of FISHERY
PRODUCTS at PRINCIPAL DISTRIBUTION CENTERS

In Millions of Pounds

RECEIPTS—’ AT WHOLESALE SALT-WATER MARKET 2/
(FRESH AND FROZEN) NEW YORK a COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS =

CUMULATIVE DATA

14 Hgs. 1957 - 156.6 CITY
WW, 1956 - 146.3
12 1956 - 159.0

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

J/INCLUDE TRUCK AND RAIL |MPORTS FROM CANADA AND DIRECT VESSEL LANDINGS
AT NEW YORK CITY.

RECEIPTS AT WHOLESALE MARKET

(FRESH AND FROZEN) CHICAGO COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

CUMULATIVE DATA

11 Mgs. 1957 - 84.4
1 1956 - 99.8
1956 - 106.4

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

BOSTON

COLD-STORAGE HOLDINGS

SEATTLE

WHOLESALE MARKET RECEIPTS, LANDINGS,
& IMPORTS (FRESH & FROZEN)

38

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 MQS. 1957 - 86.1
10 5, 1956 - 99.8
1956 - 92.5

34

30

26

22

18

LEGEND: 14

—— — 1957

| 956

0 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

FISH OIL

(In Ee ae (In Millions of Gallons)

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

IS. 1957 - 224.6 10 mgs. 1957 - 18.8 |__
18 a 1956 - 247.4 10 i 1956 - 23.1
"1956 - 273.2 12 1956 - 26.6

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE YWULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

112 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

CHART 6- CANNED PACKS of SELECTED FISHERY PRODUCTS

In Thousands of Standard Cases

LEGEND: 2/

TUNA AND TUNA-LIKE FISH - CALIFORNIA f MACKEREL— - CALIFORNIA

PSION bas

CUMULATIVE DATA

0
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC
2/iNCLUDES PACIFIC MACKEREL AND JACK MACKEREL

ANCHOVIES- CALIFORNIA SALMON - ALASKA

CUMULATIVE DATA A

10 MQS. 1957 8.0
10 1956 SEASON - 2,448.9

hee ems yh TOTAL 1956
= 50 SEASON - 2,989.0] __

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SE OV JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

STANDARD CASES

Variety No. Cans Can Designation Net Wgt.
SARDINES ....... 100 } drawn

SHRIMP.....-ce0- 48 ==

48 No. 4} tuna
PILCHARDS ..... 48 No, 1 oval
SALMON ........ 48 1-pound tall

ANCHOVIES ..... 48

__JAN FES MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC
T/INCLUDING SEA HERRING.

RDINES CALIFORNIA SHRIMP - GULF STATES
1400 5

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA

SEASON,

NOV.
1956/S7 SEASON,
AUG, - NOV.
1956/57 SEASON,
TOTAL

<——-1957/58
—— 1956/57
oo 1955/56

TAN FEB MAR APR MAY. JUNE JULY

MAP APR MAY JUNE JULY

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 113

CHART 7- U.S. FISHERY PRODUCTS IMPORTS

In Millions of Pounds

GROUNDFISH (INCLUDING OCEAN PERCH)FILLETS,
FRESH & FROZEN

FILLETS & STEAKS OTHER THAN GROUNDFISH,
FRESH & FROZEN

LEGEND:

me 1957
1 956

CUMULATIVE DATA

10 Ms. 1957 - 124.3
10 | 1956 - 128.7
1956 - 138.7

CUMULATIVE DATA

9 QS. 1957 - 47.1
9 | 1956 - 44.7
12 1956 - 60,3

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

SHRIMP, FRESH & FROZEN, FROM MEXICO
LOBSTER & SPINY LOBSTER, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA
9 MQS. 1957 - 30.9
9 |, 1956 - 38.3
2 1956 - 53.7

9 MS. 1957 - 40.0
9, 1956 - 38:0
12 1956 - 47.7

1

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV. DEC

TUNA, FRESH & FROZEN

CUMULATIVE DATA CUMULATIVE DATA
9 mgs. 1957
9 "

12

MQS. 1957 - 7.6
1956 - 6.2
1956 - 8.3

7
4
=
MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC JAN FEB

U.S. IMPORTS OF CANNED TUNA ANDTUNA-LIKE FISH
(IN OIL AND IN BRINE)
CUMULATIVE DATA

CANNED SARDINES
(IN OIL AND NOT IN OIL)
CUMULATIVE DATA

9 QS. 1957 - 18,3
9 |, 1956 - 14.0
12 1956 - 19.2

9 MQS. 1957 - 43.7
Gn 1956 - 40.8
\ fiz 1956 - 51.8

FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT OCT NOV DEC

114

EES, Gas

<
LY) ee a LE NO SR IPOS Ca SO PIE

FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE
PUBLICATIONS

THESE PROCESSED PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE FREE FROM
THE DIVISION OF INFORMATION, U, S, FISH AND WILDLIFE SERV-
ICE, WASHINGTON 25, D0. C. TYPES OF PUBLICATIONS ARE DESIG-
NATED AS FOLLOWS:

CFS - CURRENT FISHERY STATISTICS OF THE UNITED STATES
AND ALASKA,
FL - FISHERY LEAFLETS.
SL - STATISTICAL SECTION LISTS OF DEALERS IN AND PRO-
DUCERS OF FISHERY PRODUCTS AND BYPRODUCTS,
SSR.- F|SH - SPECIAL SCIENTIFIC REPORTS--FISHERIES
(LIMITED DISTRIBUTION).
SEP.- SEPARATES (REPRINTS) FROM COMMERCIAL FISHERIES
REVIEW.
Number Title
CFS-1617 - Texas Landings, June 1957, 3 pp.
CFS-1624 - Fish Mealand Oil, July 1957, 2 pp.
CFS-1630 - Mississippi Landings, 1956 Annual Sum-
mary, 3 pp.
CFS-1633 - Texas Landings, July 1957, 3 pp.
CFS-1636 - New Jersey Landings, July 1957, 4 pp.
CFS-1638 - Ohio Landings, August 1957, 2 pp.
CFS-1639 - North Carolina Landings, August 1957,
3 pp.
CFS-1640 - Florida Landings, July 1957, 6 pp.
CFS-1641 - Texas Landings, August 1957, 3 pp.
CFS-1642 - Shrimp Landings, June 1957, 6 pp.
CFS-1644 - South Carolina Landings, August 1957,
2 pp.
CFS-1645 - Georgia Landings, August 1957, 2 pp.
CFS-1647 - Alabama Landings, August 1957, 2 pp.
CFS-1650 - Rhode Island Landings, July 1957, 3 pp.
CFS-1651 - New Jersey Landings, August 1957,
3 pp.
CFS-1652 - Massachusetts Landings, April 1957,
4 pp.
CFS-1654 - Rhode Island Landings, August 1957,
3 pp.
CFS-1655 - Maine Landings, August 1957, 3 pp.

FL-441 - The Lake Trout (Salvelinus namaycush), by
PaulH. Eschmeyer, 11 pp., illus., August 1957.
Provides a brief description of the lake trout and
discusses the following aspects of its life history:
geographic distribution, habitat, reproduction, the
young, age and growth, food, and movement. Also
reports on artificial propagation, lake trout fisher-
ies, and the lake trout and the sea lamprey in the
Great Lakes.

FL-442 - SeaScallop Boats andGear, by J. A. Posgay,
12 pp., illus., August 1957. Presents abrief and
general discussion of the sea scallop fishery off the
North Atlantic coast. Reports on the types of ves-
sels and gear used and shows--with the aid of a dia-
gram and eight photographs - - most of the details of
construction and handling of the 11-foot dredge
which is now fairly standard inthe New Bedford
(Mass.) fleet.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No. 1

ee ES a PETA ees

Wholesale Dealers in Fishery Products (Revised):
SL-4 - Rhode Island, 1957.

SL-6 - New York Coastal Area, 1956.

SL-7 - New Jersey, 1957.

SL-8 - Pennsylvania, 1957.

SL-9 - Delaware, 1957.

SL-36- Iowa, 1957.

SL-37- Kansas, 1957.

SL-42- Kentucky, 1957.

SL-44- Nebraska, 1957.

SSR-Fish. No. 189 - Fluctuations in Abundance of
Columbia River Chinook Salmon, 1928-54, by
Harold A. Gangmark, 25 pp., illus., July 1957.

SSR-Fish. No. 205 - Experimental Fishing to De-
termine Distribution of Salmon in the North Pa-
cific Ocean, 1955, by Donald E. Powell and Al-
vin E. Peterson, 35 pp., illus., July 1957. Dis-
tribution of salmon on the high seas in the North
Pacific Ocean was investigated during the sum-
mer and early fall of 1955. Three vessels con-
ducted extensive gill-net operations over a 34
month period in the Gulf of Alaska and in ae
offshore waters south of the Aleutian Islands and
the Alaska Peninsula, with a limited amount of
fishing off the coasts of Oregon, Wash., and
British Columbia. Results showed that the sev-
eral species of North American salmon and the
steelhead trout were widely distributed in the
open ocean at that time of year and couldbe sam-
pled readily with surface gill nets. Salmonwere
caught at all stations occupiedfrom off northern
Vancouver Island across the Gulf of Alaska as
far west as Unalaska Island. Catches farther
west and in more southerly waters revealed an
apparent southern limit for high-seas salmonat
about 47° N. latitude in the area of major oper-
ation. South of this line in the warmer waters
albacore replaced salmon in the gill-net catches.
Length measurements of all salmon were taken
aboard the vessels and are presented graphical-
ly according to species and by mesh size.

SSR-Fish. No. 208 - Contributions to the Study of
Subpopulations of Fishes, coordinated by JohnC.
Marr, 132 pp., illus., April 1957. A collection of
papers representative of the studies now being
made of subpopulations of fishes. The papers
included are: ''The Problem of Defining and
Recognizing Subpopulations of Fishes,'' by
John C. Marr; "Statistical Comparison of Mor-
phological Data," by William F. Royce; ''Meas-
urement of population Movement by Observation
of Meristic or Morphometric Characters," by
T. M. Widrig and Bruce A. Taft; ''A Review of
Paper Chromatography as Used in Systematics,"
by David A. Farris; ''The Use of Immunological
Techniques in Racial Studies,''by George J. Ridg-
way; ''A Review of Recent Studies of Subpopulations

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 115

of Pacific Fishes,'' by Elbert H. Ahlstrom; ''Races
of Cutthroat Trout in Yellowstone Lake," by
Oliver B. Cope; ''Populations of the Striped Bass,
Roccus saxatilis (Walbaum) in Tributaries of

tral North Pacific, July-December 1956, by
Richard J. Callaway, 54 pp., illus., August 1957.

SSR-Fish. No. 235 - Survey of Shrimp Fisheries of

Chesapeake Bay,''by Edward C. Raney; ''The

Subpopulation Problem in the Pacific Sardine,
Sardinops caerulea,'' by John C. Marr; ''Disease
Resistant and Susceptible Populations of Brook
Trout (Salvelinus fontinalis),''byS. F. Snieszko;
and ''Note on the Subpopulations of Lake Trout
in the Great Lakes," by Paul H. Eschmeyer.

SSR-Fish. No. 209 - Guide to Literature onSystem-

atic Biology of Pacific Salmon, by Norman J.
Wilimovsky and Warren O. Freihofer, 274 pp.,
April 1957.

SSR-Fish. No. 222 - Survey of the Ocean Fisheries

off Delaware Bay, by FredC. June and John W.
Reintjes, 60 pp., illus., August 1957. A survey
of the ocean fisheries in the region lying be-
tween Barnegat and Winter Quarter lightships
has furnished detailed information on the fisher-
ies and important fish stocks within the area.
Menhaden, otter-trawl, and surf-clam fisheries
account for 98 percent of total production. Mis-
cellaneous minor fisheries include purse seine
for food fish, pot, pound net, drift gill net, trawl
line, hand line, troll line, scallop dredge, and
sport. The sport or recreational fishery is in-
cluded among the minor fisheries on the basis
of estimated production. An economic evalua-
tion would place it among the three major fish-
eries, however. Analyses were made of the
menhaden purse-seine fishery from 1939-1953,
the surf-clam fishery from 1950-1953, and for
all other fisheries from 1946-1953. Field data
collected for 1952-1953 from dock and plant
records and fishing logbooks give information
on catch-per-unit-effort and fishing effort for
all the major fisheries, fishing grounds, and
seasons for all fisheries.

SSR-Fish. No. 223 - The Response of Tuna and Oth-

er Fish to Electrical Stimuli, by Iwao Miyake
and Walter R. Steiger, 28 pp., illus., June 1957.
Describes a study concerned with some of the
technical problems involved in electro-fishing
in sea water and particularly with the power re-
quirements necessary to elicit electrotaxis in
tuna. It includes theoretical studies on the dis-
tribution of the electric field in a highly conduc-
tive medium such as sea water and on the in-
ternal and external fields affecting a fish. It al-
so includes preliminary studies on a small ma-
rine fish, the aholehole, or mountain bass
(Kuhlia sandvicensis), to determine optimum
values of current density, pulse duration, and
pulse frequency for electrotaxis in a small tank.
It describes an apparatus designed to produce
electrotaxis in tuna in a large tank and provides
the results of experiments which show that tuna
exhibit the electrotactic response. Finally, it
includes a discussion of the power requirements
in the open sea as compared with those ina small
tank.

SSR-Fish. No. 224 - Sardine Eggs and Larvae and

Other Fish Larvae, Pacific Coast, 1955, by
Elbert H. Ahlstrom and David Kramer, 93 pp.,
illus., July 1957.

SSR-Fish. No. 230 - Oceanographic and Meteoro-

logical Observations in the Northeast and Cen-

Central and South America, by Milton J. Lindner,
171 pp., illus., November 1957. This report is
primarily an examination of the potentialities of
the shrimp fisheries of Latin America as a
source of supply for the United States market.
For each country, detailed data are given on
commercial species and fishing grounds, on out-
look for production, on fishermen and gear, on
processing and marketing, on foreign trade, and
on governmental assistance. The same sequence
of presentation is followed, as far as possible,
for each country. The survey conducted by the
author indicates that there are vast stretches of
coast along continental Latin America where the
shrimp populations are very sparse or are con-
centrated in patches in widely scattered areas.
For some countries the production outlook is
favorable and the prospect for the development
of the fishery is discussed in relation to the a-
vailability of commercial species on the fishing
grounds, processing and marketing costs, and
the effect of government regulations and con-
trols. In the case of Mexico, the chief source of
shrimp imports into the United States, the fish-
ery appears to have reached the stage where
productive ability no longer depends upon fish-
ing or plant capacity but more upon the biologi-
cal potential of the species of shrimp and the
capacity of the market to absorb smaller-sized
shrimp. There are at least 21 species of ma-
rine and brackish-water shrimp that are of com-
mercial importance in continental Latin Ameri-
ca. However, 10 species of shrimp belonging to
the genus Penaeus comprise the bulk of the
shrimp fishery, accounting for about 90 percent
of the total catch.

Annual Report of the Woods Hole Laboratory for the
Year Ending June 30, 1957, 70 pp., illus., proc-
essed. This report, constituting part of the annual
report of the Branchof Fishery Biology, presents
asummary of researchactivities in the North At-
lantic Fishery Investigations program anda de-
scription of the vessels and shore facilities, It al-
so contains project reports on bottom ecology,
cod, flounders, haddock, industrialfishery, plank-
tonecology, population dynamics, port sampling,
ocean perch (redfish), sea scallops, whiting, At-
lantic herring investigation, and Passamaquoddy
investigations.

Sep. No. 493 - Effects of Temperature Upon the Stor-

age Life of Fresh Shucked Pacific Oysters (Ostrea
gigas.

Sep. No. 494 - A Review of the Soupfin Shark Fish-

ery of the Pacific Coast.

Sep. No. 495 - Research in Service Laboratories

(December 1957): Contains these articles --"'Re-
search Developing Ways to Assure Boneless Fish
Products;"' "Utilizing the Unique Properties of
Fish Oils;" "Keeping Quality and Rate of Freezing
of Cooked Lobster Meat;" ''Technical Note No.
41 - Bacterial Studies of Frozen Raw Breaded
Shrimp;"' and ''Studies on the Free Liquor, Salt,and
Dry Solids Relationships of Oysters Continued."

Sep. No. 496 - Utilization of Fish Waste in North-
ern Oregon for Mink Feed.

116

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE AVAILABLE ONLY

Boston Fishery Products Monthly Summary, Sep-
tember 1957; October 1957; 15 pp., each. (Mar-
ket News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Serv-
ice, 10 Commonwealth Pier, Boston 10, Mass.)
Landings and ex-vessel prices by species for
fares landed at the Boston Fish Pier and sold
through the New England Fish Exchange; and
Boston frozen fishery products prices to pri-
mary wholesalers; for the months indicated.

California Fishery Products Monthly Summary,
August 1957 and September 1957 issues, 10 pp.
each. (Market News Service, U. S. Fish and
Wildlife Service, Post Office Bldg., San Pedro,
Calif.) California cannery receipts of raw tuna
and tunalike fish, herring, mackerel, anchovies,
and squid; pack of canned-tuna, herring, mack-
erel, anchovies, and squid; market fish receipts
at San Pedro, Santa Monica, San Diego, and
Eureka areas; California imports; canned fish
and frozen fish prices; for the months indicated.

(Chicago) Monthly Summary of Chicago's Fresh
and Frozen Fishery Products Receipts and
Wholesale Market Prices, September 1957, 14
pp. (Market News Service, U. S. Fish and Wild-
life Service, 565 W. Washington St., Chicago6,
Ill.) Receipts at Chicago by species and by
states and provinces; fresh-water fish, shrimp,
and frozen fillet wholesale market prices; for
the month indicated.

Gulf Monthly Landings, Production, and Shipments
of Fishery Products, September 1957 andOcto-
ber 1957, 5 pp. each. (Market News Service,

U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, 609-611 Feder-
al Bldg., New Orleans 12, La.) Gulf States
shrimp, oyster, finfish, and blue crab landings;
crab meat production; LCL express shipments
from New Orleans; and wholesale prices of fish
and shellfish on the New Orleans French Mar-
ket; for the months indicated.

Monthly Summary of Fishery Products Production
in Selected Areas of Virginia, North Carolina,
and Maryland, October 1957, 4 pp. (Market
News Service, U. S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
18 So. King St., Hampton, Va.) Fishery land-
ings and production ‘for the Virginia areas of
Hampton Roads, Lower Northern Neck, and
Eastern Shore; the Maryland areas of Crisfield,
Ocean City, and Cambridge; and the North Car-
olina areas of Atlantic, Beaufort, and Morehead
City; together with cumulative and comparative
data; for the month indicated.

(New York) Monthly Summary - May 1957 - Re-
ceipts of Fishery Products at the New York City
Wholesale Salt-Water Market, 16 pp. (Market
News Service, U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service,
155 John St., New York 38, N. Y.) Receipts in
the salt-water section of the Fulton Fish Mar-
ket by species and by states and provinces; for
the month indicated.

THE FOLLOWING SERVICE PUBLICATIONS ARE FOR SALE AND

ARE AVAILABLE ONLY FROM THE SUPERINTENDENT OF DOCUMENTS,

WASHINGTON 25, D. C.

How to Cook Tuna, by Kathryn L. Osterhaug,
Paula J. Wieters, and Rose G. Kerr, Test Kitch-
en Series No. 12, 16 pp., illus., printed, 20 cents

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol, 20, No. 1

1957. Contains 41 choice recipes for preparing
canned tuna. Several varieties of tuna--all
equally desirable--are available to the home-
maker. On the Pacific Coast the catch includes
albacore, bluefin, skipjack, and yellowfin, while
bluefin and little tuna are taken on the Atlantic
Coast. Albacore has lighter meat than the other
species and is the only tuna permitted to be
labeled as ''white meat''. The other varieties
are labeled as "light meat" tuna. This is No.
12 in the Test Kitchen Series of fish-cookery
publications.

Shad Fishery of Chesapeake Bay with Special Em-
phasis on the Fishery of Virginia, by Charles H.
Walburg and James E. Sykes, Research Report
48, 29 pp., illus., printed, 1957, 20 cents. The
catch of shad along the Atlantic Coast has de-
clined seriously since the turn of the century.
Because of this decline, a study was made of the
coastal shad fisheries to (1) determine factors
causing decline, (2) determine conditions favor-
ing recovery, and (3) provide basic information
for scientific management so that each fishery
may be managed to obtain an optimum sustained
yield. This paper gives the results of the Chesa-
peake Bay investigation in 1952, with special
emphasis on the Virginia shad fishery including
that of the Potomac River. The purpose ofthis
study was to estimate fishing effort, fishing
rate, catch, size of run, and spawning escape-
ment for Chesapeake Bay and each of its major
tributaries in 1952, and for every other year in
which catch and effort data were available.

MISCELLANEOUS
PUBLICATIONS

WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE OR-
GANI ZATION ISSUING THEM, CORRESPONDENCE REGARDING PUBLICA-
TIONS THAT FOLLOW SHOULD BE ADDRESSED TO THE RESPECTIVE OR-
GANIZATION OR PUBLISHER MENTIONED. DATA ON PRICES, IF READ-
ILY AVAILABLE, ARE SHOWN,

ALGAE:

"Freezing and Drying in Intertidal Algae,"' by
John Kanwisher, article, The Biological Bulle-
tin, vol. 113, no. 2, October 1957, pp. 275-285,
illus., printed, single copy $2.50. The Biologi-
cal Bulletin, Marine Biological Laboratory,
Wood Hole, Mass.

BIBLIOGRAPHIES:
A World Periodicals List for Fisheries Science
- (Ist draft - May 10, 1957), 89 pp., processed.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Rome, Italy, 1957.

CANADA:

The Commercial Fisheries of Canada, 197 pp.,

“illus., printed. The Department of Fisheries of
Canada, Ottawa, Canada, September 1956. Con-
tains an excellent historical review of Canada's
commercial fisheries from the beginning of the
16th century through 1955. The chapter on re-
sources covers the most important species of
commercial fish--groundfish, halibut, salmon,
herring, lobsters, miscellaneous sea fish, and
fresh-water fish. Other chapters contain data
on methods of preservationof fish, marketing

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 117

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

and prices, the future demand for fishery prod-
ucts, and the prospects for development. In
addition, there is a map showing the location of
the principal sea and inland fisheries; a list of
the principal species of fish in Canadian coast-
al and inland waters, with their common and

scientific names; and statistical data on produc-

tion, consumption, prices, and imports and ex-
ports.

Journal of the Fisheries Research Board of Can-
ada, vol. 14, no. 5, September 1957, 126 pp.,
illus., printed. Queen's Printer and Controller

of Stationery, Ottawa, Canada. Contains, among

others, the following articles: ''Some Consid-

erations of Population Dynamics and Economics

in Relation to the Management of the Commer-
cial Marine Fisheries,'' by Milner B. Schaefer;

"The Optimum Level of Fisheries Exploitation,"

by Harold C. Frick; ''Squid, Illex illecebrosus
(Le Sueur), in the Newfoundland Fishing Area,"
by H. J. Squires; and ''The Action of Pseudo-
monas on Fish Muscle: 2. Musty and Potato-
Like Odours," by C. H. Castell, Maxine F.
Greenough, and Norma L. Jenkin.

Maritime Fisheries Statistics, 1954-1955, 63 pp.,
printed. Quebec Bureau of Statistics, Depart-
ment of Trade and Commerce, Quebec, Canada,

1957. Statistics of the Province of Quebec's
maritime fisheries are issued for the first time
as a separate publication. Statistics for the
years prior to 1954 were published in the annual
report of the Canadian Department of Fisheries;
various numerical data still appear in that re-
port as well as in the Province's Statistical
Year Book although in a summary and different
form. The present booklet gives more detailed
information and is intended for the use of pro-
fessors, those engaged in research, and special-
ists. The first part provides an accurate de-
scription of the 28 districts or fishing centers
of the Province. The two other parts contain
statistics for 1954 and 1955; the first, on the
quantities of fish caught and their value; the
second, on the labor force and equipment.

Operations of Modern Long-Liners and Draggers,
Atlantic Seaboard, 1952-1956, by John Proskie,
Primary Industry Studies No, 1, vol. 6, Part 1,
84 pp., 1 map, processed; and Part 2, 67 pp.,
illus., processed. Department of Fisheries of
Canada, Ottawa, Canada, 1957. This is the sixth
ina series of annual reports on the study of the
operations of modern fishing craft on the Atlan-
tic seaboard. A review of the results of the
study for the 1952-1956 period is presented in
this report in two parts. Part 1 contains abrief
analysis of the trends established over the five-
year period that the study has been in progress,
including the costs of vessel construction and
equipment, fishing performance and productivi-
ty, returns on investment and the income of fish-
ermen, and the size and design of fishing craft.
Part 2 contains detailed summary of 108 boat
accounts for the 1956 season. The tables con-
tain a detailed comparison of results for the
various types and size-classes of fishing craft.
The data include capital and operating costs,
returns to management and labor, and other

relevant financial information. Fishing per-
formance and rate of output are also included.
Reference is made here and there in the re-
port to certain market factors, such as price
levels and the extent of sales outlets, which,
like production costs and the other economic
phenomena detailed here, are of great signifi-
cance for the fleet modernization program.

Progress Reports of the Pacific Coast Stations,
No. 108, 31 pp., illus., printed. Fisheries Re-
search Board of Canada, Technological Station,
898 Richards St., Vancouver 2, B. C., Canada.
Contains, among others, the following articles:
"Application of Refrigerated Sea-Water Fish
Holding to a Halibut Fishing Vessel," by J.S.N.
Harrison and S. W. Roach; ''Control of Rancid-
ity in Stored Fish, V.,'"' by J. W. Boyd, P. J.
Schmidt, D. R. Idler, and H. L. A. Tarr; and
"The Nutritive Value of Fish Meal and Condensed
Fish Solubles. XI. The Protein Nutritive Value
of Fish Meals of Low and Normal Fat Content,"
by B. E. March, Jacob Biely, andH. L. A. Tarr.

COD:

"Method of Filleting Cod and Yield of the Pro-
duction in an Annual Cycle," by W. Cieglewicz
and E. Kordyl, article, Prace Morsk. Inst. Ry-
back, Gdyni No. 7, 1954, pp. 191-208, printed.
(Abstracted in Food Science Abstracts, vol. 28,
December 1956, p. 572.) FoodScience Abstracts,
Department of Industrial and Scientific Research,
Post Office 569, London S.E.1, England. De-
scribes a method elaborated for filleting cod
and discusses the yield from the raw material,
assessed in relation to sex and to gonadal de-
velopment in the annual cycle. Reports on the
average annual yield of both sexes after eviscer-
ation and heading and on the best period for fil-
leting.

A Selected Bibliography of Salt Cod, compiled by
Marjorie E. McPhail, New Series Circular No.
5, 34 pp., processed. Fisheries Research
Board of Canada, Technological Station, Hali-
fax, Nova Scotia, June 1957. A bibliography of
selected references on salt cod in five parts:
(1) salt; (2) mechanism of salting; (3) spoilage
and preservation; (4) processing; and (5) the
salt cod industry.

COMMISSIONS:

(International North Pacific Fisheries Commis-
sion) Annual Report for the Year 1956, 93 pp.,
illus., printed. International North Pacific Fish-
eries Commission, 209 Wesbrook Bldg., Univer-
sity of British Columbia, Vancouver 8, B.C., Can-
ada, 1957. This is the third consecutive annual
report issued by the Commission since it was es-
tablished by Convention between Canada, Japan,
and the United States on June 12, 1953. It contains
a report on the 1956 annual meeting, a report on
administrative activities during the year, and
summaries of the research carried out in 1956
under the Commission's program and coordina-
tion by the various cooperating research organi-
zations inthe three nations. The research pro-
gram undertaken in 1956 was essentially an ex-
pansion and refinement of the broad investigations
begun in 1955. Greatest attention was given to the

118

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol, 20, No. 1

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

problem specified in the Protocol to the Conven-
tion, which requires the Commission to determine
if salmon originating in the streams of Asia mingle
in the sea with salmon originating in the streams of
North America. Studies of the king crab stocks of
the eastern Bering Sea were continued by vessels
of the United States and Japan ina joint program. In
1956 work undertaken by Canada was continued
and extended on projects under way in 1955, in-
cluding a study of the skeletal anatomy of salm-
on; anattempt to find parasites which will indi-
cate the origin of salmon occurring on the high
seas; tagging of small sockeye, pink, and chum
salmon to indicate migrations away from rivers
of origin and the fisheries to which various
stocks contribute; and cooperation in a study of
the oceanographic background for salmon distri-
bution. Work was initiated in 1956 on two addi-
tional items undertaken by Canada at the meet-
ing of the Commission at Tokyo, October-No-
vember 1955, namely, participation in high-seas
fishing to sample salmon and in studies of scales
to discover characteristics by which stocks of
various origins may be distinguished. Japan's
interim report presents the results of compi-
lations and studies up to the present time based
on data obtained from the commercial catches
and other materials collected by the salmon-fish-
ing motherships, which operated in the North Pa-
cific and its adjacent areas from early May to
early August 1956, and also on-data collected by
three government research vessels which con-
ducted investigations during the same period.
Japanese king crab research in the eastern Ber-
ing Sea in 1956 under the Commission's program
was conducted by a research worker aboard the
crab-fishing mothership. The United States re-
port discusses the offshore distribution of salm-
on, identification of stocks, study of movements
by tagging, and oceanography. The field workof
the king crab investigation was undertaken for
the purpose of releasing tagged crabs, deter-
mining the distribution on the grounds, observing
the condition of the crabs with respect to the
moulting cycle, and determining the damege to
female and undersized crabs as the result of
otter trawling.

CONSUMPTION:

Fish Consumption--Where is it Headed? by A. W.
Anderson, 5 pp., printed. (Reprinted from Pro-
ceedings of the Gulf and Caribbean Fisheries In-
stitute, Ninth Annual Session, November 1956,
pp. 88-92.) The Marine Laboratory, University
of Miami, Coral Gables, Fla.

DEHYDRATION:

"Freeze-Dried Foods: What They Are--How They
Are Prepared," by Earl W. Flosdorf, article,
Frosted Food Field, vol. 24, June 1957, p. 15,
printed. Frosted Food Field, 25 West Broadway,
New York 7, N. Y. Describes a method of dehy-
drating foods by placing frozen foods in a vacuum
dryer with means for heating. This method--tech-
nically known as vacuum sublimation--permits
solid ice to pass directly to the vapor state with-
out passing through the liquid-water state. The
dehydration accomplished by this method pro-
duces dehydrated foods that are satisfactory to
the palate.

DIRECTORIES:

The Conservation Directory (A Listing of Organ-

~ izations and Officials Concerned with the Pro-
tection of Wildlife and Other Natural Resources),
compiled by Stewart M. Brandborg and JamesS.
Pacy, 102 pp., printed, 50 cents. National Wild-
life Federation, 232 Carroll St., N. W., Washing-
ton 12, D.C., July 1, 1957. This booklet is de-
signed to be a handy reference toconservationists,
within government, agencies and private organ-
izations, by providinga list of the public agen-
cies of national, state, andterritorial governments
of the United States and neighboring nations, and
of nongovernment organizations within the United
States which have a national or statewide scope
of interest. Agencies of the state governments
are listed, followed by an alphabetical listing of
the citizen group.

ELECTRICAL FISHING:

"Die Anwendung des Impulsstromes in der Elek-
trofischerei'' (Use of Impulse Current in Elec-
trical Fisheries), by E. Halsband, article,
Fischwirt, vol. 6, no. 6, June 1956, pp. 155-159,
illus., printed in German. Deutscher Fischerei-
Verband, Neuer Wall 72, Hamburg 36, W. Ger-
many. Describes new equipment that can be
connected to any existing electric gear which
permits the use of interrupted current and yields
a greater effect on fish to be caught.

- "Die Beziehung Swischen Intensitat und Zeitdauer
des Reizes bei der Elektrischen Durchstromung
von Fischen'' (Relation Between Intensity and Im-
pulse Duration of Electric Current Flow through
Fish), article, Archiv fur Fischereiwissenschaft,
vol. 7, no. 1, 1956, 8 pp., printed in German with
English summary. Gustav Wenzel und Sohn,
Braunschweig, W. Germany. Describes studies
to determine the most effective impulse dura-
tions for achieving certain reactions in various
types of fish.

"Fischfang mit Elektrizitat" (Fish Catching with
Electricity), article, Deutsche Fischerei Zeitung,
no. 11, November 1956, p. 352, illus., printed in
German. Neumann Verlag, Radebeul/Dresden, E.
Germany. By using the principle that fish in an
electric field set upbydirect current equipment
tend to move towards the positive pole, Russian
fishermen in the Far East attach a suction head
and fish conveying pump to the positive pole and
are thus able to catchfishand pump them aboard
ship without the use of nets. It is reputed that 1,000
tons of salmon are caught at one time by using
this method.

FILLETS:

"The Expressible Fluid of Fish Fillets. V.--Cell
Damage in Fillets Frozen from One Side: the
General Picture,'' by R. M. Love, article, Jour-
nal of the Science of Food and Agriculture, vol.
8, 1957, pp. 238-242, printed. Society of Chem-
ical Industry, 14 Belgrave Square, London, S.W.
1, England. Cell damage, as measured by the
escape of deoxypentosenucleic acid (DNA) into

the intercellular spaces, was studied in cod fil-
lets frozen from one side only at different rates.
Three distinct types of damage were revealed by
peaks in the DNA versus freezing time curves, at
freezing times of about 27, 75, and more than
125 minutes.

January 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 119

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM.

FISH FLOUR:

"Ila Poudre de Poisson Frais Deshydrate pour
1'Alimentation de 1'Homme (Dehydrated Fresh
Fish Powder for Human Nutrition),"' by O. A.
Roels, article, Bulletin Agricule du Congo Belge,
vol. 48, 1957, pp. 423-438, printed in Flemish
and French. Ministere des Colonies, Direction
de l'Agriculture, des Forets, de l'Elevage etde
la Colonisation, 7 Place Royale, Brussels, Bel-
gium. Fish offers the best opportunity for in-
creasing the world's supply of protein, and in
tropical countries it is most easily and cheaply
preserved and handled in the form of a dry pow-
der. Fish powder for human consumption is al-
ready being manufactured in the Gold Coast,
South Africa, Uganda, and Chile, and the United
Nations Organization is supporting the establish-
ment of new factories for fish powders intended
for supplementing the diets of children. Nonde-
odorized powder is already popular in some
regions; in others, deodorized powder is prefer-
red, and may be incorporated in bread. Methods
of processing are continually being improved,
with the aim of retaining all the nutritive value
of the raw material.

FISH MEAL PLANTS:

"Magnet Installation at Fish Meal Plants in the
Union and S. W. Africa,'' by R. J. Nachenius,
article, Food Industries of South Africa, vol. 9,
n . 7, 1956, pp. 35-36, printed. Odhams Press,
16 Bree St., P. O. Box 4245, Capetown, South
Africa. The selection, and installation in fish
meal plants, of magnets for removing fish tags
are discussed. The specifications and prices of
7 magnets available in South Africa are listed.

1957, pp. 113-129, printed, 30 cents single copy.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Columbia University Press, Interna-
tional Documents Service, 2960 Broadway, New
York 27, N. Y. A report on the activities of an
FAO Working Group devoted to the development
of new or improved fisheries products in Europe
and North America which might find acceptance
by the protein-needy populations of Africa and
Asia. Discusses a survey of food habits of na-
tive populations in tropical countries andterri-
tories to learn their tastes in fish products, how
their needs are met by domestic production and
imports, and at what price. Reports on the pos-
sible products, especially those manufactured
with herring, that might find acceptance in the
tropical areas and the economic feasibility of
providing those products.

FOOD AND AGRICULTURE ORGANIZATION:
Yearbook of Fishery Statistics (Annuaire Statis-
' tique des Peches, Anuario Estadistico de Pesca)

--Production and Fishing Craft (Production et
Bateaux de Peche, Produccion y Embarcaciones
de Pesca), 1955-56, vol. VI, 420 pp., illus.,
processed in English, French, and Spanish, US$3.
Food and Agriculture Organization of the United
Nations, Rome, Italy, 1957. (Sold in United
States by Columbia University Press, Interna-
tional Documents Service, 2960 Broadway, New
York 27, N. Y.) As in previous years, the new-
est edition of the FAO Yearbook contains statis-
tics on catches, production of preserved and
processed commodities, fishing craft, and whal-
ingfromall countries. Improved reporting from
the various countries is refiected in refinements
and extensions of several tables. Dataare mostly

FLORIDA: for 1956.
Effects of Storms on the Shallow-Water Fish FREEZING:
Fauna of Southern Florida with New Records of :

Fishes from Florida, by C. Richard Robins, Con-
tribution No. 178 from The Marine Laboratory,
10 pp., illus., printed. (Reprinted from Bulletin
of Marine Science of the Gulf and Caribbean, vol.
7, no. 3, September 1957, pp. 266-275.) The Ma-
rine Laboratory, University of Miami, Coral
Gables, Fla. Discusses fish kills caused bysev-
eral days or weeks of steady inshore winds in
regions where turbulent weather is unusual. Ap-
parently fish become established in shallow ex-
posed locations during calm weather and then
perish during storms from erosion of their gill
filaments caused by accumulated sediments in
the water. Of the specimens collected after a
storm kill in the region of Miami, Fla., several
were previously unrecorded or of rare occurrence
in Florida waters.

"Findus, et Moderne Storanlegg for Frysing av
Fisk" (Findus, a Modern Large Capacity Plant
for Fish Freezing in Norway), by O. Devik, ar-
ticle, Kyltek. Tidskr., vol. 16, no. 2, 1957, p. 37,
illus., printed in Swedish. Photostat copies, mi-
crofilms, or translations may be purchased from
the library of the Institut International du Froid,
177 Boulevard Malesherbes, Paris 17°, France.

FRENCH EQUATORIAL AFRICA:

Pescadores Negros entre Chad y Congo (Native
Fishermen between the Chad and Congo Rivers),
by Dr. Georges Dennler de La Tour, 124 pp.,
illus., printed in Spanish. Federacion Argentina
de Hntidades Deportivas de Pesca, Buenos Aires,
Argentina, 1955. Presents an account of the fish-
ery of the Chad and Congo River basins in
French Equatorial Africa. The text and many

FLOUNDERS: photographs and diagrams show the gear used

Experimental Investigations on Variation in Plaice bate! Onto WEIN eM yefete We ENE) URSL MCN SRL eh
(PLEURONECTES PLATESSA Linne), by ArvidR.| GENERAL:

Molander and Martha Molander-Swedmark, Ser-
ies Biology, Report No. 7, Fishery Board of
Sweden, 45 pp., illus., printed in Swedish. Insti-
tute of Marine Research, Lysekil, Sweden, 1957.

FAO:

"Fisheries Products for Tropical Consumption,"
by.C. L. Cutting and Kaare Bakken, article, FAO
Fisheries Bulletin, vol. X, no. 3, July-September

"How Fishes Swim," by Sir James Gray, article,
Scientific American, vol. 197,no. 2, August 1957,
pp. 48-54, illus., printed, single copy 50 cents.
Scientific American, Inc., 415 Madison Ave., New
York 17,N. Y. Describesa study of the swimming
achievements offishand whales. The speed of
small fishes was measured in the laboratory and
their power calculated. Similar observations
were made of fish in their native environment.

Vol. 20, No. 1

120 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW
THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILOLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANJ ZATION ISSUING THEM,
HERRING:

The Herring and Its Fishery, by W. C. Hodgson,
“210 pp., printed. Routledge & Kegan Paul, Lon-
don, England. Describes the life history of
Clupea harengus, commonly known as herring.
Gives an account of the extensive scientific in-
vestigations to determine the cause for the
drastic shortage of herring shoals off the East
Anglian coast. Presents an interesting discus-
sion of the methods and progress of fishery re-
search and provides an insight into the work of
the little-known herring industry.

Die Heringsfischerei in Europaischen Nordmeer
(The Herring Fishery of the North Seas of
Europe), by K. Schubert and A. Wulff, 27 pp.,
illus., printed in German. Institut fur Seefisch-
erei, Hamburg, Germany, 1956.

On the Herring of the Southern North Sea, by

—D.A. Cushing and A. C. Burd, Fishery Investi-
gations, Series II, Vol. XX, No. 11, 31 pp., illus.,
printed. Her Majesty's Stationery Office, York
House, Kingsway, London W.C. 2, England, 1957.
Contains four papers: (1) 'The Downs Herring,"
(2) "Natural Changes," and (3) ''The Effect of
Fishing on the Stock of the Downs Herring," by
D. H. Cushing, and (4) ''Changes Ascribed to
Fishing," by A. C. Burd. The four papers dis-
cuss the possible natural and man-made causes
of the serious and disappointing scarcity of
herring off the coast of England.

HYDROGRAPHY:
Benthic Animals as Indicators of Hydrographic

Conditions and Climatic Changes in Svalbard
Waters, by R. W. Blacker, Fishery Investiga-
tions, Series II, Vol. XX, No. 10, 49 pp. text, 5
folders of tables, illus., printed. Her Majesty's
Stationery Office, York House, Kingsway, Lon-
don, W.C.2, England, 1957. Discusses the hy-
drographic changes reflected by studies of
benthos--bottom-living marine organisms--in
the Norwegian islands that compose the Svalbard
region.

ICING:

"Badania nad Wplywem Lodu Azotynowanego na
Trwalosc i Jakosc Dorsza Baltyckiego"' (Investi-
gations on the Influence of Sodium Nitrite Iceon
Storage Life and Quality of Baltic Cod), by J.
Borowik, E. Fischer, S. Ostrowski, and P. Trzesin-
ski, article, Przemysl Spozywezy, no. 7, 1956,
pp. 282-283, printed in Polish. Photostat copies,
microfilms, or translations may be purchased
from the library of the Institut International du
Froid, 177 Boulevard Malesherbes, Paris 17°,
France.

"Zmiany Zawartosci Azotynu Sodu w Lodzie
Azotynowanym" (Changes in Sodium Nitrite Con-
tent in Nitrited Ice), by J. Borowik andS. Ostrow-
ski, article, Roczn. Zakl, Hig., vol. 7, 1956, pp.
35-42, printed in Polish. Photostat copies, mi-
crofilms, or translations may be purchased from
the library of the Institut International du Froid,
177 Boulevard Malesherbes, Paris 17, France.

INDONESIA:

Berita Perikanan, Vol.1X, No. 1-2, Mar.-Apr. 1957,
28 pp., illus., printed in Indonesianand English.

Berita Perikanan, Djalen Kerapu 12, Djakarta-
Kota, Indonesia. This issue has been published
in both Indonesian and English to honor the spe-
cial occasion in which Indonesia was chosen to
be host to the Seventh Session of the Indo-Paci-
fic Fisheries Council at Bandung on May 13-27,
1957. Contains, among others, the following
articles: '''Paddy-Cum-Milkfish' Culture, A
Creation from the Lowlands of the Solo River,"
by Abdoessamad Djaingsastro; ''Some Applica-
tions in Seafisheries of Methods used in Inland
Fisheries," by Dr. K. F. Vaas; ''Light Fishery
in the Riauw Archipelago," by V. Soesant; and
"The Function of Fish Auction in the Develop-
ment of Fisheries Organization," by Eddiwan.

JAPAN:
The Central Wholesale Market Law; The Enforce-
“ment Order Concerning the Central Wholesale
Market Law; The Enforcement Regulations for
the Central Wholesale Market Law, 33 pp.,
printed. Fisheries Products Market Improve-
ment Association, Tokyo, Japan, May 1957.

LABORATORY:

A New Federal Fishing Laboratory on the Gulf,
“by Charles Butler, 3 pp., printed. (Reprinted
from Proceedings of the Gulf and Caribbean
Fisheries Institute, Ninth Annual Session, No-
vember 1956, pp. 45-47.) The Marine Labora-
tory, University of Miami, CoralGables, Fla.

LOBSTERS:
"Studies on the Black Discoloration of Lobster.
I--Origin of Discoloration," by D. Kakimoto and
A. Kanazawa, article, Bulletin of the Japanese
Society of Scientific Fisheries, vol. 22, 1956,
pp. 471-475, printed in Japanese with summa-
ries in English. Japanese Society of Scientific ;
Fisheries, Tokyo, Japan. Black discoloration
of the spiny lobster, Panuliris-japonicus, was
found to be due to the action of an enzyme inthe
blood on a constitutent of the liver. The darken-
ing was most active at pH 7, and did not occur
below pH 4; it was not influenced by light. By
means of the method used for the separation of
melanin, two black pigments with closely simi-
lar absorption curves were separated from in-
cubated mixtures of blood and liver; an incu-
bated mixture of blood and L-tyrosine gave only
one pigment.

"Studies on the Black Discoloration of Lobster.
Il--Relation between Tyrosinase and Black Dis-
coloration," by D. Kakimoto and A. Kanazawa,
article, Bulletin of the Japanese Society of Sci-
entific Fisheries, vol. 22, 1 , Pp. ITb- 5
printed in Japanese with summaries in English.
Japanese Society of Scientific Fisheries, Tokyo,
Japan.

MASSACHUSETTS:

Annual Report, Division of Marine Fisheries,
1957, 42 pp., processed. Department of Natural
Resources, Division of Marine Fisheries, Bos-
ton, Mass. Describes the problems of the Mas-
sachusetts fishing industry and the most impor-
tant developments during the fiscal year 1957.
The condition of the Massachusetts deep-water
fishery and the fishery research and manage-
ment projects pertaining to that industry are

January 1958

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

121

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT_AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

discussed. This report also discusses the pur-
pose and functions of the International Com-
mission for the Northwest Atlantic Fisheries;
studies by the Woods Hole Oceanographic Insti-
tution; shellfish propagation and conditions in
Massachusetts coastal waters; lobsters; the
fishways program; and the striped bass project.
Catch statistics are presented.

Sidney D. Upham, article, Food Technology, vol.
11, May 1957, pp. 265-271, printed. Institute of
Food Technologists, 176 W. Adams St., Chicago,
Ill. Describes the materials, methods, and re-
sults of a study in which the authors evaluated
the use of chlortetracycline (CTC) in prolong-
ing the fresh storage life of shucked oysters.

PERU:

NEW YORK CITY: Investment in Peru (Basic Information for United

Food for New York's Millions, 20 pp., printed.
Department of Markets, Bureau of Consumers'
Service and Research, New York Citys INeny
This booklet brings together facts and figures
relating to New York City's food supply, show-
ing the size and importance of the New York
market. The section on fish explains the mar-
keting system, and lists the various species of
fish and shellfish which are received in New
York and the major sources of supply.

NEW ZEALAND:

Report on Fisheries for 1956, 40 pp., printed.
Marine Department, Wellington, New Zealand,
1957. A report on the fisheries of New Zealand
which discusses crayfish; fishing vessels and
personnel; fish landings; methods of capture;
landings by ports; exports and imports; big-game
fishing; fish-liver oil; whaling; oysters; toheroa;
whitebait; mussels; fresh-water fisheries and
research; marine research; legislation; and
common and scientific names of fish and shell-
fish. Included also are statistical tables giving
detailed data on the fisheries.

NORWAY: :

Norges Fiskerier, 1955 (Fishery Statistics of
Norway), Norges Offisielle Statistikk XI, no.
275, 97 pp., illus., printed in Norwegian with
foreword, table of contents, and summary in
English. Director of Fisheries of Norway, Ber-
gen, Norway, 1957. A detailed statistical re-
port on the fisheries of Norway with discussions
of the number of fishermen, craft, processing
plants, and gear; quantity and value of total land-
ings; herring, sprat, cod, mackerel, tuna, dog-
fish, and capelin fisheries; fisheries in distant
waters; and catch of small whales, and sealing.
Statistics are given on quantity, value, and
average prices of all species of fish caught com-
mercially. Also contains a list of scientific
and common names, in four different languages,
of fish, crustaceans, mollusks,and other aquatic
organisms in Norwegian waters; drawings of the
principal species of fish, mollusks, andcrusta-
ceans; and drawings of the different type of fish-
ing gear.

OCEANOGRAPHY:

A Manual for Oceanographic Observers Aboard

—U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service Exploratory
Fisheries Vessels, by Eugene E. Collins, Spe-
cial Report no. 23, 91 pp., processed. Depart-
ment of Oceanography, University of Washing-
ton, Seattle, Wash., May(rev. July) 1956.

OYSTERS:

"Effect of Aureomycin Chlortetracycline in the
Processing and Storage of Freshly Shucked Oys-
ters,"' by Anthony Abbey, A. Richard Kohler, and

States Businessmen), 157 pp., illus., printed,
$1.25. U.S. Department of Commerce, Bureau
of Foreign Commerce, Washington, D. C. (May
be purchased from any Field Office of the De-
partment of Commerce or from the Superintend-
ent of Documents, U. S. Government Printing Of-
fice, Washington 25, D. C.) A handbook designed
to provide basic economic and commercial in-
formation for investors as well as foreign trad-
ers. The book is divided into three parts--Part 1.
Investment in Peru, The Overall View; Part 2.
The Peruvian Economy; and Part 3. Business
and Tax Law. The part on the Peruvian econ-
omy includes a section on manufacturing indus-
tries, which contains a description of all phases
of the fishing industry in Peru. The value of
this book is substantiated by the inclusion of
three appendixes covering U. S. companies op-
erating in Peru, entry requirements, and Peru-
vian representatives in the United States. Two
maps of Peru and a large quantity of statistical
tables are also included.

PHILIPPINES:

Fisheries Statistics of the Philippines, 1956, 64
pp., processed. Department of Agriculture and
Natural Resources, Bureau of Fisheries, Ma-
nila, Philippines. This report is devoted to fish-
ery production in the Philippines. The tables
are grouped together under the headings (1) pro-
duction, consumption, and requirement; (2) com-
mercial fishing vessels; (3) fish ponds; (4) for-
eign trade; and (5) other data. The tables are
subdivided according to gear used, kind of fish
caught, monthly production, and fishing grounds.
There are also statistics on fish pond produc-
tion, and imports and exports of fishery products
(including canned and processed fish). Statistics
also cover reptile skins, seaweeds, sharkfins,
shells, sponges, trepang, turtle eggs, and turtle
shells. The appendices contain information on
the fishery districts, the forms used in collect-
ing fishery statistics, and an inventory of fish-
ing gear used in the Philippines for the year
1953. Except for Table 1 which presents fish
production data since 1946, most of the informa-
tion covers the five-year period 1952-56.

PORTUGAL:

Gremio dos Armadores da Pesca de Arrasto, Re-
Iatorio e Contas do Exercicio de 1956 eOrca-
mento para 1957 (Trawler Owners! Guild, State-
ment of Operations for 1956 and Budget for
1957), 52 pp., printed in Portuguese. A Comissao
Revisora de Contas, Lisbon, Portugal.

Gremio dos Armadores de Navios da Pesca do
Bacalhau, Relatorio e Contas do Exercicio de
1956 e Orcamento para 1957 (Cod Fishing Ves-
sel Owner's Guild, Statement of Operations for

122

1956 and Budget for 1957), 40 pp., printed in
Portuguese. A Comissao Revisora de Contas,
Lisbon, Portugal.

PRESERVATION:

The Freezing Preservation of Foods (Third Edi-

“fon), Vol. Il - Freezing of Precooked and Pre-
pared Foods, by Donald K. Tressler and Clifford F.
Evers, 559 pp., illus., printed, postpaid price
$10 domestic and $11 foreign. The Avi Publish-
ing Co., Inc., 7 Taylor Place, Westport, Conn.,
1957. In this, the second of the two volumes
comprising the third edition of their book onthe
freezing preservation of food, the authors have
presented a detailed exposition of the new and
already remarkably diversified field of frozen
prepared and precooked foods. A brief history
of the rise of this new field of food processing
and a generalized discussion of its special prob-
lems is developed. These are followed by ade-
tailed analysis of the composition and process-
ing of some 17 different classes of such pre-
pared and precooked foods. Chapters 1, 2, 3,
22, 23, and 24 deal with the history, handling,
packaging, and utilization of such foods in gen-
eral and should be of value toall in this field. Of
especial interest to the fishery and allied indus-
tries are chapters 5, 10, and 11, totaling 56 pages,
which deal with soups, chowders and stews, pre-
cooked fish, fish dishes and potpies, and with
prepared and precooked shellfish, respectively.
The authors have performed a great service to
the frozen foods industry in collecting, assess-
ing, collating, and organizing the great mass of
published material into one authoritative source.
The 126 illustrations and 66 tables, as well as
the numerous product formulae and extensive
bibliographies which are presented, render this
book of great value to the technologist and pro-
cessor. It should be of equal value as a basic
reference text to both newcomers and to old-
timers in the field of prepared and precooked
frozen foods. Vol. I - Freezing of Fresh Foods,
by Donald K. Tressler and Clifford F. Evers,
1,240 pp., illus., printed, $18 domestic and $19
foreign (reviewed in Commercial Fisheries Re-
view, vol. 19, no. 7, July , p. 58). ie

--John A. Holston

PRESERVATION BY IRRADIATION:

"Possibilities of Irradiated Foods Pointed Up by
Experimental Meal," article, Quick Frozen
Foods, vol. 19, June 1957, pp. 44-45,1956, print-
ed. E. W. Williams Publishers, 82 Wall Street,
New York 5, N. Y. Describes a mass sampling
of foods, including tuna,preserved by irradiation.
Discusses the advantages and disadvantages of
the irradiation preservation process--a process
which is expected to supplement the processes of
canning and freezing in the near future. Also
describes an ionizing radiation center that is
scheduled to be built in Lathrop, Calif., in Octo-
ber of 1958.

QUALITY:
"Indexes of Freshness in Edible Fish," by
Enrique Pierangeli, Juan F. Garcia Crespo and
Rogelio B. Lopez, article, Revista de la Asoc.

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol. 20, No 1

BUT USUALLY MAY BE

Argentina Dietologica, vol. 13, 1954, pp. 67-82,
printed. (Abstracted inChemical Abstracts, vol.
51, April 25, 1957, p. 6033.) Argentine Association
of Dietology, Calle Cordoba 3120, Buenos Aires,
Argentina. Reports on the correlation found be-
tween the volatile basic N (I) and the freshness
of fish, The organoleptic characteristics andI
levels are given for 68 samples representing 18
varieties of fish.

"Some Objective Methods for Evaluating the
Freshness of Fish,'' by H. Bukowska, article,
Przemysl Spozywezy, vol. 9, 1955, pp. 199-200,
printed. (Abstracted in Food Science Abstracts,
vol. 28, October 1956, p. 467.) Przemys
Spozywezy, al. Niepodleglosci 188, Warsaw 12,
Poland. Describes proposed methods of deter-
mining the freshness of fish based on the change
in color produced when amino acids react with
bromothymol blue.

"The Use of Tetrazolium Salts for Assessing the
Quality of Iced White Fish," by J. M. Shewanand
J. Liston, article, Journal of the Science of Food
and Agriculture, vol. 8, 1957, pp. 222-226, print-
‘ed. Society of Chemical Industry, 14 Belgrave
Square, London, S. W. 1,England. A standard
procedure was evolved for assessing the quality
of iced gutted round fish such as haddock and
cod. It consists of applying a moistened test pa-
per impregnated with tetrazolium salt to the
moist surface of the fish, and after two minutes,
eluting from the paper the resultant red-colored
formazan and estimating its concentration color-
imetrically. Quality assessment, as judged by
a taste panel, can then be correlated with for-
mazan concentration. Results obtained by this
method are compared with those obtained by
organoleptic examination, viable bacterial counts,
and contents of trimethylamine and total volatile
bases.

"Volatile Bases as Quality Indices of Iced North
Sea Cod," by J. M. Shewan and A.S. C. Ehren-
berg, article, Journal of the Science of Food and
Agriculture, vol. 8, 1957, pp. 227-231, printed. —
Society of Chemical Industry, 14 Belgrave
Square, London, S. W. 1, England. Two chemical
variables (contents of trimethylamine and total
volatile bases) and four sensory variables (odor
and appearance of the raw fish, and odor and
flavor of a middle cut of the cooked fish) were
assessed at intervals during the spoilage of dif-
ferent catches of North Sea and Iceland fish
stored in ice for up to 22 days. The data were
analyzed by deriving quantitative relationships
between the various observed variables.

REFRIGERATION:

"Koling af Fisk om Bord" (Refrigeration of Fish
on Board), by F. Bramsnaes, article, Kulde, vol.
11, no. 2, pp. 13-16, illus., printed in Danish.
Photostat copies, microfilms, or translations
may be purchased from the library of the Insti-
tut International du Froid, 177 Boulevard
Malesherbes, Paris 17°, France.

"Ulteriori Richerche sul Comportamento della
Temperatura in Pesci Conservati con Ghiaccio
d'Acqua di Mare" (New Tests Concerning the

January 1958

OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION |SSUING THEM,

Temperature of Fish Stored with Sea Water Ice),
by P. Savi and G. Braccio, Il Freddo, vol. 10,
no. 5, September-October 1956, pp. 11-12, print-
ed in Italian. Photostat copies, microfilms, or
translations may be purchased from the library
of the Institut International du Froid, 177 Boule-
vard Malesherbes, Paris 17°, France.

SALMON:
Food of Salmonid Fishes of the North Pacific Ocean,
by William T. Aron, Fishery Report no. 4, 10 pp.,
printed. Department of Oceanography, Universi-
ty of Washington, Seattle, Wash., November 1956.

The Incomes of Salmon Fishermen in British Colum-

“bia, 1953-1954, by D. R. Buchanan and B. A.
Campbell, Primary Industry Studies No. 2,110
pp., illus., processed. Economics Service, De-
partment of Fisheries of Canada, Ottawa, Canada,
1957. Due to the importance of the salmon fish-
ery in the economy of British Columbia, changes
in the volume of catch, in prices, and in fishing
costs have a significant effect on the well-being
of a large segment of the Province's population.
This report presents the results of an investiga-
tion of the changes in the income of salmon fish-
ermen in British Columbia between the seasons
of 1953 and 1954. An outline of the historical de-
velopment and present conditions of salmon pro-
duction and marketing on the Canadian Pacific
Coast is included as background material.

"Studies on the Manufacture of Canned Salmon.
I.--The Odour in Canned Salmon Manufactured
from Frozen Fish as the Raw Material. (1)
Chemical Components of the Odour of Canned
Salmon Made from Frozen Fish,''byE. Tanikawa,
T. Motohiro, and S. Shoji, article, Bulletin of the
Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido University, vol. 6,
1956, pp. 317-319, printed in Japanese withsum-
maries in English. Hokkaido University, Hako-
date, Japan. Off-odors or off-flavors have been
observed in canned salmon prepared from frozen
fish. The chemical constituents of the odorous
substance separated by steam distillation from
canned salmon, prepared from fresh or from
frozen salmon, were examined by paper partition
chromatography, and a detector tube.

"Studies on the Manufacture of Canned Salmon.
IJ.--The Odour in Canned Salmon Manufactured
from Frozen Fish as the Raw Material. (2) On
the Particular Odour in the Refrigerated Ware-
house,'' by E. Tanikawa, T. Motohiro, and S.
Shoji, article, Bulletin of the Faculty of Fisher-
ies, Hokkaido University, vol. 6, 1956, pp. 320-
324, printed in Japanese with summaries in
English. Hokkaido University, Hakodate, Japan.
Two possible causes of the off-odor in canned
salmon prepared from frozen fish were consid-
ered. The first was that oxidative decomposition
of the salmon fat during frozen storage results
in the formation of various decomposition prod-
ucts such as aldehydes and volatile acids; infact
when fresh salmon was frozen at -15 C., suffi-
cient decomposition products were formed after
storage for 50 days to be detectable organolep-
tically. The second possible cause was that
odors present in the refrigerated warehouse
penetrate into the tissue of salmon stored in the

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

123

room. A study of the odor present in arefrig-
erated warehouse for fish revealed the presence
of ammonia, ethylene, formaldehyde, and acetal-
dehyde.

"Studies on the Manufacture of Canned Salmon.
IlIl.--The Odour in Canned Salmon Manufactured
from Frozen Fish as the Raw Material. (3) On
the Oxidative Rancidity of Salmon Fats during
Cold Storage," by E. Tanikawa, T. Motohiro,
and S. Shoji, article, Bulletin of the Faculty of
Fisheries, Hokkaido University, vol. 6, 1956,
pp. 325-330, printed in Japanese with summa-
ries in English. Hokkaido University, Hakodate,
Japan. A study was made of the oxidative changes
occurring in fresh and stale fish, and in fish to
which Sustane 1-F (butylated hydroxyanisole)
had been added, during refrigerated storage at
15° C. for periods up to 108 days. Changes in
the acid, saponification, iodine, ether extract,
and peroxide-oxygen values indicated that oxi-
dative processes commence early in storage;
later little further change occurs, although oxides
and peroxides tend to increase in amount through-
out the storage period. The addition of Sustane
1-F was found to inhibit the oxidation. Samples
that were initially stale were oxidized more
easily throughout the storage period than fish
that was initially fresh. Salmon fats underwent
hydrolysis during storage, and the higher fatty
acids formed further decomposed to lower fatty
acids or aldehydes, which contributed to the odor
in the refrigerated warehouse.

"Studies on the Manufacture of Canned Salmon.
IV.--The Odour in Canned Salmon Manufactured
from Frozen Fishas the Raw Material. (4) Changes
in the Various Types of Nitrogen in Salmon Meat
during Cold Storage,''by E. Tanikawa, T. Motohiro,
and S. Shoji, article, Bulletin of the Faculty of
Fisheries, Hokkaido University, vol. 6, 1956,
pp. 331-335, printedin Japanese with summaries
in English. Hokkaido University, Hakodate, Ja-
pan. In experiments using fresh and stale fish
and fish to which Sustane 1-F had been added, it
was found that the solubility of the protein of the
salmon meat in 0.2 percent sodium hydroxide
solution tended to increase with increasing du-
ration of frozen storage. The contents of vola-
tile basic nitrogen and amino acid nitrogen in-
creased during storage, probably owing to auto-
lysis or oxidative decomposition of the salmon;
the amount of total nitrogen decreased. The re-
sults of examination of solubility, pH, and fluo-
rescence on irradiation with ultraviolet light
suggest the occurrence of an amino-carbonyl
reaction. Changes in the proteins occurred in
fish containing Sustane 1-F as well as in the un-
treated material. It was concluded that the de-
composition of the protein in salmon had less
effect on the formation of the odor associated
with canned salmon prepared from frozen fish
than did decomposition of the fats.

"Studies on the Manufacture of Canned Salmon.
V.--The Odour in Canned Salmon Manufactured
from Frozen Fish as the Raw Materiel. (5)
Changes in the Volatile Compounds in Salmon
Meat during Cold Storage," by E. Tanikawa, T.
Motohiro, and $ Shoji, article, Bulletin of the

124

Faculty of Fisheries, Hokkaido University, vol.
6, 1956, pp. 336-340, printed in Japanese with
summaries in English. Hokkaido University,
Hakodate, Japan. Changes occurring during
cold storage in the volatile components offresh
and stale salmon, and of salmon to which Sus-
tane 1-F had been added, were followed by
means of paper chromatography. The presence
of many volatile bases and acids was observed
as the storage progressed; this was most notice-
able in the sample that was initially stale, and
least in the sample treated with Sustane 1-F.
The sample that was initially fresh contained
the volatile bases cadaverine and piperidine,
while the stale sample also contained agmatine
and amylamine. Of the volatile acids, only for-
mic acid was detected in the early part of the
storage period, but in the later stages higher
fatty acids appeared successively. For the man-
ufacture of a canned product of good quality, the
salmon should not be kept in frozen storage for
longer than 50 days, and it should be initially
fresh.

SANITATION:
Fish Sanitation, 25 pp., illus., processed. Los
Angeles City Health Department, 111 East First
St., Los Angeles 12, Calif. An outline of the fac-

tors which help the Los Angeles City HealthDe- |

partment in its fish inspection work to detect
the difference between good and bad fish. Con-
tains a list of the varieties of fish commonly
seen in the Los Angeles retail markets. Dis-
cusses among other items the principal factors
causing spoilage in fish, characteristics of good
and off-condition fish; care of fishand shellfish;
examples of biological and chemical methods
and tests for freshness of fish and fishery prod-
ucts; some diseases of man due to fish and shell-
fish; and storage life of frozen fish. Also pre-
sents drawings of the different cuts of fish and
market forms of fresh and frozen fishery prod-
ucts, and definitions of terms used in the fishing
industry.

SARDINES:

"Canada's Sardine Industry," article, Trade News,
vol. 10, no. 9, September 1957, pp. 4-7, illus.,
printed. Department of Fisheries, Ottawa, Can-
ada. Charlotte County, New Brunswick, is the
heart of the Canadian sardine industry, and
claims the largest sardine canning plant in the
British Commonwealth. This fame is based on
the vast schools of young herring, canned as
sardines, which swarm into the Bay of Fundy
waters yielding abundant silvery harvests to the
local fishermen, giving employment to nearly
1,000 shoreworkers, and making a valuable con-
tribution to the Province's economy. Illustra-
tions show the various steps in the sardine can-
ning industry from the time the sardine carriers
are unloaded at the wharfside of the canning
plant until the cans are labelled and wrapped.

The Number of Pilchards in the Channel, D. H.

~ Cushing, Fishery Investigations, Series II, Vol.
XXI, No. 5, 27 pp., illus., printed. Her Majes-
ty's Stationery Office, York House, Kingsway,
London W. C. 2, England, 1957. Discusses the
purpose, methods, and results of a pilchard

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

Vol Z0, INO al

survey conducted in a series of cruises on the
English Channel in the summer of 1950. Data
were collected on the following: distribution of
pilchards in the Channel; echo traces showing
the vertical distribution of pilchards; estimated
number of adult pilchards in the Channel; the
number of fish recorded by each echo-sounder
transmission; relation of the pilchard to its en-
vironment--covering spawning and temperature,
phytoplankton, and zooplankton; and variations
in abundance of pilchards.

SEAWEED:

"Seaweed Colloids. $10 Million Now--andGrow-
ing Fast,'' by B. Idson, article, Chemical Week,
vol. 79, no. 29, July 21, 1956, 24 pp., illus.,
printed. McGraw-Hill Publishing Co., Inc.,

330 W. 42nd St., New’York 36, N. Y. Reportson
the polysaccharides or seaweed colloids obtain-
ed from processing brown and red seaweeds.
These colloids are very valuable in industrial
chemical use as thickeners, humectants, coagu-
lants, bulking agents, flocculation agents, and
antibiotic carriers. The author discusses the
extraction of agar, carrageenin, and algin and
presents a chemical description of each. Dis-
cussion is also given of the raw materials,
mechanized harvesting, processing, marketing,
research, and perspective of the seaweed col-
loid industry.

|

"Nova Scotia Plant Makes Insulation from Eel

! Grass," article, Maine Coast Fisherman, vol.
11, no. 12, December 1956, p. 5, printed. The
Maine Coast Fisherman, 1843 Middle St., Port-
land 3, Me. Reports on a plant in Nova Scotia,
Canada, that manufactures insulation from eel
grass. The eel grass, which grows underwater
offshore and then breaks off and floats shore-
ward, must be gathered from the shallow water
and then dried in open fields before it is hauled
to the plant. This task can be accomplished by
fishermen working on their own time between
seasons and can be a means of augmenting the
fishermen's income by $300 or $400.

SHARKS:

"Sharks v. Men," by George A. Llano, article,
Scientific American, vol. 196, no. 6, June 1957,
pp. 54-61, illus., printed, single copy 50 cents.
Scientific American, Inc., 415 Madison Ave.,
New York 17, N. Y. Presents the geographical
distribution of the various species of ''man-eat-
ing'' sharks and records of shark attacks. Ac-
cording to the author, there are about 250 known
species of sharks, and the largest of them--the
whale shark, the basking shark, and the sleep-
ing shark--are the most inoffensive of all sea
creatures. The sharks that have the teeth, jaws,
and instincts necessary for a rapacious way of
life, and that have been incriminated as man-
eaters, are limited to three families. The great
white shark, credited with being the most fero-
cious monster of the deep, is a member of the
"mackerel' family. The second group of dan-
gerous sharks is known as the "requiem" fami-
ly, and the third family of sharks reported to
attack man are the 'hammerheads," so-called
because of their large rudderlike heads.

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW 125

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE
OBTAINED FROM THE ORGANIZATION ISSUING THEM,

SHRIMP: stituto de Investigaciones Pesqueras, Universi-

Royal Red Shrimp--A New South Atlantic Re- dad de Barcelona, Barcelona, Spain, 1957. Con-
source, by Harvey R. Bullis, Jr., 4 pp., printed. tains, among others, the following article:
(Reprinted from Proceedings of the Gulf and "Datos sobre la edad y crecimiento del Bacalao
Caribbean Fisheries Institute, Ninth Annual (Gadus callarias, L.) de Terranova" (Data on
Session, November 1956, pp. 56-60.) The Ma- the Age and Growth of Cod, Gadus callarias, L.,
rine Laboratory, University of Miami, Coral de Terranova), by A. Figueras. ——
Gables, Fla.

| STURGONS:

"Shrimps and Shrimp Fishing Methods in the "River Sturgeons of the American Genus
U. K.,"' by H. S. Noel, article, World Fishing, Scaphirhynchus: Characters, Distribution, and
vol. 6, no. 6, June 1957, pp. 51-55, illus., print- Synonymy,” by Reeve M. Bailey and Frank B.
ed. John Trundell Ltd., Temple Chambers, Cross, article, Papers of the Michigan Academy
Temple Ave., London, E. C. 4, England. Ade- | of Science, Arts, and Letters, vol. 39, pp. 169:
scription of British shrimping methods, cover- | 208, illus., printed. The University of Michi-
ing only the inshore fisheries where the catchis gan Press, Ann Arbor, Mich., 1954.
cooked on board and landed daily. Itdescribes
the two types of shrimp--brown (Crangon vul- SWEDEN:
garis) and pink or Aesops prawn (Pandalus "Cost and Profit in Swedish Fishing Vessels," by
montagui)--which are found in British coastal Docent Ingemar Gerhard, article, FAO Fisher -
waters; the type of trawl used in the fisheries; ies Bulletin, vol. X, no. 3, July-September 1957,
and methods of handling, cooking, and marketing. pp. 131-141, illus., printed, 30 cents single copy.

Food and Agriculture Organization of the United

"Toxicity of an Insecticide to Two Species of Nations, Columbia University Press, Interna-
Shrimp, Penaeus aztecus and Penaeus setiferus,"' tional Documents Service, 2960 Broadway, New
by Edward Chin and Donald M. Allen, article, York 27, N. Y. Describes cost and profit in-
The Texas Journal of Science, vol. IX, no. 3, vestigations conducted on vessels of various
September 1957, pp. 270-278, printed, single sizes engaged in the sea fisheries off the west
copy $1.25. The Texas Academy of Science, coast of Sweden mainly during the period 1951-
Box 7984, University Station, Austin, Tex. 1953.

Ways and Means of Stabilizing the Shrimp Mar- SWORDFISH:
ket, by Richard A. Kahn, 9 pp., illus., printed. "Studies on Jellied Meat of Sword Fish--(1) Nu-
(Reprinted from Proceedings of the Gulf and merical Change of Parasitic Germs in the
Caribbean Fisheries Institute, Ninth Annual Ses- Jellied Meat of Sword Fish During Cold Storage
sion, November 1956, pp. 78-87.) The Marine and (2) Free Amino Acids Occurring in Jellied
Laboratory, University of Miami, CoralGables, Meat Stored at Sige C. for Ten Months," by Y.
Fla. Tsuchiya and H. Kudo, articles, Refrigeration,

vol, 32, no. 353, March 1957, pp. 12-14, 15-17,
SMALL BUSINESS: illus. , printed in Japanese and English. Photo-

Profitable Buying for Small Retailers, by Harry A. stat copies or microfilms may be purchased
Lipson, Small Marketers Aids No. 28, October from the library of the Institut International du
1957, 4 pp., printed, free. Small Business Ad- Froid, 177 Boulevard Malesherbes, Paris17 ,
ministration, Washington 25, D.C. France.

SNAILS: TAGGING:

"The Edible Snail," by Jean Cadart, article, Sci- "New Tattooing Devices for Marking Juvenile
entific American, vol. 197, no. 2, August 1957, Salmon," by William A. Dunstanand Wallace E.
pp. 113-114, 116, 118, illus., printed, single Bostick, article, Fishery Research Papers, vol.
copy 50 cents. Scientific American, Inc., 415 1, no. 4, March 1956, pp. 70-79, illus., printed.
Madison Ave., New York 17, N. Y. A brief de- Washington Department of Fisheries, Olympia,
scription of the edible snail's anatomy and phys- Wash.
siology, its characteristics and habits.

TAIWAN:
SOUTH AFRICA: The Use of Chemical Fertilizers in the Milkfish

Fishing Industry Research Institute, Tenth Annual Ponds of Taiwan, by Yun-an Tang and Tung-Pai
Report of the Director, Ist April 1956-3ist De- Chen, Fisheries Series No. 3, 23 pp., illus.,
cember 1956, 43 pp., illus., printed. Fishing printed, NT$3 (12 U.S. cents). Joint Commis-
Industry Research Institute, Cape Town, South sion on Rural Reconstruction, 25 Nanhai Rd.,
Africa. Includes brief accounts of the progress Taipei, Taiwan, China, August 1957. This re-
in the Institute's program of fisheries research port, dealing in general with the improvement
for the nine-months' work during April 1 to De- of milkfish ponds in Taiwan, presents the re-
cember 31, 1956. Attention has been given to sults of a series of experiments in the enrich-
investigations covering fresh fish, fish canning, ment of ponds by fertilization with chemical
spiny lobster, fish meal and oil, fish flour, and fertilizers. This type of work is necessarily
routine inspections and analysis. of long-term nature and requires large-scale

experimentation. This report is intended as a
SPAIN: progress report on the findings of the past four
Investigacion Pesquera (Fishery Investigation), years on this subject.

vol. VIII, 134 pp., illus., printed in Spanish. In-

126

COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW Vol. 20, No. 1

THESE PUBLICATIONS ARE NOT AVAILABLE FROM THE FISH AND WILDLIFE SERVICE, BUT USUALLY MAY BE

TIDAL CURRENTS:

Tidal Current Tables, 1958 (Atlantic Coast of
North America), 185 pp., illus., processed, 50
cents. Coast and Geodetic Survey, U.S. De-
partment of Commerce, Washington 25, D. C.
Contains five tables giving daily current pre-
dictions for the Atlantic coast of North Amer-
ica, current differences and other constants,
velocity of current at any time, duration of
slack, and rotary tidal currents. Also gives
an explanation of the Gulf Stream, wind-driven
currents, the combination of currents, and cur-
rent diagrams. Astronomical data are also in-
cluded.

Tidal Current Tables, 1958 (Pacific Coast of
North America and Asia), 235 pp., illus., proc-
essed, 50 cents. Coast and Geodetic Survey,

U. S. Department of Commerce, Washington 25,
D. C. Contains four tables giving the daily cur-
rent predictions for the Pacific coast of North
America and Asia, current differences and con-
stants, velocity of current any time, and dura-
tion of slack. Also gives an explanation of the
coastal tidal currents, wind-driven currents,
and the combination of currents, and contains
astronomical data.

TRADE LISTS:

The Office of Economic Affairs, Bureau of For-
eign Commerce, U. S. Department of Commerce,
Washington 25, D. C., published the following
mimeographed trade list. Copies may be obtain-
ed by firms in the United States from that office
or from Department of Commerce field offices
at $2 each.

Oils (Animal, Fish, and Vegetable)--Importers,
Dealers, Producers, Refiners, and Exporters--

Japan, 23 pp. (September 1957). Contains the
names and addresses, the relative size of each
firm, type of products dealt in or produced by
each firm, and the annual production by pro-
ducers. Because of abundant aquatic resources
and a well-developed fishing industry, Japan +
produces large quantities of various fish oils
(including fish-liver oils and whale oil), of which
roughly 75 percent is exported,

UGANDA:

Annual Report of the Game and Fisheries Depart-
ment (For the Period Ist January 1955 to 30th
June 1956), 153 pp., illus., printed, 6s, (84 U.S.
cents), Government Printer, P. O. Box 33, En-
tebbe, Uganda, 1957. Includes a section on the
fisheries of Uganda by regions: Lake Albert;
Lakes George/Edward; and Lake Kyoga. Gen-
eral statistics and information on supplies of
fishing gear; fish production, consumption of
fish in Uganda, and exports of fish for 1955;
boat building; fish stocking; equipment; fisheries
research; and fish farming are some of the sub-
jects covered. Deep-water fishing experiments
on Lake Albert, the Albert Nile fishery as of
April 1956, and experimental fishing on Lake
Niamusigeri are also discussed, Other sections
of the report deal with game.

UNDERWATER TELEVISION:

"Das Unterwasserfernsehen und Seine Technis-
chen Anwendungen" (Underwater Television and

Its Technical Application), by W. Thomsen, ar-
ticle, Die Umschau, vol. 56, no. 18, September
1956,p. 565-568, illus., printedinGerman. Um-
schau-Verlag, Frankfurt-am-Main, W.Germany.
Discusses the causes thatrestrict the use of un-
derwater television and presents suggestions
for overcoming some of the restrictions.

"'Unterwasser-Fernsehen als Arbeitsmethode fur
die Gewasserkunde" (Underwater Television as
Working Methods for Hydrography), by J. Scharfe,
article, Die Umschau, vol. 56, no, 24, December
1956, pp. 741-743, illus., printed in German.
Describes the use of underwater television cam-
eras in observations of fishing gear in operation.

"Unterwasser-Fernsehen-Versucheen im Konigs-
see'' (Underwater Television Experiments inthe
Konigssee), by H. J. Elster and A, Brandt, ar-
ticle, Archiv fur Hydrobiologie, Suppl. vol. 24,
1956,12pp., illus., printedinGerman. S.Schwei-
zerbart'sche Verlagsbuchhandlung, Stuttgart, W.
Germany. Deals with the use of the underwater
television camera for biological investigations
and presents the basic problems that arise from
the use of artificial light in deep waters.

UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA:

Department of Nature Conservation, Report No.
13, 1956, 89 pp., illus., printed. Department of
Nature Conservation, Inland Fisheries Adminis-
tration, Cape Town, Unionof South Africa. Acom-
plete reporton the activities of the Union of South
Africa's Department of Nature Conservation. The
section onGeneral Research andServices in-
cludes a reportonfish farm studies of tilapia
and bass andan article entitled ''ReportonSome
of the Estuaries of the Eastern Cape," by G. F.
van Wyk--covering the dominant fish and shell-
fish species found, including those suitable for
use asbait. The section covering the Division
of Inland Fisheries discusses conservation of
carp; fish hatcheries which raise brook trout,
various pondfish, and goldfish; and the stocking
of public waters. Alsoincludedis a brief report
on the Inland Fisheries Administration and the
figures on the game licenses issued in 1956,

UNITED KINGDOM:

Sea Fisheries Statistical Tables, 1956, 38pp.
(mostly tables), printed, 4s.(56 U.S. cents).
Ministry of Agriculture, Fisheries, and Food,
London, England, 1957. (Available from Her Maj-
esty's Stationery Office, London, England). In-
cludes statistics on the quantity, total value, and
average value of fish and shellfish production in
England and Wales by species, region, and other
categoriesfor 1956, Breakdowns by first-class
British vessels (steam trawlers), demersal land-
ings, andpelagic landings arepresented. Data
on imports and exports are included. Also giv-
en are the number of fishermen, number and
gross tonnage of vessels, and number of first-
class vessels by stations and type of gear.

WARMOUTH:

Ecological Life History of the Warmouth (CEN-
TRARCHIDAE), by R. Weldon Larimore, [linois
Natural History Survey Bulletin, Vol. 27, Arti-
cle 1, August 1957, 83 pp., illus., printed. [lli-
nois Natural History Survey, Natural Resources
Building, Urbana, Ill,

January 1958 COMMERCIAL FISHERIES REVIEW

CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

TRENDS AND DEVELOPMENTS (Contd.)
U. S. Foreign Trade (Contd.):
Imports and Exports of Selected Fishery Products,
January. september: l9oiee-nep mney aaa cee ni hein
Imports of Tuna Canned in Brine Under Quota Proviso
Virginia:
New Fisheries Research Vessel Pathfinder,
Dy gen laep NICH ugh atien pearls) se uarn cn remene any ach ree iam a ice
Wholesale Prices, November 1957
WORMENE ocd oba ooo 6 oss uco some ao old BHO bo Ol
International: :
Interest in Developing Shrimp Fisheries of Latin
Ameri cagincreasin oii Mies nse a eal eee
Japanese Fishing Surveys off Brazil and Dominican
Republic Reveal Tuna Resources ...............
World Exports of Marine-Animal Oils Lower in 1957
Food and Agriculture Organization:
Ninth Session of the Conference of FAO
GATT:
Twelfth Session of the Contracting Parties Meets
Inpowitzerland hewn ae ie enor aera en eee
International Pacific Salmon Fisheries Commission:
Review of 1957 Sockeye and Pink Salmon Catch
ander scape menti wena emcee htet eect ise siion cp iiee tree ete
International North Pacific Fisheries Commission:
Fourth Annual Meeting Held ..................
Northwest Atlantic Fisheries Commission:
IMemberk@ountriesiwei-mn-imh-icieton-aclelicneici-nel-Weli=ielers
Cod and Haddock Trawl Fishery Regulations
Fishing in Northwest Atlantic ..........+-22+-+-+--
Whaling:
INndustryg rena Sinememeycish eltcl eter \-iei-meMeli=l-llall-Weited-fiel -il-1(0
Argentine Republic:
Shisimprehisheryehrend Simei cwedee men eeeellcreie ito sUsieliellelali-ll=
Barbados:
Fishing Industry Trends, 1956...............-..--
Brazil:
ShrimipsHisherya rend sieve (ejrei(eiietlelie enone ue =he tel elle ple) =
SpinysuobStensnaustrys wes Weledenemansioierenstiensireretelel (slot enell«
Canada:
Rehabilitation of Oyster Beds in New Brunswick and Nova
Seren iene «4b 6¢n0 oon coe codocmuoo ood oo 6
Ceylon:
Fisheries Center Completed in October 1957 .........
Chile:
Langostino and Shrimp Fisheries............-...-
Colombia:
Shrimpebjisheryaerend Streerame water la\iel elieiaty slic] teMelt sizes -Utel\oleholi.a
Cuba:
Japanese Tuna Fishing Vessel Arrives ............--
Denmark:
Loans for Renewal of Fishing Fleet to be Continued. ....
Manufacture of Meal and Oil from Herring Without Heating
RawaMatenialijysucs-tenel-usts iolereuUrier = k-ley-e | hel ele) efleh
Minister of Fisheries Reviews Fishing Industry Progress
Plans for a Plastic Fishing Vessel Completed ........
Steel Bottom Vessel with Two Fish Holds Developed... .
Dominican Republic:
Canned Mackerel Market ......-..--+-+--+++++-+=>
Ecuador:
Svetbes) IBIEMOAo oo ooo DO DOOD OA OOD OOM OOo DOD OO
El Salvador:
Fishing Industry Underdeveloped ...........+--+-+--
German Democratic Republic:
Market for Canned Sardines in Oil Good......-.-..++:++
Guatemala:
Gs wEaav~ooounoopobeooacod ono ooo OOO Oo
India:
Development of Fishing Industry, 1956/57 .........--
Indonesia:
Foreign Trade in Fishery Products, 1956 .........--
Irish Free State:
Expansion of Shark Fishing for Fish Meal Planned .....
Italy:
Market for Japanese Canned Tuna Favorable .........-
Japan:
Barter of Canned Salmon for British Atomic Power Re-
actor Proposed)... -.-- 0-6 -s2+ 257+ so err
Exports of Fishery Products to the United States, January-
OhtaS NEHA Bes 6 6 0 0 Se 0.0.0 O10 w0-0 Go tO 9.0100) 0.5
Foreign Trade in Marine-Animal Oils, 1955-56 .......

Page:

FOREIGN (Contd.):
Japan (Contd.):
North Pacific King Crab Meat Packas of August 1957 - +
Tuna Fishing in Marquesas Area........++-+-+>
Maylaya:
Tuna Fishing Firm to be Formed with Japanese Aid .- -
Mexico:
Certain Fishery Products Placed Under Import Control
HishiCanningwir end seer iew-newyelien omsee eee oie ee
Shrimprndus tuyaneenenes enews ecu yew Ren cate iea
West Coast Shrimp Industry Damaged by Storm . -.- -
Norway:
Building of Larger Fishing Vessels Urged by Government
Demand for Herring Fillets Frozen in Alginate Jelly

INORG} a) S'o\ox0 of obto-d Bedib-oho-c blo Gio, Onn O-usd SNe8
Fisheries Trends, Third Quarter 1957...
Gas Harpoon Tried Out on Whales ...... oO
Whalinsiindustryp i rendsiyereceter-ielenenchonstenieteeoeiice
Panama:
Operation of Foreign Vessels in Territorial Waters
Permitted

Shrimp Fishery
Peru:

Shrimp Fishery.
Philippines:

Canned Fish Prices, October 1,1957...........
Portugal:

Canned Fish Pack, January-June 1957 ..........

Canned Fish Exports, January-August 1957....

Fisheries Trends, August 1957
Republic of Korea:

Tuna Long-Line Fishing Venture..............
Spain:

Bilbao Fisheries Trends, September 1957........

Vigo Fisheries Trends, June-August 1957........
Sweden:

Fisheries Loan Fund Increase Requested ........
Taiwan:

Taiwan-Japanese Fishing Company Proposed......
Union of South Africa:

Aluminum Boats Used for Spiny Lobster Fishing ...
United Kingdom:

All-Welded Fishing Trawler Lands First Trip.....

Import Quotas for Japanese Canned Salmon and Tuna

Report on Freezing-Fish-At-Sea Experiment......

Report on Inshore Fishing Vessel Earnings for 1956 .

Quality Grading for Fish Considered by Trawler

OXANS4.6 Oipldwio eb oo G0.) B10. 5.o18.0-c.0700 o'0.0' O10 0

Venezuela:

Shrimp Fishery

Department of Agriculture:
Agricultural Marketing Service:
Views on U. S. Standards of Frozen Raw Breaded
Shrimp Requested)... 2 202 30s see tee eee
Department of Commerce:
World Trade Advisory Committee Established.....
Department of the Interior:
Fish and Wildlife Service:
Regional Offices Established for Bureau of Com-

mercial) Fisheries 06). 6 6 see we 2 le 0)
White House:
Trade Policy Committee Established ...........
President's Proposals on Renewal of the Trade
Agreements Act .... 2-2-2 ee eee rete eee
Eighty-Fifth Congress (First Session) ...........
BISHERY: INDICATORS: 00). oie. cscs ee vee so wins
Chart 1 - Fishery Landings for Selected States .....
Chart 2 - Landings for Selected Fisheries.........

Chart 3 - Cold-Storage Holdings and Freezings of
HisheryserOducts ise aceite eee va et-ue kei i-liin-i enone)
Chart 4 - Receipts and Cold-Storage Holdings of Fish-
ery Products at Principal Distribution Centers fe

Chart 5 - Fish Meal and Oil Production - U. S. and
Alaskaiyeic ie icereis ele in) eile\ (0 5ODUU COCO oN DOO OU
Chart 6 - Canned Packs of Selected Fishery Products .
Chart 7 - U. S. Fishery Products Imports.........
RECENT FISHERY PUBLICATIONS: ...........-.--.
Fish and Wildlife Service Publications
Miscellaneous Publications .......-

127

wl

oS

ioe)

= HOW TO COOK TUNA

Test Kitchen Series No. 12, How to Cook Tuna, is the twelfth of a series of booklets prepared by home econo-
mists of the U. S. Fish and Wildlife ¢ Service, on the preparation and cooking of fishery products. This illustrated
bulletin of 14 pages contains 42 practical recipes. It gives recipes that range from dips and canapes to tuna pies
and pizza.

Canned tuna is a familiar item in almost every American home and on every groceryman's shelf. It is eco-
nomical, excellentnutritionally,easytoprepare, anduniversalin taste appeal,

Several species of fish are marketed as tuna, all of which are equally desirable to the homemaker. On the
Pacific coast, the catch includes albacore, bluefin, skipjack, and yellowfin, while bluefin and little tuna are taken
on the Atlantic coast. Albacore has lighter meat than the other species and is the onlytuna permitted to be label-
edas "white meat.'"' The other species are labeled as "light meat" tuna.

Canned tuna is available in three different styles of pack, The pack does notindicate a quality difference, but
refers to the size of the pieces in the can,

Fancy or Solid Pack is marketed in 33-, 7-, and 13-ounce cans. The cans usually contain 3 or 4 large pieces
packed in oil. This pack is idealfor cold plates or for recipes where appearance is important. It is the most ex-
pensive pack,

The following publications on fish cookery published by the
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States Department of the
Interior, may be obtained from the Superintendent of Docu-
ments, Government Printing Office, Washington 25, D. C., at
the prices indicated. A 25-percent discount is given on orders
of 100 or more of any one publication sent to one address.

Test Kitchen Series

No. 1—Fish Cookery for One Hundred, by Rose G. Kerr. Price
30 cents.

No. 2—Basic Fish Cookery, by Rose G. Kerr. Price 25 cents.

No. 3.—How to Cook Oysters, by Rose G. Kerr und Jean Burtis
Price 20 cents.

No. 4—How to Cook Salmon, by Kathryn L. Osterhaug and
Rose G. Kerr. Price 20 cents.

No, 6—How to Cook Ocean Perch, by Dorothy M. Robey and
Rose G. Kerr. Price 10 cents.

No. 7—How to Cook Shrimp, by Jean Burtis and Rose G. Kerr
Price 15 cents.

No. 8—How to Cook Clams, by Kathryn L. Osterhaug and
Rose G. Kerr. Price 20 cents.

No. 9—How to Cook Halibut, by Kathryn L. Osterhaug and
Rose G. Kerr. Price 20 cents.

No. 10—How to Cook Crabs, by Dorothy M. Robey and Rose
G. Kerr. Price 20 cents.

No. 11—How to Cook Lobsters, by Jean Burtis, Ellen H. Nagy,
and Rose G. Kerr. Price 20 cents.

TUNA AND CHEESE BISCUIT ROLL

Circular Series
Chunk style is marketed in 3i-, 6-, 63 -, No. 41—Shrimp Tips From New Orleans. Price 15 cents.
and 12-ounce cans. This style is miecheateate
ly sized to convenient pieces packedin oil.
This pack is especially adaptable to salads andotherdishes where chunks of tuna aredesirable. Itis the moderately-
priced pack.

Flake and grated style is marketedin 6- orll-ounce cans. This style is mechanically sizedto smaller pieces
than the chunk style and is also packed in oil. It is aiden for canapes or sandwiches where the tuna is blended
into a paste. It is generally lower priced tnan the preceding packs, |

A number of specialty packs are also available, such as ''tonno,"' consisting of solid~meat tuna packed in olive
oil and about double the amount of salt; a ''dietetic,"’ packed in distilled water for people who must avoid salt and fat
in their diets; a baby food; a tuna paste; and others.

Most of all the tuna consumed in the United States is marketed in the one-half flat can. The meat in this size
can weighs from 6 to 7 ounces, depending on the style of pack.

The inexpensiveness and versatility of cannedtuna account for this fish being the most frequently served canned
fish in the United States. One or two cans of tuna, used as an extender in casseroles or salads, or on sandwiches,
will provide an adequate serving for six people.

The recipes in this booklet will be helpful in making canned tuna play an even more important role in feeding
your family.

The recipe bookis for sale by the Superintendent of Documents, Washington 25, D. C. The price is 20 cents a
copy with a 25-percent discount on orders of 100 copies or more.

—

MI